The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1971 GENERAL PLAN -Original - ORD 1971-439x A THE GENERAL PLAN e J � t t i t t t THE GENERAL PLAN COUNTY OF HAWAII The preparation of this report was financed in part through an urban planning grant from the Department of Housing and Urban Development, under the provi- sions of Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954, as amended, and the State of Hawaii. January 1971 PLANNING DEPARTMENT 25 AUPUNI STREET HILO. HAWAII 06720 COUNTY OF HAWAII September 20, 1971 Honorable Shunichi Kimura Mayor, County of Hawaii 25 Aupuni Street Hilo, Hawaii SHUNICHI KIMURA Mayor RAYMOND H. SUEFUJI Director After two years of careful review and deliberation, culminating with the Planning Commission's unanimous approval on September 16, 1971, I am pleased to transmit herewith a copy of the proposed General Plan amendment document, together with its amendments and maps, for your review and favorable consideration. This Plan reflects a departure from traditional planning efforts. In the past, plans have been done for various regions of the island with little island -wide integrative efforts. They were also land use or physically oriented with no firm policy guidelines: This Plan, however, sets forth the policy for the comprehensive development of the entire island. It also reflects an awareness of the social, physical, and economic environments and their relationship to one another. In this regard, the revised Plan consists of twelve (12) major elements which are further broken down into twenty-three (23) sub -elements. These elements range from economic activities to historic sites to land use. For each element, goals, policies, standards, and courses of action have been set forth. The goals are general expressions of the desired long-range direction and situation for the island. Policies state the method or strategy which should be undertaken in order to attain the goals. The quality and quantity by which we can measure or evaluate conditions are the standards of the elements. When more precise or detailed discussions of alternative solutions for community concerns and problems were required, course of actions were set forth. It was felt that without having an understanding of what the needs of the people are and how people live, planning would be neither meaningful nor valuable. By planning for and with people, the decisions made by government can be'more relevant and responsive to the real and not merely the perceived needs of the people of the island. Thus, the Plan is people -oriented. It should finally be noted that the general plan revision program could not have been possible without the untiring and cooperative efforts of so many people. While the list is endless, special recognition should be given to all of my staff, the Planning Commission, the various community groups and governmental agencies, and the department's special consultants. PIYICOND H. SUEFUJI DIRECTOR SF:y OFFICE O F T H E M A Y O R — c o u n t y o I It a w a i I, It i I o, It a w a I i 9 6 7 2 0 September 21, 1971 Honorable Herbert Matayoshi Chairman, County Council County of Hawaii Hilo, Hawaii S H U N I C H I K I M U R A M A Y O R I am pleased to submit for your review and favorable consideration a copy of the proposed General Plan amendment document, together with its amendments and maps. Much effort went into the development of this document, and every attempt was made to involve the public. The product, then, is not so much a reflection of one department's efforts, but the collective efforts of the people and various governmental agencies. It was only through such cooperative efforts that we could have witnessed the birth of a healthy and viable policy docu- ment for the overall development of this County. This Plan reflects a bold and innovative step in that it is a policy document. Past plans have had an excessive dependency on maps to gu,de the development of an area. This Plan, however, basically uses a set of policies to guide the overall long-range development of the island. Such approach, it was felt, could better account for the changing needs of the people. The preparation of this Plan represents only a fraction of the tasks that need to be done in order that the Plan become a working and living document. It must also be formally adopted by the Council, and equally important, it must be implemented. To those ends, I not only request your favorable consideration but encourage the public's continued participation and efforts in implementing the Plan. I KIMURA MAYOR e s a f t u 11 COUNTY OF HAWAII- STATE OF HAWAII ORDINANCE NO. 439 AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY OF HAWAII GEN- ERAL PLAN AND REPEALING ORDINANCE 317. BE IT OR- DAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE COUNTY OF HAWAII: SECTION 1. Adoption of the County of Hawaii General Plan The County of Hawaii General Plan, September 1971, Plan- ning Department, consisting of an introduction, twelve (12) main elements and respective subsections; an amending procedure; a Land Use Allocation Map for each of the nine (9) districts; and a Facilities Map for each of the nine (9) districts; marked as Exhibits A, B, C, and D respectively, hereto attached and made a part hereof, is hereby adopted and enacted to take effect on approval of this ordinance. SECTION 2. Repeal. Ordinance 317 of the Continuing Ordinances of the County of Hawaii, 1960, and all subsequent amendments to the General Plans referred therein, are hereby repealed. SECTION 3. Effective Date. This ordinance shall take effect upon its approval. INTRODUCED BY: Hilo, Hawaii Date of Introduction: October 6, 1971 Date of Adoption: December 15, 1971 LJ t 1 t I+ TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION........................................... 1 Goals.............................................................. General Plan Program ................................... 1 Policies........................................................... Demographic Profile of the County .............. 4 Standards....................................................... ECONOMIC ELEMENT.................................. 8 Districts: Introduction and Analysis 8 Puna........................................................... GoalsSouth .............................................................. North Hilo .............................................. Hilo ................................................. Policies........................................................... 10 North Hilo ................................................. Standards ................... 10 Hamakua .................................................... Districts: South Kohala.......................................... North Kohala ............................................. Puna........................................................... 11 South Kohala............................................. SouthHilo............................................... 11 North Kona ................................................ NorthHilo ........................ ......................... 12 South Kona ................................................ Hamakua.................................................... 12 Ka'u............................................................ North Kohala............................................. 13 NATURAL BEAUTY ....................................... South Kohala............................................. 13 Introduction and Analysis ............................. NorthKona ................................................ 14 Goals.............................................................. SouthKona ................................................ 14 Policies........................................................... Ka'u............................................................ 15 Standards....................................................... ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ..................... 16 Districts: Introduction and Analysis............................. North Kohala.......................................... Puna........................................................... Policies ........................................................... 17 South Hilo ................................................. Standards ................... 17 North Hilo ................................................. 41 Ka'u......................................................... Hamakua.................................................... FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE ......... 18 North Kohala............................................. Introduction and Analysis ............................. 18 South Kohala............................................. Goals.............................................................. 18 Kona........................................................... Policies........................................................... 18 Ka'u............................................................ Standards....................................................... 19 52 Districts: South Hilo .............................................. NATURAL RESOURCES AND Puna....:............................................... ........................""""""""."'""' 19 SHORELINE l�� South Hilo ................................................. 19 Introduction and Analysis Y ............................. North Hilo ............................................. .... 20 Goals .............................................................. Hamakua ................................................ .... 21 Policies ........................................................... North Kohala Kona........................................................ Standards ....................................................... South Kohala............................................. 21 PUBLIC FACILITIES ...................................... North Kona ................................................ 22 Introduction and Analysis ............................. SouthKona ................................................ 22 Goal............................................................... Ka'u............................................................ 22 Policy............................................................. HISTORIC SITES 24 Standards....................................................... Introduction and Analysis ........................... Water.............................................................. Education....................................................... Goals.............................................................. 24 Introduction and Analysis ......................... Policies........................................................... 24 Standards .................................................... Standards....................................................... 24 Districts: Districts: Districts: Puna ....................................................... Puna........................................................... 25 South Hilo .............................................. Hilo............................................................ 25 North Hilo .............................................. Hamakua.................................................... 25 Hamakua................................................ Kohala........................................................ 26 North Kohala.......................................... Kona........................................................... 26 South Kohala.......................................... Ka'u............................................................ 27 Kona ....................................................... HOUSING........................................................ 30 Ka'u........................................................ Introduction and Analysis ............................. 30 Protective Services .......................................... 33 Introduction and Analysis ......................... 48 34 Standards .................................................... 49 34 Districts: Puna....................................................... 49 34 South Hilo .............................................. 49 35 North Hilo .............................................. 49 35 Hamakua................................................ 49 36 North Kohala........................................ 49 37 South Kohala.......................................... 49 37 Kona ....................................................... 50 38 Ka'u........................................................ 50 38 Health and Sanitation ................................... 50 39 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 50 40 Standards .................................................... 50 40 Districts: 40 Puna ........................................................ 50 40 South Hilo .............................................. 50 40 North Hilo .............................................. 51 Hamakua................................................ 51 40 North Kohala.......................................... 51 41 South Kohala.......................................... 51 41 Kona ........................................................ 51 41 Ka'u......................................................... 51 41 Government Operations ................................ 51 42 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 51 42 Standards .................................................... 52 43 Districts: Puna........................................................ 52 44 South Hilo .............................................. 52 44 North Hilo .............................................. 52 44 Hamakua................................................ 52 44 North Kohala.......................................... 52 44 South Kohala......................................... 52 Kona........................................................ 52 46 Ka'u......................................................... 53 46 PUBLIC UTILITIES ............. 46 Introduction and Analysis ............................. 54 46 Goals.............................................................. 54 46 Policies.......................................................... 54 46 Water.............................................................. 54 46 Introduction and Analysis 54 46 Policies....................................................... 55 Standards ................................................... 55 47 Districts: 47 Puna ........................................................ 55 47 South Hilo ............................................. 55 47 North Hilo .............................................. 56 48 Hamakua................................................ 56 48 North Kohala 48 South Kohala 48 ........................................................ Kona57 48 Ka'u....................................................... 58 Power............................................................. 58 Transportation Terminals: Airports and South Kohala 89 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 58 Harbors .......................................................... 73 Kona ........................................................ 89 Policies....................................................... 58 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 73 Ka'u......................................................... 89 Standards .................................................... 58 Goal ............................................................ 74 Multiple Residential ...................................... 8 Telephone ............... ...... ........... ..................... Policies ................................. ...................... 74 74 Introduction and Analysis y 89 Introduction and Analysis ............ 59 Standard ..................................................... Goal .................................................... Policies•.. 59 Districts: Policies 90 Standard ..................................................... 59 Puna ........................................................ 74 ....................................................... Standards 90 Gas................................................................. 59 South Hilo ............................................. 74 .................................................... Districts: y.......................... Introduction and Analysis 59 North Hilo .............................................. Hamakua 74 74 Puna ........................................................ 90 Policy .......................................................... 59 ........................ ........................ North Kohala 74 South Hilo .............................................. 90 Standard ..................................................... 59 .......................................... South Kohala 74 North Hilo ............................................... 91 Sewer.............................................................. 59 .......................................... Kona 74 Hamakua .......................................... 91 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 59 ........................................................ Ka'u ......................................................... 74 North Kohala .......................................... ala 91 Policies 59 LAND USE ........................................................ 76 South Kohala.......................................... 91 Standards 60 Introduction and Analysis y � ............................. 76 Kona ........................................................ 91 .................................................... Districts: Goals.............................................................. 77 Ka'u 92 Puna60 ....................................... Policies .................... 77 Open Space .................lyse ............................ 92 ........................................................ South Hilo 60 Standards ........................................................ 77 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 92 .............................................. North Hilo, Hamakua, North Kohala ... 60 p ........................................ Land Use Concepts 78 Goals s ....................................................... Policies ............................... ..................... 92 92 South Kohala .......................................... 60 Agriculture ........................... 80 Standard 92 North Kona ............................................. 61 Introduction and Analysis y """"""""""""" 80 Public Lands 92 South Kona ............................................ 61 61 Goal............................................................ 82 ..............lysi............................ Introduction and Analysis ........................ 92 Ka'u......................................................... Policies 82 Goals ....................................................... 93 RECREATION ................................................. 62 Districts: ....................................................... Policies93 s Introduction and Analysis ............................. 62 Puna ........................................................ 83 Standards................... ....................... 93 Goals 62 South Hilo Policies .......................................... 62 North Hilo 83 Resort...........................lysi............................ 93 Standards ........................................... ............. 63 Hamakua ................................................ 83 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 93 Districts: North Kohala .......................................... 83 Goals ....................................................... 94 Puna........................................................... 63 South Kohala .......................................... 84 s .................................................... Policies 94 South Hilo .............. .................................... 64 Kona ........................................................ 84 Standards .................................................... s 94 North Hilo .............. 65 Ka'u 84 Districts: Hamakua.................................................... 65 Commercial Development ............................. 84 Puna ....ilo.............................................. South Hilo 95 95 NorthKohala ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 66 Introduction and Analysis y •"••""••'••"'•••"•"' 84 .............................................. North Hilo 96 South Kohala ............................................. 66 Goal ............................................................ 85 .............................................. Hamakua 96 North Kona •••••••••••••••••• ........................•••• 67 Policies ....................................................... 85 ................................................ North Kohala 96 South Kona ................................................. 67 Standards .................................................... 85 .......................................... South Kohala96 Ka'u............................................................ 68 Districts: .......................................... North Kona ............................................. 96 TRANSPORTATION 70 Puna ........................... 85 South Kona ............................................. 97 Introduction and Analysis 70 South Hilo 86 ......................................................... •�••• Goals 70 North Hilo Policies 70 Hamakua 86 Single-family Residential .......................... ly tia 97 ........................................................... Standard ......................................................... 70 ............................. ................... North Kohala .......................................... 86 is Introduction and Analysis .......................... 9 Thoroughfares and Streets 70 South Kohala ......•••.••• 86 Goals ....................................................... Policiess....................................................... 98 98 Introduction and Analysis 70 Kona ........................................................ 86 Standards 98 Goals•••••••••••••••••••••.................................... Districts: Policies....................................................... 70 Industrial....................................................... 87 Puna ........................................................ 98 Standards .................................................... 71 Introduction and Analysis .......................... 87 .............................................. South Hilo99 Districts: Goals.......................................................... 87 ............................................. North Hilo99 Puna 71 Policies 88 Hamakua................................................ 99 South Hilo .............................................. 71 Standards .................................................... 88 ........................................ North Kohala . 99 North Hilo .............................................. 72 Districts: South- Kohala ..... ..................................... 100 Hamakua................................................ 72 Puna ........................................................ 88 Kona ..... ................................................... 100 North Kohala.......................................... 73 South Hilo .............................................. 88 Ka'u......................................................... 100 ............................. South Kohala ............. 73 North Hilo .............................................. 88 Kona ........................................................ 73 Hamakua................................................ 88 AMENDMENT TO THE GENERAL PLAN.. 101 Ka'u......................................................... 73 North Kohala.......................................... 89 1 t t �1 t t t INTRODUCTION The General Plan for the County of Hawaii is the policy document for the long-range comprehensive development of the island of Hawaii. The rapid growth and changes experienced in the County in recent years have brought about unforeseen problems as well as exciting challenges. The extensions of present situations into the future and the needs and desires of residents make it necessary that guidelines be established for what will take place in Hawaii. The General Plan provides the direction for balanced growth of the County. It brings into focus the relationship between residents and their pursuits and institutions, offering policy statements which embody the expressed goals for present and future generations. Its proper use and gradual translation into reality make it a valuable instrument. History of the Plan The formulation and preparation of the General Plan for the County of Hawaii has been a major program of the Planning Department over the past few years. This effort has required an intensive examination of the communities and various components of the County as an integral unit. Previous general plans have been limited to particular regions of the island and consequently lacked a fully coordinated and integrated overview of the entire County. General plan studies in the County of Hawaii were started in the late 1950's. The first of these studies, "A Plan for Kona," was completed in 1960 and encompassed the districts of North and South Kona. "A Plan for the Metropoli- tan Area of Hilo" was completed in 1961 for the districts of South Hilo and Puna. "The Kohala-Hamakua Region General Plan" was completed in 1963 and cov- ered part of the district of North Kona and the districts of North and South Ko- hala, Hamakua and North Hilo. These regional plans were adopted by Ordinance No. 317 in July 1965, as the General Plan for the County. The district of Ka'u has been the only area in the County not covered by previous plans. Ka'u and its community centers of Pahala and Naalehu, which are primarily dependent upon sugar producing activities, have been relatively static during the past decade. Preliminary plans for the development of these plantation communities have been available to the County for administrative purposes and have provided adequate guidance during this interim period. With the adoption and ratification of the County Charter in 1968, the Gen- eral Plan emerged as a major policy document. The Charter mandates the County Council to: "adopt by ordinance a general plan which shall set forth the Council's policy for long-range comprehensive physical development of the County. It shall contain a statement of development objectives, standards and principles with respect to the most desirable use of land within the County for residential, recreational, agricultural, commercial, industrial, and ,other purposes which shall be consistent with proper conservation of natural re- sources and the preservation of our natural beauty and historical sites; the most desirable density of population in the several parts of the County; a system of principal thoroughfares, highways, streets, public access to the shoreline, and other open ,spaces; the general locations, relocations and im- provement of public buildings; the general location and extent of public utilities and terminals, whether publicly or privately owned, for water, sewers, light, power, transit and other purposes; the extent and location of public housing projects; adequate drainage facilities and control; air pollution; and such other matters as may, in the Council's judgment, be beneficial to the social, economic, and governmental conditions and trends and shall be designed to assure the coordinated development of the County and to promote the general welfare and prosperity of its people." As a policy document, the General Plan provides the legal basis for all sub- division, zoning and related ordinances. It also provides. the legal basis for the initiation and authorization for all public improvements and projects. General Plan Program The present General Plan program has been structured to investigate, ana- lyze, and evaluate concurrently all aspects of the County under a common or standard methodology. Preparation of the General Plan involved the process of planning and provided the opportunity to broaden the base of citizen participa- tion, review and understanding. The General Plan is intended to achieve the following basic purposes: To improve the physical environment of the County as a setting for human activities—to make it more functional, beautiful, healthful, interesting and efficient. To promote and safeguard the public interest, the interest of the County as a whole. To facilitate the democratic determination of community policies concern- ing the utilization of its natural, man-made and human resources. To effect political and technical coordination in community improvement and development. To inject long-range considerations into the determination of short-range actions and implementation. To provide an objective and flexible framework within which consistent legislative and administrative decisions can be effected. In accordance with the agreement between the County of Hawaii and the Federal Department of Housing and Urban Development through the State of Hawaii Department of Planning and Economic Development, the tasks of the General Plan study were to: Formulate County and district goals and objectives. Conduct a detailed land use inventory. Conduct a housing study with special attention to housing problems and needs of low-income and culturally deprived groups. Delineate land use patterns including vehicular circulation, public facili- ties and utilities, community facilities, historical sites, areas for preserva- tion of natural beauty, urban renewal and redevelopment areas, housing, flooding and inundation areas, etc. Summarize present features of the County and each district, and estimate future requirements to govern location, size, and number of land use com- ponents, including public facilities. Prepare standards of land use and/or development including density, set- backs, ground coverage ratio, recreation facilities, preservation of historic sites, safeguards for flooding and inundation areas, etc. Enumerate special County and district problems and recommend alterna- tive solutions relative to the General Plan. Formulate implementation program. This total program was scheduled over a 36 -month period and was com- pleted by the Planning Department with the technical assistance of professional consultants in the fields of drainage and flood control, historic sites, sewerage, economics, and water. The primary physical research was the Land Use Inven- tory conducted in 1968-69 by the Planning Department. The outcome of the inventory, the "Land Use Report," was published to 1969 and provided the basic foundation for the remaining General Plan program. Planning Process The planning process initially included a determination of the number and types of study elements, the required information and reference, and methods of analysis. Each study element was analyzed and evaluated in relation to every other element, to County and district goals, and to the land use pattern. A change in one element would thus be reflected to a greater or lesser degree in all other elements as well as in the land use pattern. Similarly, a change in County and district goals would in turn be reflected in all elements and in the land use pattern. This methodology is illustrated in the diagram of the General Plan study format and in the outline of the process for a study element. (General Plan Study Format) The study elements delineated for the General Plan make the planning process manageable. By gathering and assessing the data of each element and by relating each to the others, present conditions and problems and future possibilities come to light. The study elements of the General Plan for the County of Hawaii are: Economic Activities: Describes the gainful utilization of human, capital and natural resources for the creation of goods and services for consumption in local and overseas markets. Environmental Quality: Classifies the kinds of pollution which affects the island and describes the precautions and safeguards necessary to main- tain and improve the quality of the environment for the physical, psychologi- cal and social well-being of residents and visitors. Flood Control and Drainage: Pertains to the conservation and protection of life, improvements and natural resources from excess runoff due to man- made improvements or natural causes or from inundation from tsunamis and heavy seas. Historic Sites: Identifies artifacts and sites of historical and cultural impor- tance. Housing: Portrays the requirements for shelter, the quantity, quality, and distribution of housing units, and critical housing problems of the County. Natural Beauty: Identifies areas of unique natural beauty which are a prin- ciple asset of the island, requires programs for their conservation, preserva- tion, and integration with other elements. Natural Resources and Shoreline: Describes the valuable and often irre- placeable natural assets of the island which require identification and pro- grams for their protection and wise use. Public Facilities: Pertains to the location and distribution of facilities for educational, protective, social, custodial and health services. Public Utilities: Describes the distribution of power, light, and water, the collection and disposition of waste, sewage, and the provision of communi- cation facilities which are essential to the efficient functioning of a modern community. GENERAL PLAN STUDY FORMAT ACTIVITY ELEMENTS (CURRENT SITUATION AND TRENDS) EXIST. LAND USE PATTERN DATA COLLECTION ------- y ----- LAND USE INVENTORY T INVENTORIES RECREATION FLOOD 9 DRAINAGE PUBLIC FACILITIES CURRENT POLICIES FINDINGS PUB. UTILITIES 9 SERV. PROBLEMS B CONCERNS HOUSING EXISTING GOALS EMPLOYMEN ETC. DERIVED STANDARDS B RELATIONSHIPS REFORMULATION OF ALTERNATIVES DISTRICT AND COUNTY GOALS RECOMMENDATIONS OBJECTIVES - STANDARDS PRINCIPLES CORRELATION 9 ANALYSIS PROJECTED SITUATION IMPLEMENTATION •------- y ------ PROPOSED LAND USE ALLOCATION RECREATION PLAN STATE 9 COUNTY C.I.P ZONING ORDINANCE HIGHWAY 9 STREET PLAN OPERATING BUDGET SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE PROJECTS PUBLIC FACILITIES PLAN STATE B FEDERAL HISTORIC SITES ORDINANCE 9 PROGRAMSRENEWAL 8 REDEVPUT PLAN GRANTS IN AID SHORELINE SETBACK MOUSING PROGRAM POLLUTION CONTROLS T. PROGRAM LANG USE COMMISSION ECON. DEVPIM The process by which the General Plan Study format was conducted is illustrated by the Recreation: Examines the requirements of the County for active and passive steps outlined for one of the study elements: outdoor activities, cultural events and pastimes, as well as attendant facilities and areas. Transportation: Describes the requirements for air and water transport terminal facilities which link the County with the rest of the State and overseas areas, and the network of streets, highways and roads which con - DATA COLLECTION DATA nect the various parts of the island. CLASSIFICATION Land Use: Studies the relationship of human activities to the uses of land COMMUNITY I and the aspects of location, spatial relationship, and topography. This ele- ATTITUDES CHARACTERISTICS Input PROBLEMS 81 CONCERNS From__ ment is subdivided according to uses into the following designations: STATISTICAL EXISTING GOALS Zi6er -- INFORMATION LAND USE Elements Agricultural: Encompasses all types of agricultural endeavors, specified r I HISTORICAL, industrial uses, residential and ancillary community and public uses. NARRATIVE, Etc. Commercial: Comprised of industries in the retail trade and service cate- REFERENCES, Etc• gories and certain non -noxious enterprises from other industrial Classl- f1Cat10riS. FINDINGS Industrial: Consists of enterprises and facilities which are not necessarily COUNTY CHARACTERISTICS, PROBLEMS, USE, Etc. DISTRICT CHARACTERISTICS PROBLEMS USE Eta compatible with commercial areas, such as manufacturing and process - ing, wholesaling, large storage and transportation facilities, power plants, II� DERIVED STANDARDS a RELATIONSHIPS and government baseyards. r--L--� Multiple Residential: Includes duplexes, apartments, town houses; all 10 YEAR I I types of residential structures and ancillary community and public uses. I GENERAL PLAN Open: Includes conservation lands, forest and water reserves, natural and ALTERNATIVES 8i REVIEW I scientific preserves and potential natural hazard areas. RECOMENDATIONS Public: Includes Federal, State, University and County owned lands. REFORMULATION OF COUNTY GOALS Input Resort: Consists primarily of areas with basic amenities and attributes – ANNUAL BUDGETS REFORMULATION OF DISTRICT GOALS I 8 PROG. REVIEW � Othe—r which attract developments of visitor accommodations and related – LAND USE I NEW OBJECTIVES, STANDARDS a PRINCIPLES Elements facilities. 1A5yr. LOCATION REVIEW Single-family Residential: Consists of single-family detached houses and ancillary community and public uses. CORRELATION Each study element has been divided into various sections to facilitate its Z F P P 8 reading. A description of the sections follows: N N 0 o ANALYSIS Introduction and Analysis: Describes the element and summarizes findings. I D E a R County -wide characteristics and features, trends, . changes, and problems are G N C A PROJECTED discussed, as well as the outlook and opportunities for the immediate and distant G T M CHARACTERISTICS ---- SOLUTIONS OR N future. The analysis also involves interrelationships with other elements. Y l� S S FACILITIES Goals: Indicates the desired long-range direction and situation which have been enunciated by community groups, officially expressed in the past or im- Input From plied in governmental programs. They attempt to provide a cohesive and com- Other prehensive framework within which social and economic programs and govern - Input Elements From IMPLEMENTATION Other-- PROPOSED mental effort can be coordinated. Policies: States the methods or strategy which should be undertaken to at - Elements LAND USE ALLOCATION ----- rain the goals stated. These are action and program oriented and involve the COUNTY Q URBAN CENTERS formulation of standard procedures, program evaluation and review, rules and regulations, ordinances and laws, budgeting, specific projects, etc. Standards: Concerned with qualitative and quantitative criteria by which situations can be evaluated or benchmarks established. Standards are basically "yardsticks" or indicators, minimum conditions or levels of quality necessary for the well-being of the public. Districts: Many study elements require a more precise and definitive dis- cussion of community concerns and problems. This section attempts to identify specific localized alternatives on a community, district or regional basis. Plan Implementation One of the most critical phases of the planning program is the implemen- tation of the General Plan. It is the use of the plan rather than its mere existence which is of benefit. Public understanding and support are vitally necessary as the responsibility for the development of the island of Hawaii rests not only with the administrative and legislative branches of the County but with all people who live here. Widespread discussion will promote the understanding of unique and innovative concepts which are presented in the plan. Effectuation of the General Plan will require the amendment and adoption of the Zoning Ordinance in accordance with the standards and criteria enumer- ated in the plan (land use allocation and reallocation); amendment and adoption of the Subdivision Ordinance (design and density standards); adoption of the Capital Improvements Program (public improvements and facilities) and the County operational budget (public programs and services); adoption of ordi- nances pertaining to the preservation of historic sites and areas of natural beauty; initiation of State Land Use District changes; creation of natural area preserves; adoption of shoreline setback and use regulations; and other related ordinances and regulations. The following procedure is required to insure the implementation of the General Plan: The General Plan should be widely distributed for review, discussion, and comments. Community associations in each district should be requested to serve as review and advisory bodies to the Planning Commission. The Planning Commission should hold public hearings in the principal communities throughout the County. After the completion of the public hearings, the Planning Commission can suggest modifications to the Planning Director and/or submit the General Plan with recommendations to the Mayor for transmittal to the County Council. After its deliberation, the Council can adopt the General Plan by ordinance as the official County of Hawaii policy. After the enactment of the General Plan Ordinance, the Planning Depart- ment shall prepare drafts of proposed ordinances to assist in the effectua- tion of the General Plan. These drafts shall be submitted to the Planning Commission for review and recommendations prior to transmittal to the Council for consideration and action. The County administration should prepare a Capital Improvements Pro- gram which will insure that all County projects are in accord with the Gen- eral Plan. The CIP shall be submitted to the Council for consideration and action. Federal and State agencies should be officially requested to recognize the General Plan for the County of Hawaii in the formulation and implementa- tion of their projects and programs. Detailed plans should be prepared by the Planning Department for adminis- trative purposes and for the Planning Commission. These will show current and proposed public and private capital improvements and services, exist- ing zoning, areas appropriate for allocative land use acreage and any other information which will assist the Planning Department and Commission to implement the General Plan. The General Plan for the County of Hawaii should be thoroughly reviewed at intervals of not more than ten years. Land use acreage allocation should be reviewed at intervals of not more than five years. All review processes shall be a joint effort of the communities, residents, and the County govern- ment. PROFILE OF THE COUNTY The County of Hawaii encompasses the island of Hawaii, which is the southeasternmost and largest island of the Hawaiian archipelago. Commonly referred to as the Big Island, the land area of Hawaii is nearly twice the com- bined size of all the other islands of the State. The island of Hawaii is a land of diverse climate, topography, and scenic beauty. Environments range from dense tropical forests to majestic snow- capped mountains. There are active volcanoes, black, white, and green sand beaches, deeply eroded valleys, and large expanses of grazing land. The island may have been the first of the group to be inhabited by the Polynesians. Tracings which date back to 750 A.D. have been found in the South Point area. Captain James Cook, the first European to set foot in Hawaii, met his death at Kealakekua Bay in 1779. The Hawaiian monarch who united all Hawaii under one rule, Kamehameha the Great, was born in Kohala and died in Kona. The entire island is rich in historical lore. Throughout the County's history, agriculture has played an important economic role. There were many ventures and experiments and sugar produc- tion and cattle ranching emerged as leaders of the modern agricultural industry. In recent years other forms of diversified agriculture, principally macadamia nuts, papaya, and flowers, have experienced substantial growth. Most manu- facturing concerns on the island are closely associated with the agricultural industry. In the past decade a new major industry, tourism, has emerged. Much of the economic growth experienced during this period can be linked with the ex- pansion of the visitor industry. The County's population, numbering 63,468 in the 1970 census, consists of people from various ethnic backgrounds. No majority ethnic grouping is found on the island. This can be seen in the following percentages of ethnic backgrounds represented: Japanese, 39.9%; Caucasian, 15.0%; Filipino, 9.6%; Hawaiian, 2.6%; Puerto Rican, 1.9%; Chinese, 1.2%; Part Hawaiian, 18.9%; Cos- mopolitan and others not reported, 10.9%. This diversity is largely the result of the practice started by sugar plantations over a century ago of importing im- migrant workers. The first laborers were the Chinese, followed by the Japanese and the Portuguese, and more recently, the Filipinos. The plantations had and still exert a large influence on the economic and social lives of many Big Islanders. The 1970 census count of population was the first to show an increase of people in the County since 1930. Population in modern history peaked at 73,325 during that year, largely the result of importing labor into the island. After World War II, however, plantations began an intensive program of mechanization which substantially reduced the demand for labor. Since there were few alternative forms of economic and educational opportunities, a sizable out -migration of residents, especially the younger segment of the population, occurred between 1940 and 1960. This was reversed between 1960 and 1970. t t t t 1 t Table 1. Population, Hawaii County 1930-1970 Year Population Change From Previous Census 1930 73,325 5- 9 1940 73,276 - 49 1950 68,350 =4,916 1960 61,332 -7,018 1970 63,468 +2,136 SOURCE: U.S. Census Bureau The out -migration between 1940 and 1960 left a serious imbalance in the age -sex distribution of the island's population .which was first reflected in the 1960 census. Table 2 illustrates this situation. There were about 7,000 fewer people between the ages of 15 and 34 in 1960 than in 1950. The 1970 census, however, showed a gain of 1,940 residents in this age group. Because of the increasing number of residents above 54 years old, the median age of the Big Island's population increased from 27.4 years old in 1960 to 29.2 years in 1970. Effects of the plantations' practice of importing male work- ers can be seen in the sex distribution of the population. In 1970 there were 108 males for every 100 females. The ratio between men and women has since been balancing out. Table 3. Age -Sex Distribution Hawaii County, 1970 Age Male Female Totals % Under 5 Table 2. Age Distribution, Hawaii County 2,666 5,446 1960 and 1970 5- 9 3,236 3,063 1960 1970 Change Under 5 6,971 5,446 -1,525 5- 9 7,410 6,299 -1,111 10-14 6,998 7,085 87 15-19 5,359 6,372 1,013 20-24 2,435 3,710 1,275 25-34 7,070 6,722 - 348 35-44 8,056 7,658 - 398 45-54 7,148 7,901 753 55-59 3,089 3,417 328 60-64 2,209 3,020 811 65-74 2,942 3,838 896 75 and over 1,642 2,000 358 TOTAL 61,332 63,468 30,570 Median Age 27.4 29.2 SOURCE: See Table I Because of the increasing number of residents above 54 years old, the median age of the Big Island's population increased from 27.4 years old in 1960 to 29.2 years in 1970. Effects of the plantations' practice of importing male work- ers can be seen in the sex distribution of the population. In 1970 there were 108 males for every 100 females. The ratio between men and women has since been balancing out. Table 3. Age -Sex Distribution Hawaii County, 1970 Age Male Female Totals % Under 5 2,780 2,666 5,446 8.6 5- 9 3,236 3,063 6,299 9.9 10-14 3,701 3,384 7,085 11.2 15-19 3,211 3,161 6,372 10.0 20-24 1,804 1,906 3,710 5.8 25-34 3,326 3,396 6,722 10.6 35-44 3,675 3,983 7,658 12.1 45-54 4,030 3,871 7,901 12.4 55-59 1,956 1,461 3,417 5.4 60-64 1,902 1,118 3,020 4.8 65-74 2,208 1,630 3,838 6.0 75 and over 1,069 931 2,000 3.2 TOTAL 32,898 30,570 63,468 100.0% SOURCE: See Table 1 The following table shows the marital status of persons 14 years old and over: Table 4. Marital Status Of Persons 14 And Over Hawaii County, 1970 Male Female No. % No. % Married 14,180 59.2 14,015 63.1 Widowed 916 3.8 2,191 9.9 Divorced or Separated 813 3.4 702 3.2 Never Married 8,034 33.6 5,284 23.8 TOTAL 23,943 100.0 22,192 100.0 SOURCE: See Table 1 Over half of the Big Island residents over 20 years of age have a high school or higher education, according to recent survey.' This is a rise in educational level from a decade ago. Of today's high school graduates, more than 60% indi- cate a desire to attend college or a technical school. Out -migration of the island's youth has been declining with the expansion of the University of Hawaii and Community College. Employment in the County has increased substantially over the past ten years. The labor force in 1970 was estimated to be slightly under 30,000. Em- ployment during this year averaged 28,700 with an increase during the fall and winter coffee harvesting seasons. The unemployment rate was 3.3% which com- pares favorably with State and national averages. About 22% of the workers 'Hawaii Community Profile, 1969, State Planning System. are employed in agriculture; 13% in services, including hotels; 16% in wholesale and retail trade; 11% in manufacturing; and 9% are self-employed agricultural workers. Per capita personal income in 1968 was $3,174. Women workers play an important role in the County. The participation rate, or the ratio between labor force and population, is higher in Hawaii County than in any other area of the State. This indicates that a fairly sizable percentage of the women in the County are working. A study of social characteristics and services in the County was prepared by the Planning Committee of the Hawaii Island United Fund (HUI) in May 1969. The study contained data on various health and social indicators for the County of Hawaii and the judicial districts. The following table shows some of the County's social health indicators as compared to the State or Oahu. Further details on social characteristics are contained in HUI's report. Table 5. Community Health Indicator Norms Hawaii County And State Or Oahu 1967 Hawaii State or Social Health Indicators County Oahu (0) % of Families Under $3,000 income 15.4% 7.6%(0) % of Families Under $4,000 income 25.0% 15.0%(0) Family Disorganization (Divorced, Separated, or Widowed), 1966 5.8% 8.5%(0) Aid to Families 8c Dependent Children, Rate/1000 population 36.2 20.3 General Assistance Cases, Rate/1000 population 5.3 3.5 Old Age Assistance, Rate/1000 population 5.4 2.5 Social Security Benefits, Rate/100 population 14.5 8.3 All Police Complaints, Part I & II Crimes, Rate/ 1000 population 36.7 39.7 (0) Juvenile Arrests, Rate/1000 population 7.5 10.9 (0) Juveniles Under Court Jurisdiction, Rate/1000 population 4.2 6.1 (0) Tuberculosis Cases, Rate/1000 population 4.5 3.6 Illegitimate Births, Rate/100 live births 7.5 8.4 Mental Health Patients, Rate/1000 population 13.7 7.8 School Dropouts, Rate/1000 school enrollment 3.6 2.3 School Suspensions, Rate/1000 school enrollment 21.4 19.0 SOURCE: Hawaii Island Planning Committee. "An Overview of Social Characteristics and Services of the County of Hawaii," May 1969. Recently there has been increasing concern about the social problems caused by the economy shifting from a rural -agricultural status to one more urban. Studies are being conducted by the State and various agencies to exam- ine what are the social ramifications of, for example, a resort complex close to a rural community. THE FUTURE OF HAWAII ISLAND Introduction The County's General Plan is a policy document which sets forth guidelines for future activities in the island of Hawaii for the next few decades. In order to plan for the future, it is necessary to anticipate the number of residents and visitors to be served and the kinds of facilities and resources needed to fulfill their needs. This section contains projections of population and the economy. Other considerations concerning visions of the future of the island and some of the alternatives are also presented here. Forecasters are faced with an impossible task of trying to predict the future. There are so many known and unknown variables that it is difficult even to decide which items are pertinent. The only way to cope with these variables is to make assumptions about them. In traditional public planning efforts, entire plans have been based on the achievement of the projected levels of population. In many of these cases, where population numbers are goals, plans become obsolete when the projected num- ber of residents is not achieved or is surpassed. This General Plan effort uses the projected levels of population only as a guide in planning. The projections are educated guesses of what could occur in the future. They should never be taken as actual facts of the future. The goals, policies, standards, and recom- mendations of this plan are intended to be flexible enough to cope with popula- tion levels below or above the projections stated in this section. Projections Population projections for the County of Hawaii were developed through the use of relationships between economic activity, employment, and popula- tion. This approach differs from traditional methods of forecasting population which include: 1) projecting past annual average rate of growth or other mathematical extrapolations from past data; 2) assumptions regarding in- and out -migration trends; 3) cohort -survival method; and 4) using percentages of the other islands, the State, region, or national population. These methods were not used for the following reasons: A. Projecting historical trends of population and migration would result in a declining population for the island. B. Out -migration during the 1930-1960 period left serious imbalances in the male-female ratio as well as in the age distribution of the popula- tion which if the cohort -survival method were applied to this data would have unmeaningful results. C. Historical data do not indicate that population changes in the County paralleled changes in the other islands, the State, region, or nation. The economic activity -population approach appears to be more meaning- ful. This approach entails the forecasting of employment in basic and secondary industries, utilizing a multiplier between this employment and population. This also allows planners to examine the reasons for growth or the lack of it. Basic industries which receive income from outside the County are assumed to be the foundation of the economy and the key to the development of the island. Industries which are considered basic are agriculture, tourism, the manu- facturing of export products, and research and development. Secondary industries are those enterprises which service basic industries and/or population. Retail and wholesale trade, bakeries, utilities, financial institutions, and local government are examples of industries in this category. After an examination of the various industries which exist in the County the following assumptions were adopted: L t t 1 Ll 1. Agriculture Agricultural employment, especially in the sugar industry has been de- clining over the past ten years but has recently become fairly stable. As major plantations consolidate and workers reach retirement age, sugar employment should decline further. Factors offsetting this decline will be the expansion and labor demands of .the macadamia nut, papaya, and flower industries. EMPLOYMENT SHOULD REMAIN STABLE DURING THE PLANNING PERIOD. 2. Manufacturing Non -sugar basic manufacturing enterprises include garment manu- facturing, food processing for export, lumber milling and wood product production. MODEST INCREASES ARE EXPECTED IN THIS CATEGORY. 3. Research and Development While there is tremendous potential for expansion in this industry, it is extremely difficult to assess the magnitude of employment expansion. This problem concerns the basic funding source of Research and Devel- opment which is government. Educational facilities such as the univer- sity are considered part of secondary or support industries. RE- SEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IS ASSUMED TO GENERATE A MODEST NUMBER OF BASIC EMPLOYEES. 4. Tourism The visitor industry appears to have the strongest potential for rapid expansion of a large magnitude. EMPLOYMENT IN TOURISM IS EXPECTED TO INCREASE RAPIDLY. Three sets of projections were developed, Series A, B, and C. The major variable in each of these projections was the rate of growth of the visitor in- dustry. Revealed plans for resort complexes and other factors were considered in the forecast of hotel rooms. Series A is the most conservative projection. The rate of growth of 3% per annum coincides with the rate of growth of employment in the County during the last five years. Series B projections were developed as a medium series. These projec- tions lie between Series A and C. The per annum growth rate anticipated in Series B is approximately 4%. SERIES A SERIES B Hotel, Employment, And Population Hotel, Employment, And Population Estimates, Hawaii County 1960-1990 Hotel Rooms Employment Population 1960 860 22,293 61,332 1970 3,438 29,000 63,468 1975 5,600 32,600 70,000 1980 8,900 39,200 84,000 1990 15,600 53,600 115,000 Series B projections were developed as a medium series. These projec- tions lie between Series A and C. The per annum growth rate anticipated in Series B is approximately 4%. Series C is an extremely optimistic outlook of the County's future. It is assumed that 30,000 hotel rooms will be built in the County by 1990. Enough land is presently zoned for the construction of 32,000 hotel rooms. There are some large developments planned in areas which do not have resort zoning. The average annual growth rate of population in Series C is slightly over 5%. SERIES C SERIES B Hotel, Employment, And Population Hotel, Employment, And Population Estimates, Hawaii County 1960-1990 Estimates, Hawaii County 1960-1990 Population 1960 860 22,293 Hotel Rooms - Employment Population 3,438 29,000 1960 860 22,293 61,332 87,000 1970 3,438 29,000 63,468 1990 1975 7,500 36,500 78,000 1980 12,000 45,900 99,000 1990 20,000 64,000 137,000 Series C is an extremely optimistic outlook of the County's future. It is assumed that 30,000 hotel rooms will be built in the County by 1990. Enough land is presently zoned for the construction of 32,000 hotel rooms. There are some large developments planned in areas which do not have resort zoning. The average annual growth rate of population in Series C is slightly over 5%. It should be emphasized that these projections are not statements of goals nor desired levels of economic activity. These projections are merely extensions of existing trends. In view of the economic activity experienced by the County over the past five years, the trend of growth seems to be rapid and sustained. The levels of future economic activity, however, will require a great deal of community re- sources and may cause several problems. The projections indicate that there will be a heavy dependence on tourism. At present 7.4% of the County's employees work in hotels and 6.8% are employed in visitor -related facilities. Employment in the traditional economic base of the County, agriculture and manufacturing, accounts for 30.6%. By 1990 hotel and visitor support workers may account for employment ranging from 41% in Series A to 51% in Series C. Since the County already has a high percentage of its population working, any increased labor force to accompany large and rapid growth will probably have to be met by in -migration from areas outside the County. Rapid development without adequate controls also has an inflationary tendency on land and housing prices. Unless wages accelerate commensurate with the same rate of inflation, present situations could be further aggravated. TSUNAMI ItdtttdC%t [CI TOPOGRAPHY CLIMATE VOLCANIC ACTIVITYm y DRAINA fY ., _.....' PHYSICAL y YI¢ it IY .w 4of , I TRANSPORTATION ECONOMIC PICTURE POPULATION COMMUNITY FACILITY NEEDS EXISTING LAND USE m=" RECREATION SERIES C Hotel, Employment, And Population Estimates, Hawaii County 1960-1990 .Hotel Rooms Employment Population 1960 860 22,293 61,332 1970 3,438 29,000 63,468 1975 9,600 40,500 87,000 1980 16,000 53,400 115,000 1990 30,000 82,800 178,000 It should be emphasized that these projections are not statements of goals nor desired levels of economic activity. These projections are merely extensions of existing trends. In view of the economic activity experienced by the County over the past five years, the trend of growth seems to be rapid and sustained. The levels of future economic activity, however, will require a great deal of community re- sources and may cause several problems. The projections indicate that there will be a heavy dependence on tourism. At present 7.4% of the County's employees work in hotels and 6.8% are employed in visitor -related facilities. Employment in the traditional economic base of the County, agriculture and manufacturing, accounts for 30.6%. By 1990 hotel and visitor support workers may account for employment ranging from 41% in Series A to 51% in Series C. Since the County already has a high percentage of its population working, any increased labor force to accompany large and rapid growth will probably have to be met by in -migration from areas outside the County. Rapid development without adequate controls also has an inflationary tendency on land and housing prices. Unless wages accelerate commensurate with the same rate of inflation, present situations could be further aggravated. TSUNAMI ItdtttdC%t [CI TOPOGRAPHY CLIMATE VOLCANIC ACTIVITYm y DRAINA fY ., _.....' PHYSICAL y YI¢ it IY .w 4of , I TRANSPORTATION ECONOMIC PICTURE POPULATION COMMUNITY FACILITY NEEDS EXISTING LAND USE m=" RECREATION INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The development of sound local public policy in a general plan demands an understanding of economic factors. Such factors are largely responsible for the County's growth or lack of growth, and any planning effort which does not take them into account cannot be very meaningful. In varying degrees the other elements of the planning process are affected by the local economy. The existence of population in any given area is based in part on economic reasons. Population usually settles, expands or declines in some correlation to income opportunities or the lack of them. Besides affecting the number and density of population, economic activity has a direct bearing on income level, which to a certain extent determines the standard of living of the individual. Different types of employment influence the social character of com- munities. The size and character of the population in turn define needs for housing, transportation, public utilities and facilities, special combinations of land use, recreation, and so forth. Economic studies are thus one of the necessary first steps in developing plans for public and private actions. Government has a responsibility to identify and plan towards the achieve- ment of an economy which will best satisfy the people's economic demands in balance with desirable social constraints. This involves an active role by govern- ment to understand, forecast, protect and promote local economic sectors. Gov- ernment has many policy instruments available to influence and guide develop- ments, investment, and operation of private and public interests. This approach requires a conscious direction of the economy of the County. The economy, however, should not be considered as the only goal of the Gen- eral Plan. The planning process is geared towards the achievement of a higher quality of life for the residents of the County. Working towards the goals, policies, and standards of this element are only one aspect of accomplishing this desired end. The County offers several amenities conducive for economic growth. Many of these are natural amenities such as a favorable and equitable climate, scenic vistas, high mountains, deep oceans, active volcanoes, large land areas, and an environment fairly free of pollution. In 1967, direct flights between the U.S. mainland and the County were inaugurated, offering immediate as well as long-term economic benefits. Despite these amenities, there have been a number of problems that tended to retard or limit growth on the island. Principal among these problems is the insular nature of the County. Hawaii is the farthest island from Honolulu, Oahu, the State center of commercial, cultural and social activity. Most imported goods have to be transhipped through Honolulu. The distances from the popu- lation center of Honolulu, the mainland, and other markets have limited the growth of export products from the Big Island. With the exception of sugar, only products which are unique and/or have high value are successfully exported, such as macadamia nuts, flowers, and papaya. As the island of Hawaii's population grows larger and the export volume increases, more favorable rates on overseas carriers may be instituted. Should the proposed ferry system between the islands materialize, surface transporta- tion may be improved. The relatively small population in the State, coupled with the distance to mainland markets, creates a disadvantage for local businessmen. This situation is commonly called a "pocket market." The size of the population does not allow for efficient operations, and when exportation is considered in order to expand the market, the entrepreneur is faced with high transportation costs. Physical catastrophies, such as tsunamis, volcanic activity, flooding, and droughts, have also retarded growth on the island. In addition to actual physical damage, the fear of the recurrence of natural hazards presented a psychological barrier for investment. Measures to protect life and property have been planned and instituted throughout the County. Further control measures are reported in this plan. Despite these and other problems, such as high costs of living, high power rates, and other limitations, the economy of Hawaii County has made remarkable advances over the past decade. The economy has traditionally been powered by agriculture. A rural atmosphere has been maintained throughout the island with most of the urbanization taking place in Hilo city, the island's principal harbor complex. During the past decade, the visitor industry has emerged as a major economic force. These two industries, agriculture and tourism, presently con- stitute the foundation of the island's economy. Agriculture With sugar as its leader, agriculture currently constitutes the major eco- nomic sector of the island of Hawaii. Including processing, the agricultural industry accounts for one-fourth of the island's employment. Besides sugar cul- tivation and processing, local agricultural pursuits consists of the raising of cattle and other livestock, the growing of coffee, macadamia nuts, papaya, flowers and nursery products, vegetables, and several processing plants which utilize locally grown products. Agribusiness is basically conducted on two levels. On one end of the spec- trum are the ten incorporated sugar plantations which account for a large per- centage of agricultural employment. At the other end are the small, family - operated farms and ranches. The latter accounts for about half of the people engaged in agriculture. Hawaii County accounts for 36.9% of the sugar produced in the State of Hawaii, over half of the beef consumed, all of the coffee grown, most of the macadamia nuts, and varying percentages of the other crops and livestock. With the exception of the declining coffee industry, incomes from agriculture have grown. The total value of agricultural marketings rose 51.3% from 1960 to 1969, in part a result of higher prices. The number of farms, however, decreased from 3,600 to 2,750 in the same period. Acreage in farms also declined 12.2% during the last decade. One of the most pressing problems faced by today's agricultural industries is their ability to attract labor. Agriculture is facing increasing competition for labor from other sectors of the economy, such as the rapidly expanding visitor industry and construction. There is also a demand for a greater number of per- sonnel with technical and professional agricultural training. A related problem is the housing shortage which is found throughout the island. Competition from urban forces for agricultural lands has intensified. The protection of prime agricultural lands, however, is the intent of the State Land Use Law. The pocket market situation and transportation difficulties mentioned earlier in this section are limiting factors for the production of agricultural products for local consumption and export. The State Department of Agricul- ture, the Department of Planning and Economic Development, the University of Hawaii, the College of Tropical Agriculture, and the County have programs to assist the industry. In 1970 the State Agricultural Development Plan was completed. This docu- ment reviewed the present and future potential of agriculture and formulated programs to maintain its future. The opportunities for the expansion of agriculture on the Big Island seem to be immense. Sugar, the largest of all industries, has reported production in- creases by becoming highly mechanized. More mergers and mechanization are expected. One of the immediate problems faced by this industry is pollution control. 1 t t r t It 1 1 1 C L� t Export products grown mostly on the Big Island, such as papaya, maca- damia nuts, and flowers, have expanded rapidly over recent years. These commodities and others, such as ginger, guava and other tropical fruits, have potential for growth. There are also new high value crops which have potential to be successfully cultivated here. Manufacturing Manufacturing or processing activities in the County of Hawaii have main- ly been related to the agricultural industry. About 57% of the employees in the manufacturing sector are involved in the processing of sugar, and about 200 workers are connected with the processing of macadamia nuts. Other forms of manufacturing associated with agriculture are the production of jams and jellies, preserved vegetables, and lumber processing. > The garment industry ,is another form of "basic" manufacturing conducted on the island. Approximately 200 people are involved in the manufacture of Hawaiian apparel. Other manufacturing activities are service-oriented, such as bakeries, print- ing and iron works. These operations are usually located close to population centers or transportation facilities. An expanding agricultural industry will provide greater opportunities for related processing. Several proposals for the use of sugar cane waste, or bag- asse, are being studied. Major factors inhibiting the growth of manufacturing on Hawaii Island are transportation and power costs. Visitor Industry The visitor industry has emerged as a major economic force in the past decade. The number of visitors to the island of Hawaii in 1960 was 91,000. By 1969, the count showed 358,000 visitors. The hotel inventory during this same period grew from 860 to 3,200 rooms. Employment in hotels, services, and trade also experienced similar increases. The growth of Hawaii County in terms of employment, population, in- come and economic activity during recent years has been more closely tied to the visitor industry than any other sector of the economy. Employment op- portunities spurred by the growth of this industry may be the principal cause of the reversal of the three decade population decline on the island. The principal visitor destination area of the Big Island is Kona and the single most popular attraction is Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. The city of Hilo, while a visitor attraction in its own right, serves primarily as the business and transportation center of the island, having a deepwater port and direct flights to and from the mainland. There is substantial investor interest in the visitor industry on the island of Hawaii. To date, over one billion dollars of planned construction of resort - residential complexes have been announced. Most of these plans are for the Kohala-Kona coastal areas. Resort developments have also been announced for the city of Hilo and Ka'u. This investor interest in resorts has created a great deal of excitement about future economic prospects. There is, however, concern over problems that may arise from the forthcoming rapid development of the island. On one hand, Big Islanders can look towards an economic future that promises many jobs, new highways, improved transportation, and more commercial, recreational, and cul- tural activities. Along with these promises of a "better" life is the realization that growth will not take place without its costs. There already is evidence of some of the problems that will accompany rapid development, such as rising costs of land, housing shortages, and social disturbances. There is also a question of the stability, of the visitor industry. This industry, which caters to the recreational desires of people, is highly sensitive to exo- genous factors, such as the national economy. High quality development, however, seems less subject to these factors. Recent cost -benefit studies have shown that the visitor industry is providing more revenues to the public than costs. The studies warned, however, that the cost -benefit relationships become less favorable as in -migration increases. The potential to benefit economically from the visitor industry while still minimizing social costs exists. The key to orderly growth lies in proper planning and controlled development. Scientific Research and Development To a limited degree, Hawaii County has begun to participate in the research and development industry. There are slightly over 200 people directly em- ployed in this industry in such facilities as the Center for Cross Cultural Re- search and Training, the Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa Observatories, the Uni- versity of Hawaii Cloud Physics Laboratory, Hawaii Volcano Observatory, and various agricultural research centers. The University of Hawaii at Hilo College has recently received approval and funding to become a four-year institution and will play an increasingly important role in this industry. The university complex itself is an important economic force. A related aspect of this industry is resident schools and colleges. There is currently only one such facility, Hawaii Preparatory Academy, in Waimea, South Kohala. The future of research and development, including educational facilities, is bright. There is already a close working relationship between County govern- ment and the university and several joint programs are being explored. This industry, however, is in its infant stage. Its growth is hampered primarily by major funding sources which are the State and Federal governments and large research organizations. Secondary Industries Secondary industries, such as government, construction, trades (retail and wholesale), utilities, financial institutions, and professional services are most often located close to population centers. Population usually locates close to employment centers which, in turn, are based on primary income generators, such as tourism or agriculture. Major transportation facilities also attract secon- dary industries. The major governmental, service, commercial, transportation, and educa- tional center on the island of Hawaii is the city of Hilo. Within the city limits reside over 40% of the island's population. Key to the growth of the city have been the transportation facilities. Until Kawaihae Harbor was constructed on the west coast of the island, Hilo Harbor was the only deepwater port in the County. Hilo's General Lyman Airport has recently been improved to accom- modate inter -continental jets and since October, 1967, has been the second gateway to the State. There are many other communities throughout the island, which, for the most part, are small and rural in nature. These communities, ranging in popula- tion from 300 to 1,500, constitute the remainder of the "urban" areas of the County. With the exception of Kailua-Kona, the only resort village on the island, these communities are basically agriculturally oriented. Employment Employment opportunities have expanded over the last ten years. There were over 5,000 more jobs in 1969 than in 1960. The industry category ex- periencing the largest increase was hotel employment, followed by retail trade. This is evidence of the impact of the visitor industry. Employment in secondary industries also expanded. The largest employment decrease was in the sugar industry which reduced labor needs in harvesting and processing. The following table depicts the shifting of employment between the major sectors of the County's economy from an agricultural orientation to a more service-oriented makeup. Extending present trends, the employment mix could conceivably come to a point where at least 40% of the labor force would be working in the visitor industry. Much of the increase in employment, especially in hotels and retail trade, has been absorbed by the women in our population. The current ratio between Hawaii County's total employment and population is the highest in the State. The participation rate indicates that the County's labor supply has been largely utilized. This situation indicates that new labor demands may have to be met largely by in -migration. Rising wage levels and more secondary workers caused per capita personal income to rise from $1,678 in 1960 to $3,174 in 1968. Median family income in the 1960 census was $4,866. A Federal Housing Administration report for the Big Island estimates that the median family income rose to $7,125 in 1969 after the deduction of federal income tax. The island's youth has continued to pursue higher education. In a 1969 survey of high sch000l seniors, 47% indicated that they planned to attend col- lege. About one-fourth planned to attend business or technical schools, and only 12% were seeking immediate employment assistance. Despite increases in recent times, there is still an apparent scarcity of employment opportunities for the college-educated who desire to return to the island. The age -sex data obtained through the 1970 census depict virtually the same distribution as found in 1960. When compared to a normal distribution, the 1960 and 1970 age -sex pyramids show a disproportionately small number of males and females within the 20 to 34 year old age grouping. There has been but a slight increase in this age category over the past decade. Population The population of Hawaii County in the 1970 census was 63,468, a total of 2,136 more than the previous census. This was the first time since 1930 that the County experienced an increase in the number of residents. District counts for 1970 show little change in the distribution of popula- tion. The South Hilo district, which includes Hilo city, still contains over half of the island's population. The remainder of the nine judicial districts have resident counts ranging from 1,881 in North Hilo to 5,154 in Puna. The growth of district population in the last ten years seems closely as- sociated with the existence of visitor industry facilities in an area. South Kohala, South Hilo and North Kona experienced the largest increases. On the other hand, sugar -based districts such as North Hilo and Hamakua saw the largest decline. The following goals, policies, and standards have been set forth for this element after examining and analyzing past and present situations. GOALS 0 The economic system of the County should provide its residents with opportunities to improve their quality of life. • Economic development and improvement should be accomplished in an orderly manner which is in balance with the physical and social environments of the island of Hawaii. • The County of Hawaii should strive for stability in its economic system. POLICIES • It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to assist the expansion of the agricultural industry, especially diversified agriculture, through the protection of prime agricultural lands, capital improvements and other programs, and continued cooperation with appropriate State and Federal agencies. • The County of Hawaii shall strive for an economic climate which pro- vides its residents an opportunity for choice of occupation. • The County of Hawaii shall encourage the expansion of the research and development industry by working with and supporting the univer- sity and other agencies' programs developed to aid the County of Hawaii. • The County of Hawaii shall encourage the development of a visitor in- dustry which is consistent with the social, physical, and economic goals of the residents of the County. • The County shall require a study of the total social and physical impact of large developments prior to approval. • The County of Hawaii shall strive for diversification of its economy by strengthening existing industries and attracting new endeavors. • The County shall encourage the expansion of the fishing industry, various forms of aquaculture, and other ocean -based activities. • The expansion of higher and continuing educational services and institu- tions shall be supported by the County. • The County of Hawaii shall study the feasibility of establishing a busi- ness development loan program. • The County's capital improvements program should improve the quality of existing commercial and industrial areas. • The County of Hawaii's land, water, air, sea, and people shall be con- sidered as essential economic resources for present and future genera- tions and should be protected and enhanced through the use of econom- ic incentives. • It shall be the County's policy to strive for full employment. • The County shall conduct a re-evaluation of all economic goals and policies, particularly in the area of tourism, coincident with any County - initiated overall land use acreage allocation and General Plan review. STANDARDS • The island of Hawaii should be developed into a unique scientific and cultural model. The island should become a model of living where economic gains are in balance with social and physical amenities. Development should be reviewed on the basis of total impact on the residents of the County, not only in terms of immediate short run economic benefits. • New industries which provide favorable benefit -cost relationships to the people of the County should be encouraged. Benefit -cost relationships as used here include more than fiscal considerations. 1960 1970 Percent Employed in Hotels 2.2% 7.5% Percent Employed in Other Services 5.4 6.4 Total Service Employment 7.6% 13.9% Percent Employed in Agriculture 27.0% 20.3% Extending present trends, the employment mix could conceivably come to a point where at least 40% of the labor force would be working in the visitor industry. Much of the increase in employment, especially in hotels and retail trade, has been absorbed by the women in our population. The current ratio between Hawaii County's total employment and population is the highest in the State. The participation rate indicates that the County's labor supply has been largely utilized. This situation indicates that new labor demands may have to be met largely by in -migration. Rising wage levels and more secondary workers caused per capita personal income to rise from $1,678 in 1960 to $3,174 in 1968. Median family income in the 1960 census was $4,866. A Federal Housing Administration report for the Big Island estimates that the median family income rose to $7,125 in 1969 after the deduction of federal income tax. The island's youth has continued to pursue higher education. In a 1969 survey of high sch000l seniors, 47% indicated that they planned to attend col- lege. About one-fourth planned to attend business or technical schools, and only 12% were seeking immediate employment assistance. Despite increases in recent times, there is still an apparent scarcity of employment opportunities for the college-educated who desire to return to the island. The age -sex data obtained through the 1970 census depict virtually the same distribution as found in 1960. When compared to a normal distribution, the 1960 and 1970 age -sex pyramids show a disproportionately small number of males and females within the 20 to 34 year old age grouping. There has been but a slight increase in this age category over the past decade. Population The population of Hawaii County in the 1970 census was 63,468, a total of 2,136 more than the previous census. This was the first time since 1930 that the County experienced an increase in the number of residents. District counts for 1970 show little change in the distribution of popula- tion. The South Hilo district, which includes Hilo city, still contains over half of the island's population. The remainder of the nine judicial districts have resident counts ranging from 1,881 in North Hilo to 5,154 in Puna. The growth of district population in the last ten years seems closely as- sociated with the existence of visitor industry facilities in an area. South Kohala, South Hilo and North Kona experienced the largest increases. On the other hand, sugar -based districts such as North Hilo and Hamakua saw the largest decline. The following goals, policies, and standards have been set forth for this element after examining and analyzing past and present situations. GOALS 0 The economic system of the County should provide its residents with opportunities to improve their quality of life. • Economic development and improvement should be accomplished in an orderly manner which is in balance with the physical and social environments of the island of Hawaii. • The County of Hawaii should strive for stability in its economic system. POLICIES • It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to assist the expansion of the agricultural industry, especially diversified agriculture, through the protection of prime agricultural lands, capital improvements and other programs, and continued cooperation with appropriate State and Federal agencies. • The County of Hawaii shall strive for an economic climate which pro- vides its residents an opportunity for choice of occupation. • The County of Hawaii shall encourage the expansion of the research and development industry by working with and supporting the univer- sity and other agencies' programs developed to aid the County of Hawaii. • The County of Hawaii shall encourage the development of a visitor in- dustry which is consistent with the social, physical, and economic goals of the residents of the County. • The County shall require a study of the total social and physical impact of large developments prior to approval. • The County of Hawaii shall strive for diversification of its economy by strengthening existing industries and attracting new endeavors. • The County shall encourage the expansion of the fishing industry, various forms of aquaculture, and other ocean -based activities. • The expansion of higher and continuing educational services and institu- tions shall be supported by the County. • The County of Hawaii shall study the feasibility of establishing a busi- ness development loan program. • The County's capital improvements program should improve the quality of existing commercial and industrial areas. • The County of Hawaii's land, water, air, sea, and people shall be con- sidered as essential economic resources for present and future genera- tions and should be protected and enhanced through the use of econom- ic incentives. • It shall be the County's policy to strive for full employment. • The County shall conduct a re-evaluation of all economic goals and policies, particularly in the area of tourism, coincident with any County - initiated overall land use acreage allocation and General Plan review. STANDARDS • The island of Hawaii should be developed into a unique scientific and cultural model. The island should become a model of living where economic gains are in balance with social and physical amenities. Development should be reviewed on the basis of total impact on the residents of the County, not only in terms of immediate short run economic benefits. • New industries which provide favorable benefit -cost relationships to the people of the County should be encouraged. Benefit -cost relationships as used here include more than fiscal considerations. i C 1 1 t s t t DISTRICTS The following is a brief analysis by judicial district with courses of action for each district. The entire County, however, is an economic system and there are many interrelationships and interdependencies among the various dis- tricts. Each district is an integral part of the County and is treated as such. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards set forth in the overall economic element. PUNA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change Puna District 5,030 5,154 2.5 Keaau 1,334 951 -28.7 Mountain View 566 419 -26.0 Pahoa 1,046 924 -11.7 Other 2,084 2,860 37.2 Population increased slightly in Puna as a result of employment opportuni- ties in the city of Hilo and in agriculture within the district. Contributing also to this increase was an in -migration into subdivided areas. Puna is primarily an agricultural district. The area also includes part of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park, large undeveloped subdivisions, forest reserves, and several small concentrations of population. Most of the subdivi- sions were created prior to the Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance and are in agricultural zones. Sugar is the principal crop grown in Puna, and the towns of Pahoa, Keaau, and Mountain View were created as a result of this industry. According to a land use survey by the County Planning Department in 1968-1969, some 27,530 acres were devoted to sugar. Recent capital improvements at the Puna plantation indicate the fairly viable condition of the industry in the area. Another major crop in the area is macadamia nuts. Diversified agriculture in the form of truck farming in the Volcano area, papaya groves in the Kapoho area, and flowers, principally anthuriums and vanda orchids, in the Mountain View, Pahoa and Kapoho areas is important. The papaya and flower industries have experienced rapid growth in recent years. Factors currently inhibiting the growth of these industries are the short- age of labor, housing, and plant disease. The latter problem is especially severe in the papaya industry. The only manufacturing conducted in the Puna area is that connected with the sugar and macadamia nut industries. There is a plant in the area which was built to process acerola, but processing has been discontinued. Except for the Kulani Prison project, there are no major government in- stallations in the Puna district. The visitor industry has very little visible effect on the Puna district other than some roadside stands. There are a number of visitor attractions frequented by tourists, such as the Kaimu Black Sand Beach, portion of the Volcanoes National Park, and the Painted Church. Puna's population will probably continue to grow at a gradual rate. The major sector of its economy will continue to be sugar while the other forms of agriculture, such as papaya, macadamia nuts and flowers, will increase. How- ever, there are several problem areas which have already been mentioned as well as others such as capital requirements which have to be overcome for expan- sion. There is also potential for a limited amount of visitor facilities in the form of small accommodations and support facilities, such as recreational areas, botanical parks, and others. Puna also will continue to serve as a residential area for some people working in Hilo city. Courses Of Action • The County shall assist the further development of the agricultural in- dustry by providing support services, such as co-operation with other agencies in developing manpower training programs, protecting prime agricultural lands, and requesting and providing necessary capital improvements. • The overseas capacity at Hilo's General Lyman Field is extremely im- portant to the development of Puna's export crops. The County shall continue to encourage the further development of this facility. • There is potential for limited visitor facilities in the form of small ac- commodations and support facilities, such as natural areas, botanical gardens, and limited commercial facilities. Resort growth should en- hance and be in keeping with this area's rural character. SOUTH HILO Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change South Hilo 31,553 33,915 7.5 Hilo City 25,966 26,353 1.5 Hakalau 650 742 14.2 Honomu 663 737 11.7 Papaikou 1,591 1,888 18.7 Other 2,683 4,195 56.4 Population growth has occurred in virtually all areas of the South Hilo district. The city of Hilo experienced a larger increase in residents than that depicted above. The statistical boundary change prior to the 1970 census re- duced the city's population by more than 1000. The city of Hilo (hereafter referred to as Hilo) is the County seat and the only metropolitan area on the island. Hilo also functions as the island's indus- trial, commercial, distribution and population core. The city is also the second gateway to the State of Hawaii for domestic overseas carriers. Approximately 40% of all Big Islanders live in this city. The rest of the population is scattered in smaller settlements throughout the island. Sugar, as in most areas of the island, is one of the largest single industries in the South Hilo area. Although plantings of sugar cane are found within the city limits, most of the cane is grown in the rural areas. Hilo Harbor serves as the primary shipping point for the sugar industry. A number of related industries are also located in the city, such as fertilizer distributors, petroleum product distributors, machine and equipment dealers, repair facilities, and some light manufacturing. Several crop and livestock businesses are located in South Hilo. Hilo is also known as the Orchid Capital of the world, as flowers are grown extensively throughout the vicinity. In addition to orchids, anthuriums have been making remarkable progress in marketability. Several kinds of manufacturing operations are located in Hilo, including the processing of food, fruit, sugar, livestock, and garment manufacturing. There is also small scale lumber milling. The forest reserves represent a large, virtually untapped economic resource. With the establishment of a four-year college there is potential for further research and development industries in the city. Already established in Hilo are the Cross Cultural Center for Research and Training, the University of Hawaii Cloud Physics Laboratory, and agricultural experiment stations. Tourism is firmly established in Hilo with about 1,300 hotel units. 422 more units are under construction and plans have been announced to add more, mainly in the Waiakea Pond area. Commercial endeavors are also being expanded. The largest project is the recently completed $6 million Kaiko'o Mall Shopping Center, anchored by the J.C. Penney Company Numerous other office buildings, shops, and services are being planned and built to serve the growing needs of the community. Hilo city with its population size, harbor and airport facilities, higher educa- tion complex, and new investment has good potential for economic growth. There are, however, some problem areas. Major public facilities, such as the airport facilities and the university facilities in Hilo, rely heavily on State funds and this County must compete with other areas of the State. A new shopping center has intensified the competitive situation between new and older com- mercial areas. Recent developments have caused land and housing prices to rise substantially in the last few years. According to a recent postal vacancy survey, vacancy rates in the city were as low as 0.7%. Light manufacturing will tend to locate in Hilo due to its population and transportation facilities. Power rates, however, are one of the highest in the nation. Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the .State to provide the necessary funds for the development of the university complex and airport facilities. The County shall also provide necessary support services and facilities to aid the development of these complexes. • The County shall implement a program to revitalize downtown Hilo. • Manufacturing operations which utilize local raw materials, such as bagasse, macadamia nut shells, and timber should be encouraged. • The fishing industry in Hilo should be assisted by the County through a cooperative effort with State and Federal agencies. • The County shall continue to assist in the formulation and implementa- tion of management education and manpower training programs. NORTH HILO Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change North Hilo 2,493 1,881 -24.5 Laupahoehoe 407 452 11.1 Ookala 562 486 -13.5 Papaaloa 449 319 -28.9 Other 1,075 624 -41.9 Population in North Hilo has declined for more than 50 years. One of the major factors attributing to this decline has been the decrease in the demand for workers of the district's major industry, sugar. The major population and service center for the North Hilo district is Laupahoehoe. Like Hamakua to the north, the North Hilo district is agriculturally oriented. On the arable lands of the lower elevations, which stretch from Honohina- Ninole to Ookala, sugar cane dominates the landscape, with smaller acreages of diversified crops scattered in between. Lands on the higher slopes are used almost exclusively for grazing. The Laupahoehoe Sugar Company represents the single most important source of income and employment for the residents of this district. During 1968, this firm employed 425 persons and had an annual payroll of $2.6 million. In efforts to minimize costs through mechanization the Laupahoehoe Sugar Com- pany has been reducing its demand for labor. Manufacturing in this area is limited to the processing of sugar cane. It is expected to remain stable or to increase slightly as newer and better methods are utilized and as more lands are cultivated for sugar cane growing. The amount of land available for growing sugar cane, however, is limited. At higher elevations are large tracts of grazing lands, native and planted forests, and the sparsely vegetated slopes of Mauna Kea. Some of the planted timber stands and certain species of native hardwoods have been logged. Economic growth under present conditions is limited in the district. The young have continued to leave the area because of the lack of employment op- portunities and social life. The mill at Ookala will probably continue to operate and the demand for labor will continue to lessen. Diversified agriculture shows the greatest potential for growth. Courses Of Action • The County shall, in cooperation with other agencies, assist the -further development of diversified agriculture in North Hilo. A program to ex- pand diversified agriculture should be developed and implemented. • The County shall work with community groups to search for alternative forms of employment. HAMAKUA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change Hamakua district 5,221 4,648 -11.0 Honokaa 1,247 1,555 24.7 Kukuihaele 424 310 -26.9 Paauilo 1,059 710 -33.0 Other 2,491 2,073 -16.8 Hamakua's population has declined over the past ten years. This has been largely due to mechanization programs of the sugar plantations. There has been some internal movement in this district into the town of Honokaa, which represents the commercial and residential center of the district. There are several smaller communities strung out along the Belt Highway which serve primarily as residential settlements related to the sugar plantations. At the higher elevations there are scattered homesteads and ranches. The towns of Honokaa and Paauilo act as the main trading areas for this district. The economic mainstays of this area are sugar, cattle, macadamia nuts, and diversified crops. Within the district are three sugar plantations and pro- cessing mills. These are the greatest sources of income and employment for Hamakua. In 1968, these three firms employed a total of 762 persons and had an annual payroll of $4.9 million. There are numerous cattle ranches and several different varieties of diversified crops at the higher elevations. Of these, maca- damia nuts are expected to play an important role in the future of agricultural development. Other crops grown in this area are taro, watermelons, tomatoes, and other vegetables. Manufacturing is limited to the processing of sugar, macadamia nuts, be and other food products. At the present time tourism plays no significant role in Hamakua. There a total of twenty hotel rooms which are primarily utilized by local travelers al construction workers. , The Hamakua area also serves as a residential community for people wl work in South Kohala. Courses Of Action • The County shall assist the further development of diversified agricul- ture in Hamakua and continue to cooperate with other appropriate agencies to provide the necessary services to assist agriculture. For example, the County can protect prime agricultural land from urbaniza- tion through zoning. Capital improvement programs should be tied into enhancing agricultural areas. • Although there is potential for limited visitor facilities in this area, the County shall allow development which will not detract from the natural beauty of the area. NORTH KOHALA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change North Kohala 3,386 3,326 - 1.8 Hawi 985 797 -19.1 Kapaau 937 237 -74.7* Makapala 353 201 -43.1 Other 1,111 2,091 88.2 *Note: The above data shows a substantial decline in Kapaau. Part of this drop is attributed to a change in the statistical boundary of this village. Population in North Kohala has declined only slightly in ten years. A major factor preventing a more substantial decline is development in South Kohala, particularly the Mauna Kea Beach Hotel. Sugar, cattle, and macadamia nuts are the major agricultural products. On smaller acreages truck crops are grown. The Kohala Sugar Company is the major source of income and employment for this district. During 1968, this firm had 564 employees and an annual payroll of $3.9 million. Prior to the mergers of C. Brewer's plantations on the Hamakua coast which formed the Mauna Kea Sugar Company and the Pepeekeo Sugar Company, the Kohala Sugar Company was the largest sugar planter and producer on the Big Island. The Kohala Sugar Company is planning to phase out their sugar opera- tions. Slightly over 500 employees will be directly affected by this action. Sup- port services both within and outside the North Kohala district will also be affected. Kohala Sugar Company officials, people of the district, and governmen- tal agencies have begun studying alternative forms of economic activity. ' The cattle industry which utilizes the bulk of the land area is the second most important source of income for the area. The largest tracts of grazing land extend from the top of the Kohala mountains to the seashore. There are several hundred acres of macadamia nuts in the area. Most of the acreage is owned by Castle and Cooke which transports the nuts to their own plant in Keaau for processing. This situation adds to the cost of operations. Another important source of income and employment is tourism and its related service industries. Major tourism facilities, however, are not located in North Kohala, although the area does contain many natural and historical amenities conducive to the development of tourist related facilities. There are many residents of this district who work in the adjoining district of South ' Kohala. There are several sites in this district with the potential of becoming small resort areas. The Mahukona and Kohala mountain areas have been identified in the 1963 Kohala-Hamakua Plan as possible resort areas. The advent of the proposed ferry system should aid tourism development in the district. The major private landowners are the Kohala Sugar Company, Bishop Es- tate, Richard Smart and Kahua Ranch. Together with the State of Hawaii, these landowners account for 90% of the land in this district. The Upolu Airport services a limited number of flights, mostly air taxis and other smaller aircraft. There is no regular scheduled service to Upolu by the two primary inter -island carriers. With the completion of the Mahukona- Kawaihae Road, a circuit into the district was formed. Prior to the completion of this project, the North Kohala area was serviced by a single highway which wound through the Kohala mountains. Courses Of Action • The County shall aid the expansion of diversified agriculture in the district by providing direct and indirect assistance. • Resort facilities compatible with the physical, social and economic goals of the residents of the district should be encouraged. • The County shall work closely with the people of the district and with industry to plan alternative uses for the lands affected by the termina- tion of sugar operations. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change South Kohala 1,538 2,310 50.2 Waimea 657 756 15.1 Other 881 1,554 76.4 The greatest percentage increase in population of any district in the County of Hawaii occurred in South Kohala. The numerical increase of 772 persons was second only to South Hilo's 2,362. The primary economic activities of this area are cattle ranching, diversified crops, and tourism. The cattle ranching industry utilizes most of the land area, and pastures are found from the higher slopes of the mountains down to the sea- shore. Parker Ranch, one of the largest privately owned ranches in the world, has its headquarters in Waimea. In its entirety, this ranch has a total of 227,000 acres, which includes acreage in the districts of Hamakua and North Kohala. As of January 1970, the ranch had 48,523 head of cattle. Other ranches located in this district vary in size of herd and land area. The cattle industry utilizes feed lot operations. This technique opens the door for the expansion of the cattle industry and silage crops. Tracts of corn and sorghum are now being grown for silage. Waimea is one of the most productive areas for vegetable crops on the Big Island. � Cabbages, celery, lettuce, daikon (turnip), peppers, broccoli and carrots are grown here. Experiments are being conducted on different crops as well as on the improvement of those presently grown. The agricultural industry, especially truck farms, has potential for further expansion. This industry, faced with competition for resources from tourism and other urban forces, needs governmental assistance. The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel, which began operations in 1965, opened the door to the resort development of this area. The areas which surround proposed developments have attractions for tourists and residents alike. Hunting on the slopes of Mauna Kea and the Kohala mountains, deep sea fishing, hiking trails, historic sites, sandy beaches, and a diversity of climate are some of these attractions. There is a considerable amount of investor interest in South Kohala. Rocke- feller's resort plans call for the eventual construction of some 2,000 hotel rooms. Further south along the coast, Boise Cascade has begun site work on another large resort -residential development. There are several factors, however, which constrain growth. One of the most critical is labor supply. Existing develop- ments have virtually exhausted the labor supply in the surrounding areas. Within the district housing has been extremely scarce. Kawaihae Harbor is the second deepwater port on the island. The Kawai- hae small boat harbor, when completed, will add to the inventory of amenities in the district. This facility will enhance recreational and commercial sport fishing activities. There are proposals to service Kawaihae Harbor with an inter- island ferry. Inter -island jets land at the Waimea-Kohala Airport in Waimea. Courses Of Action • The county shall assist the development of agriculture in South Kohala by protecting prime agricultural land from urbanization, by providing or having provided the necessary capital improvements, such as water, and by working cooperatively with other agencies. • The County shall work closely with the State in providing adequate land close to Kawaihae Harbor for industrial activities. • The diversity of climate, the quality of the ocean water and the avail- ability of the area are natural resources that may attract research in- dustries to the district. These resources shall be protected through ap- propriate regulations. • Resort development in the district shall be in an orderly fashion and shall be consistent with the physical and social goals of the people of the area. The County shall utilize tools such as incremental zoning to insure development that will. best meet the needs of the County. NORTH KONA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change North Kona 4,451 4,832 8.6 Kailua — 362 — Other — 4,467 — Spurred primarily by the employment opportunities created by the expand- ing visitor industry, population has increased in North Kona in the last ten years. Most of the population is located along the major highways of the district. Kona has traditionally been a coffee producing district and population has centered around the mauka coffee areas. The coffee situation, however, has taken a dramatic downturn in total revenue during the last 16 years. The de- cline of the coffee industry was caused by a drop in coffee price, little market control, and an inability to mechanize. The recent marketing agreement be- tween local cooperatives and a mainland firm may help stabilize this industry. Besides coffee, agricultural enterprises include cattle ranching and the growing of fruits (bananas and avocados), macadamia nuts, and vegetables, particularly tomatoes. Timber and fishing are small industries in Kona. Logging of native hard- wood at one time provided a major source of income in the district. The lumber- ing industry is currently confined to a specialty market, mostly carving and furniture manufacturing. The Kailua harbor is considered a major center for big game fishing and an international tournament is held every year. Quarrying operations for building materials are also conducted in North Kona. Other forms of industrial activity include construction and printing. Tourism has expanded tremendously in North Kona, primarily in Kailua Village. Currently there are about 1,800 hotel rooms in the area. Kailua, until recently, has been frequently utilized as a departure point for tourists leaving the island. The travel pattern of visitors shows that this area has frequently been the last leg of their trip. Many visitors use the area as a rest and recuperation stop before terminating their visits to the islands and length of stay has tradition- ally been longer in Kailua than in Hilo. Direct flights to Hilo have, however, altered the common pattern and Kailua is now the first place visited on the island. Visitors frequently travel to Hilo from Kona for direct flights back to the mainland. The ownership pattern of land is characterized by a few owners holding vast parcels of land. In recent years a number of these owners have announced plans for large resort -residential complexes in Kona. An example is the Keau- hou-Kona Company, which is the developer of Bishop Estate lands. Their master plan calls for the development of a resort -recreational destination area with a total of 3,200 hotel rooms. This project is just one of several announced for North Kona. Several government projects weigh heavily in the future of the economy of this district. A small boat harbor at Honokohau, under Federal (completed) and State funding is being constructed just outside of Kailua Village. This facility will complement the already world famous big game fishing of the area. Further north along the coast, a new airport has been built. It replaces the air- port in Kailua which was considered inadequate to service the increasing air traffic in the area. The visitor industry is expected to expand at a rapid rate in North Kona. One major problem faced by this industry is attracting labor and providing housing for their employees. Investor interest in the area has caused land prices to soar, especially in coastal areas. Courses Of Action • Resort development in the area shall be in balance with the social and physical goals as well as economic desires of the residents of the dis- trict. Necessary pollution controls should be available prior to develop- ment. Other necessary support facilities such as transportation and nursery facilities shall also be provided. • The County, in order to achieve greater diversity and stability of the economy, shall assist in the further development of agriculture in North Kona. Necessary capital improvements which will aid agriculture, such as water, should be given priority for funding. • The County should explore the possibility of encouraging a small resident college and other new industries in the area. SOUTH KONA Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change South Kona 4,292 4,004 - 6.7 Captain Cook 1,687 1,263 -25.1 Kealakekua 579 740 27.8 Other 2,026 2,001 - 1.2 South Kona's population has decreased 6.7% in the last decade. The major trade and population concentrations are along the Mamalahoa Highway at Kealakekua, Captain Cook, and Honaunau. The primary economic activity of this district is agriculture, with the most important industry being coffee growing and processing. Macadamia nut -, 1 t 1 1 orchards have increased in acreage due to the massive orchards in the Honoma- lino area. Due to the severe disadvantages faced by the coffee producers of this area, the number of coffee farms has steadily declined in recent years. Compared to other coffee producing areas of the world, the Kona coffee growers have a comparative disadvantage because of higher wages paid to laborers and the lack of technological advances in the industry. To date, there has been no successful coffee picking machine produced. Due to the higher unit cost of production, the profits of Kona coffee growers are declining. The marketing agreement be- tween a mainland company and the majority of the growers in the area may stabilize this industry. Also grown in the South Kona district are bananas, citrus crops (oranges and tangerines), avocados, winter tomatoes and other truck crops, and maca- damia nuts which are expected to be one of the prime industries in the district. Cattle raising is also one of the prominent industries in the district. Manufacturing in South Kona is confined to coffee roasting and macada- mia nut husking. Unlike the North Kona area, the South Kona district has limited accom- modations for overnight visitors. There are plans and proposals for develop- ments, such as residential subdivisions and State park systems. Population is expected to be stable in this area. Courses Of Action • The County shall assist the further development of agriculture by pro- tecting prime agricultural land from urbanization, by providing neces- sary resources, such as water, and through other assistance. • Resort development in the area should not destroy the natural resources and historical significance of the area. • The County should encourage ocean -based industries, such as aqua- culture, in the area. KA'U Profile Population 1960 1970 % Change Ka'u 3,368 3,398 0.9 Naalehu 952 1,014 6.5 Pahala 1,392 1,507 8.3 Other 1,024 877 -14.4 Population remained fairly stable in the Ka'u district. The major com- munities of Naalehu and Pahala experienced growth, probably due to the plantations' effort to centralize these communities. Located on the southern and eastern flanks of Mauna Loa, the Ka'u dis- trict is the largest on the Big Island. This massive district is made up of barren lava fields, lush green acreages of sugar cane, large tracts of grazing lands, forest reserve lands, and macadamia nut orchards. Agriculture is the economic mainstay of the Ka'u region. Sugar cane, cattle, and macadamia nuts are grown here. The two sugar companies located here, Hutchinson Sugar Company and Hawaiian Agricultural Company, provide the basic source of income and employment for the majority of the residents. During 1968, these two firms employed 567 persons and had a payroll of $4.0 million. They are subsidiary operations of C. Brewer & Co., Ltd. Within the Ka'u area are several cattle ranches which utilize vast acreages of grazing lands. Although employment in this sector is not large, it plays an important role in the area's economy. The macadamia nut industry, like the cattle industry, does not have a large labor force, but as more trees come of bearing age, employment will increase. Many acres in the Honomalino area are in macadamia nut orchards. C. Brewer & Co., Ltd., the majority landowner in this area, has a master plan for "regional resort" areas along the Ka'u coast. Their plan is aimed at utilizing beach and surrounding areas for hotels, golf courses, marinas, and residential facilities. The areas which are master planned are Punaluu-Ninole, Honuapo, Waiahukini, and Volcano. Courses Of Action • Resort development in Ka'u shall be kept in balance with the social and physical environment of the area. Provisions for orderly development, housing, and pollution controls shall be implemented. • The County shall assist the further development of agriculture in the area. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Environmental pollution control has become essential in maintaining an ecological balance for the biological, physical, social and psychological well- being of the community. It is rapidly being learned that there is a high price to be paid for greatly disturbing aspects of the ecological system. The cost is not only economic but social as well. The increasing number and affluence of residents and visitors of the County will increase the amounts of sewage and solid waste, litter, junk cars and other scrap metal; the demand for power which will neces- sitate additional sources; and the number of motor vehicles in use. In urbaniz- ing areas the concentration of pollutants will be greater with increased residen- tial density. The long-range intent of pollution controls is to establish an opti- mum environment with the least amount of cost. Through legal and technologi- cal means the quality of the environment can be maintained. There are in the public sector three basic levels of concern: Federal, State and County. Legislation of varying types relating to the appropriate disposition of specific pollutants have been enacted at different times. These are ad- ministered by different agencies. Current legal controls are inadequate to pre- vent, abate, or control environmental pollution of the island at both the State and County levels. In addition, the large area of the County makes it difficult to adequately monitor and enforce environmental quality standards. The General Plan is concerned primarily with those controls which can properly be formu- lated and enforced by County agencies. It is the intent of the Council that whatever controls bear upon the question of environmental quality and are related to the elements of the General Plan be incorporated in appropriate standards and/or ordinances. The people of the County of Hawaii live in a quality of environment that other areas have long since lost. Economic expansion and population growth in the County are bringing about more demand for products, transportation, serv- ices, energy and other necessities which could easily contribute towards the pollution of the environment. The higher standard of living and advances in technology are changing the life styles of people from "fix and re -use" to "discard and buy." The County's two basic industries, agriculture and tourism, depend upon a "clean" environment for optimum development. Major crops, particularly flowers such as orchids, require clean air for healthy growth. The major visitor attraction, especially for tourists from large urban centers, is the natural beauty of the island, which is accentuated by the quality of the air and water. The environmental quality of the County thus not only enhances the life of residents but is also a major economic asset. Current sources of pollution are becoming a problem not only in the amount and type of discharge but also in patterns of dispersal which cause local con- centrations of pollutants. There is also a lack of basic information of the existing conditions of the County's environment. This is needed to establish a baseline from which future deterioriation of the air, land, water and noise levels can be measured. In order to prevent, abate, and control pollution, it must be possible to recognize deteriorating conditions before they reach critical proportions. Pollutants may be classified by characteristics, such as organic or inorganic, by stimuli, or by the type of environment affected, such as air, land, or water. Although various types of pollution are interrelated, they are considered sepa- rately here in order to. describe existing pollution sources in the County and the governmental controls affecting them. Air The major sources of air pollution are open burning, the spraying of agri- cultural chemicals, modes of transportation, and fixed combustion sources, such as sugar mill and power plant stacks. Natural pollutants are also contributing factors. These include volcanic gases, ocean spray, and plant and insect products and fragments. The burning of cane fields before harvest is staggered and infrequent and usually occurs in rural areas. The spraying of agricultural chemicals is controlled within many divisions and branches of the State Departments of Agriculture and Health. In order to reduce pollution from the burning of refuse, the County is con- verting its open dumps into sanitary land fill operations. The Hilo dump no longer burns refuse and within a short time other County dumps will stop burning. Smoke from sugar mills and other stationary sources cause discomfort and damage to property in surrounding communities: Conservation lands of the County have been used for the chemical testing of military gases and defoliants which are potential threats to the environment and to the health of the people of the County. Prevailing patterns of air circulation can cause local concentrations of pollutants. The northeast trade wind pattern on the windward coast is compli- cated by local upslope-downslope winds from the mountains. On the leeward coast, which is the side of the island sheltered from the trade winds, the diurnal land and sea breeze pattern prevails. Since this circulation pattern is self- contained within a limited area, as opposed to the trade winds which are part of a much larger circulation system, a concentration of pollutants can occur. The potential is great for smog conditions to develop, especially if vehicular and other air pollution sources increase. The Kona coast is typical of this situation. There are no regulations controlling air pollution in the County. Under the guidance of the Federal government, the State Department of Health is in the process of developing air quality standards and will implement and enforce regulations which will become effective in 1971. Water The waters of the County are readily subject to contamination. These in- clude fresh, marine, and potable water. As population increases and further development occurs there will be an increased demand for drinking and irriga- tion water. There may be a possible need in the future to recycle sewage and waste water for use in irrigation and possibly as a drinking water source. The major sources of water pollution are sewage, natural surface runoff, and waste from agricultural activities. There are three municipal sewage systems with treatment plants which serve limited areas. As a result, only a small portion of the County's sewage is treated. Most sewage is disposed of in private cesspools or is dumped untreated directly into coastal waters or rivers. Raw sewage outlets are primarily found along the steep cliffs of the east and north coasts of the island from older planta- tion housing areas. These methods of disposal inadequately meet the Depart- ment of Health's Water Quality Standards. (See Public Utilities Element) Because much of the volcanic soil of the island is highly permeable and underground lava tubes are widespread and unpredictable, seepage from cess- pools have been known to contribute to the pollution of coastal waters and may pose a potential threat to underground sources of drinking water. Sugar mills along the east and north coast of the island are major contribu- tors to ocean pollution. Bagasse, ash and soot, soil and processing waste water are being dumped from the mills into coastal waters. Extensive discoloration of the sea from discharges can be seen offshore of mills. Bagasse has piled up on the ocean floor and has washed up on shore, perhaps adversely affecting marine life, and limiting fishing and recreational use of the coastal areas. Local coastal currents affect the dispersal of pollutants and must be considered in f< r� 1 1 t 1 t any control program. Efforts are being made to feasibly control this source of pollution. The State Department of Health is responsible for establishing, monitoring and enforcing the Water Quality Standards set forth in their Regulations 37 and 37-A. These standards are intended to protect the environmental quality of the waters of the island as well as to maintain the public health. To allow time for present dischargers of pollutants to comply with Water Quality Standards, permits have been issued for the continued discharge of raw sewage, mill wastes, and rubbish into the ocean. Permits will expire between 1971 and 1975. They may be renewed for an additional 5 years at the discretion of the Department of Health. To date, 42 permits have been issued to dischargers and 22 additional permit applications are being considered. Soil Soil pollution has occurred with the accumulation of industrial, agricultural, and domestic chemicals and by the improper disposal of solid wastes, such as rubbish, old cars, refrigerators, stoves and other scrap metal, thus creating both unsanitary and unsightly conditions. There is no comprehensive program for the surveillance and monitoring of chemicals to be able to detect the rate and extent of accumulation. Little is known of their short and long term effects on the environment and public health. In the future, increasing amounts and varieties of chemicals will be used and will accumulate in the environment. Solid Waste Disposal To dispose of solid waste, residents of the County either hire private gar- bage collection firms or personally haul away solid waste to public or private dumps. Alternative methods include backyard burning and dumping into con- venient gulches or into the ocean. The County and some of the sugar companies have ocean rubbish dumps which are being phased out to comply with the Water Quality Standards which prohibit the disposal of waste into the ocean or a continually running stream. The conversion to the sanitary landfill method from open burning by the County will also somewhat alleviate air pollution problems. Despite legal prohibition, old cars and scrap metal are being abandoned along the roads, gulches and on private and public lands in the County. Litter has also contributed to the unsightly conditions of communities, highways, and recreation areas. Inadequate disposal methods will increase the pollution of land, air, and water resources, blight the countryside, and adversely affect land values. Both the County and the State share the responsibility for establishing and maintaining acceptable solid waste disposal systems with a minimum of environmental pollution. Noise Loud noises are known to have adverse physiological and psychological effects on people. Increasing noise, especially from low flying aircraft, is be- coming critically disturbing to residents. Residential and resort areas near the Hilo airport are particularly affected. Noise levels will become increasingly more disturbing due to more jet service, vehicular traffic, construction, and the increas- ing size and density of urban areas. There are presently no effective noise con- trols. The Department of Health is responsible for establishing standards and regulations for noise control. Noise regulations for Hawaii County are scheduled to be considered in 1971-72. POLICIES • The County of Hawaii shall take positive action to further maintain the quality of the environment for residents both in the present and in the future. • Minimum controls are established by the Federal and State governments; through its powers the County shall reinforce and strengthen established standards where it is necessary, principally by initiating, recommending, and adopting ordinances pertaining to the control of pollutants which affect the environment. • The County should keep apprised of and advise the public of environ- mental conditions and research undertaken about the island's environ- ment. • Encourage the concept of recycling agricultural and municipal waste material. STANDARDS Clean air, pure water, freedom from excessive and unnecessary noise, and the natural and aesthetic qualities of the environment shall be without abridgement the right of the people of the County. Pollutants shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at levels which will protect and preserve the public health and well-being, and for the prevention of irritation to the senses, inter- ference with visibility, and damage to vegetation, animals and property. The existing environmental quality of the island shall be maintained and if feasible, improved. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The problems of flooding in the County of Hawaii are attributed to three basic factors: surface runoff, high seas, and tsunami inundation. Flood control is usually limited to confining runoff within natural water courses and standing bodies of water. Drainage involves the collection and conveyance of runoff. The problems of high seas and tsunami inundation are generally alleviated by struc- tural criteria, building setbacks, and land use restrictions. The island of Hawaii is geologically very young and has not had a chance to develop defined water courses in many areas. These poorly defined water courses often overflow during rain storms. The South Kohala, North Kona, South Kona, Ka'u and Puna districts are particularly troubled with this problem. Present drainage and flood problems are mainly due to the growth of urban centers without any commensurate development or expansion capabilities of drainage systems. Also, in many areas, the capabilities of existing drains, channels, and culverts are entirely inadequate. Additional problems occur when debris accumulates and clogs waterways. The absence of easements in drainage and flood courses also hinders maintenance. Except for the metropolitan area of Hilo and portions of Kona and Waimea, the majority of the existing flood and drainage systems are provided by planta- tions. Each plantation town has developed its own sewer, water, and drainage systems. This policy of the plantations to "take care of one's own" has worked well in the past and will continue to work in the near future for the smaller plantation camps and communities. As the communities consolidate and diver- sify their economies, however, the County will need to take the initiative to provide flood control. As areas are developed, the problems of runoff will be intensified and preventing further and future flood damage will become increasingly more important. Vacant lands are being developed as subdivisions, commercial centers, and industrial plants in areas which are often subject to serious flood- ing. Developers frequently do not or will not recognize the potential damage from such natural hazards and that alteration of the landscape can disturb the capabilities of natural drainage systems and/or create or intensify flood condi- tions. As evidenced, there is a definite need for better coordination between the construction of properly planned drainage systems and urban development. The coastline of the island is susceptible to high seas and tsunami inunda- tion. Of the 305+ miles of coastline, however, approximately 225 miles, or 75%, of the coastline is predominantly cliff area and not subject to damage. Damage from tsunami activity has been experienced in the Hilo-Waiakea area, the Laupahoehoe Point area, the Waipio Valley area, the Kawaihae-Puako area, and some portions of .the Napoopoo, Keauhou, and Kailua areas of the Kona coast- line. In addition, low lying coastal areas of Ka'u and Puna have been devastated by tsunami generated by large scale offshore local earth movements. As pre- viously mentioned, the problems of high seas and tsunami inundation are gener- ally alleviated by structural criteria, by building setbacks, and land use restric- tions. Through the careful examination and analysis of past and present situa- tions concerning flood control and drainage, the following goals, policies and standards are set forth. GOALS • To conserve scenic and natural resources. • To protect human life. • To prevent damage to man-made improvements. • To control pollution. • To prevent damage from inundation. • To reduce surface water and sediment runoff through the employment of soil conservation measures. POLICIES • It shall be the responsibility of governmental agencies to properly guide through regulations the use of flood plains. The purpose of such regula- tions is to minimize the danger to life and property in areas subject to recurrent flooding. It is intended that the establishment of flood plain regulations will reduce public cost for flood control, minimize relief and rescue efforts, and control development in flood plain areas so that lands will be utilized in the most suitable manner. • Flood districts are to be established in consideration of the amount of flood data available. In analyzing the probability of flooding and the degree of potential development in the flood plain area, certain inter- related physical factors such as depth, frequency, velocity, type and duration of flooding must be considered. Where the severity of flood conditions due to these factors increases the possibility of loss of life and large property damage, restrictive regulations, to minimize loss must be enacted. In areas subject to less frequent flooding, the damage potential is lightened. Less restrictive regulations will therefore be en- acted and additional land uses can be considered. • After flood plain areas have been established, it shall be the responsi- bility of the County to provide the official Flood District Map for in- corporation as a part of the rules and regulations for the flood plain areas. Periodic updating and review of the established district maps will be required, particularly for areas where hydrologic data are scarce. It is suggested that this review be conducted every five years. • Permitted uses within the flood plain areas shall be established in ac- cordance with the regulations of the flood plain district. Adopted dis- trict soil conservation practices shall determine the use of agricultural and conservation lands. • Within the flood districts, flood way and flood way fringe zones are to be established, uses strictly controlled, and the boundaries of these zones are to be included in the official zoning map. • Inundation safety areas shall be incorporated as part of the rules and regulations of the flood plain areas. • Potential tsunami inundation areas and areas subject to high seas damage shall be established and identified for public safety. These areas should be evacuated in the event of tsunami warning. Tsunami inundation as referred to in this text is intended to mean flooding or overflowing and not to necessarily imply great tsunami force, depth, or damage. It is recognized that all segments of the designated inunda- tion area will not be exposed to the same risk or degree of damage. • In areas vulnerable to severe damage due to the impact of wave action, restrictive land use and building structure regulations must be enacted relative to the potential for loss of life and property. Only uses which cannot be located elsewhere due to public necessity and character, such as maritime activities and the necessary public facilities and utilities, would be allowed in these areas. • In areas subject to less tsunami or high seas impact damage, land uses other than recreation and "open" and those stated in the preceding paragraph may be considered provided they meet criteria set forth with- in applicable ordinances and regulations. • In those areas where conditions are such that large-scale, usually verti- cal, earth movements may generate devastating tsunamis immediately offshore which permit little or no warning for evacuation, further evalua- tion must be eventually made in these areas for the consideration of ' public safety. • It is the responsibility of governmental agencies to maintain drainage systems as well as to assist in developing comprehensive flood damage ' prevention programs and in the construction of flood control features. • In addition to the above, subdivision regulations, building codes, health regulations, grading ordinances, and other types of regulations, as well as preventive measures, shall be used in carrying out the goals of the flood control and drainage element. STANDARDS • Potential Tsunami Inundation Zones: Shall be classified into two categories. I: On northwest, northeast, and southeast coastlines for tsunamis of distant origin from any direction; and on designated southwest coastlines for tsunamis from the south or west: A. All areas between the shoreline and the intersection with the ground of a surface declining inland with a slope of one percent from a height of 50 feet above mean sea level. ' 1. At the 10 -foot contour below mean. lower low water; or 2. Where the submarine slopes seaward of the minus 10 -foot contour is slight, lines drawn seaward from the minus 10 -foot contour at a distance from it equal to half of the excess of the local distance from the minus 10- to the minus 20 -foot contour over 1,000 feet. B. All additional areas less than four feet above mean sea level and within 400 feet of the shore of the ocean or tidal bodies such as bays, harbors, estuaries, or canals. II: On designated southwest coastlines for tsunamis of distant origin from the south or west. A. Areas defined as in Section I. A. but using a 30 -foot instead of 50 -foot height offshore. B. Areas defined as in I. B. • Storm Drainage Standards* shall consist of calculated: 1. Recurrence interval 2. Runoff quantity 3. Rational method 4. Closed conduits 5. Open channels • Flood Plain Maps iDISTRICTS A general geographical description, a description of present flooding and drainage problems, and courses of action for the reduction of the flood and ' drainage problems are presented for the nine districts of the County. Maps showing drainage plans, flood hazard areas, and tsunami inundation zones shall be incorporated as part of the General Plan. •"Storm Drainage Standards," County of Hawaii, October 1970. PUNA Profile The climate of the Puna District varies considerably from the rocky shoreline to the rainforest areas in the upper elevation. Rainfall amounts are generally heavy and most of the district receives over 100 inches per year. Although the district is subject to heavy rainfall, there is no record of any severe flooding. Flooding along the Belt Highway and along the highway from Keaau to Pahoa were the major problems of the district but have been greatly alleviated by highway improvements. Major reasons for the absence of severe flooding in the district are the lack of extensive development and the extremely permeable soils. As urbaniza- tion increases within the district, however, flood problems are likely to develop. The flood hazard areas are difficult to delineate due to the lack of defined drainage ways. Recorded flood damage has mainly been caused by surface sheet flows which are likely to occur anywhere when heavy storms strike. Examples of this problem are found in Pahoa and Mt. View. There are no existing flood control measures within the district. Systems which incorporate diversion channels to intercept sheet flows and main chan- nels to transport the flows away or through the area have been proposed for the communities of Keaau, Pahoa, and Kalapana-Kaimu. Drainage systems incorporating the use of diversion channels to collect and transport surface flows safely through the area are proposed for Mt. View. This type of system is also applicable for the communities south of Keaau. The entire coastline is susceptible to tsunami inundation. Most of the coastline, however, is undeveloped and/or has steep cliffs and is not subject to damage. Course Of Action • As urbanization increases within the district, the drainage systems de- signed for the existing village areas shall be implemented. These sys- tems are designed to collect and transport surface runoff through the communities. SOUTH HILO Profile With the Wailuku River as a dividing line, the South Hilo district can be separated into two watershed study areas. To the north of the river, the coast- line has abrupt cliffs 30 to 80 feet high that are broken by deep stream channels. Usable land areas have a ground slope of six to twelve per cent. Above the 4,000 foot elevation, the stream channels diminish in number and depth and have all but disappeared above the 7,000 foot elevation. Flooding problems in this area are primarily caused by local water runoff from cane fields situated above the communities. South of the Wailuku River is a relatively flat plain of less than one per cent slope which extends towards the Hilo-Keaau Road. Above the road, the slope steepens to approximately six to twelve per cent. Stream channels are poorly defined and disappear at elevations above 2,500 feet. Since 1837, Hilo has experienced about thirty tsunamis, an average frequency of one every four years. After the wave of April 1946, planning for a tsunami protection system was initiated by the Corps of Engineers. By a con- gressional resolution adopted in 1957 and by the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1960, authorization was given to proceed on an offshore protection system which incorporated breakwaters and navigational improvements. Subsequent studies have revealed that the high costs involved in the proposed tsunami barrier project made the project unfeasible. The project was subsequently inactivated. Waiakea The existing drainage system is the result of uncoordinated development. Lacking a comprehensive plan, property owners have constructed and installed drainage facilities to protect their own interests. In many instances, these facilities have seriously concentrated flows and aggravated situations down- stream. Most of the culverts in upper Waiakea are inadequate. Roadside ditches, though small in cross-sectional area, are aided by the highly porous ground and are fairly effective even during heavy storms. One of the most serious problems faced by County maintenance crews is the frequent washout of cinder -gravel shoulders along road pavements. Another problem is the accumulation of vegetation growth and debris in waterways which causes overflow. In the lower Waiakea area, storm damage is minimal due to the effective- ness of the Wailoa Flood Control channel. The Waiakea coastal area is subject to tsunami inundation and has suffered considerable loss to life and property from tsunami activity. Courses Of Action • The proposals of the "Hilo Drainage and Flood Control Report" by Wil- son, Okamoto and Assoc., Ltd., January, 1967, shall be implemented. Some of the proposals include the construction or improvement of drain- age channels and primary intercepting ditches and improvements to culvert systems. • Improvements to the Hilo Bay breakwater shall be undertaken. Areas affected by tsunami inundation shall be kept open except for recrea- tional activities. Methods to reduce surge in Hilo Bay should be studied and implemented. When adequate setback and structural criteria are established, other uses may be allowed when feasible. Kaumana-Ainako-Wailuku River Kaumana's drainage system consists of roadside ditches, culverts, and narrow channels. Except for the Ainako Avenue area, all of upper Kaumana's storm water runoff is discharged either through the Waipahoehoe Stream or the Alenaio Channel. The lack of adequate facilities in upper Kaumana and the Ainako Avenue sections imposes a tremendous load on the minimal drains in lower Kaumana. These cannot accommodate the overflow and flooding results. An example of this is the runoff from the forest to the west of Palani Street. This volume of runoff causes overflow and flooding in the ditch -culvert systems in the lower areas. The drainage system in the Ainako-Wailuku River area is comprised of box culverts that pass the discharge of the Ainako River across Kokea, Koula, and Kapaa Streets. The residential areas bordering the Wailuku River have a system of collection ditches. Except during very intense storms, there are few problems in the area. One of these problems is the growth of vegetation and the accumulation of debris which obstruct the capacity of waterways and cause over- flows. Courses Of Action • Systems to intercept flows from higher elevations to be discharged into the Waipahoehoe or Ainako streams shall be implemented. • Vegetation growth and accumulation of debris which obstruct waterways shall be removed. Hilo Urban Area Between tsunamis and runoff from higher elevations, the commercial district has displayed amazing recuperative abilities. Prior to the completion of the Waiolama Canal in 1924 and the Ponahawai Storm Drain System in 1926, this area was a virtual "sea" during heavy rains. The construction of the canal and the storm drain system have since provided some degree of protection for the area. The Alenaio Channel discharges into the Waiolama Canal, conveying run- off from the upper area through the central business district. These major con- duits in the downtown section are supplemented by pipe drains on Shipman, Waianuenue, Haili, Mamo, Ponahawai and Ululani Streets. Except for the northern section of the business district, all of downtown Hilo falls within the Wailoa River basin and within the area tributary to the Alenaio Stream. Some of the problems encountered here include the overflow of the Alenaio basin during heavy rains. This is brought about by inadequate drainage facilities and the lack of. intercepting systems to safely dispose of excess runoff from the higher elevations. Another of the problems is the accumulation of debris which reduces the capacity of waterways. The shoreline areas south of the Wailuku River are subject to damage from tsunami inundation. Courses Of Action • Existing channel and ditch systems shall be maintained and improved. • A program of acquisition of easements for drainage or flood control purposes shall be initiated. Paukaa, Papaikou, Pepeekeo, Honomu, Hakalau These communities have no serious flood problems although Honomu and Papaikou have experienced minor flooding. These result from runoff from the areas above the communities. Although the entire coastline is subject to tsunami activity, the majority of the area is high cliffs and not subject to property damage. The only area affected by tsunami and high seas damage is the Hakalau Mill which is located at the base of the cliffs. Course Of Action • Drainage systems proposed for the Honomu, Pepeekeo, Papaikou, and Paukaa areas should be implemented. These systems involve the collec- tion and diversion of surface runoff into nearby gulches for disposal. In addition proper soil conservation measures shall be applied to reduce the amount of surface water and sediment runoff. NORTH HILO Profile The district is characterized by an average ground slope of approximately ten per cent with scores of deep intermittent and perennial streams. Other than runoff from cane lands, there is little record of urban areas being flooded. Each community is in close proximity to one or more gulches which carry flows from the upper watershed areas. The key to flood control within the district is to collect and divert surface runoff to the gulches. In addi- tion, soil conservation practices are highly recommended. The flood hazard areas are extremely difficult to delineate. High intensity storms can produce localized flooding in almost any area. The only definite flood hazard area is Laupahoehoe School. The community of Ookala has not experienced heavy flooding although there are minor problems due to surface waters coming out of the cane fields above the town. �3, L 1 i i IJ There is no record of any flooding within the community of Ninole. The existing flood control system provided by the plantation is adequate. The community of Laupahoehoe has not experienced any extreme flood flows. With the projected expansion and diversification of the economy, how- ever, there will be a need to supply flood protection for the community. Laupa- hoehoe School, which is located just to the south of the urban center, has ex- perienced some flooding. Water comes down from the cane fields, especially when fields have been recently harvested or when the cane does not form a complete cover. The community of Papaaloa has not experienced any serious flooding problems. With the projected expansion of the community there will be a need to provide flood protection for the area. The North Hilo district is characterized by high sea cliffs, most of which rise 300 feet above the sea. Except for the Laupahoehoe Point area, the district is not subject to tsunami damage. Course Of Action • The proposed drainage systems for the Ookala and Laupahoehoe- Papaaloa areas shall be implemented to alleviate problems of runoff from higher elevations. These systems are designed to collect and divert surface runoff to the surrounding gulches. HAMAKUA Profile The Hamakua District can be divided into two major watershed areas. The northern watershed, which affects the Waipio Valley area, extends upward into the Kohala Mountains. The second watershed extends to the peak of Mauna Kea and affects the communities of Kukuihaele, Honokaa, Paauhau, Paauilo, and Kukaiau. Sixty-five years of records show that the district has suffered from twenty- six major storms and several times from high seas and tsunamis. The majority of the flood damage in this area is felt by the sugar industry, the State, or the County through damage to improvements within cane fields, roads, ditches, and bridges. Streams originating above and flowing through Honokaa have caused flooding in the town. The existing culverts within the town also do not have adequate capacity to handle volume flows. The communities of Paauhau and Kukaiau have not been subject to any high flood flows in the past and the only recommended flood prevention mea- sures would be the construction of diversion channels above the communities to divert water from the cane fields into the surrounding gulches. Localized drainage problems exist within the limits of Paauilo. These problems are caused by allowing surface waters to collect from large areas within the town and flow down narrow roadways. These problems could be eliminated if this water was intercepted and transported to the gulches for disposal. The only area that is subject to tsunami inundation within the Hamakua district is Waipio Valley and three other uninhabited valleys to the north. Dam- age in Waipio Valley has been primarily to crops. Requested solutions and sub- sequent studies of the problem have found approaches to be economically unfeasible. Courses Of Action • The proposed drainage systems for the Waipio-Kukuihaele, Honokaa- Paauhau, and Paauilo-Kukaiau areas shall be implemented. These sys- tems incorporate the construction of diversion channels above the com- munities which would collect and transport surface flows to surrounding gulches. • A reduction in surface flows from agricultural and forest reserve land above the communities of the district is of prime concern. Proper soil conservation practices to reduce surface water and sediment runoff must be implemented. Examples of some of the practices include contour farming to reduce erosion and runoff, replanting with grass or woody vegetation in areas where vegetative cover has been destroyed, and providing protective cover for soil by leaving trash and leaves on the fields, returning bagasse to fields or planting fast growing inter -row crops. • The Waipio Valley area shall be kept open except for recreational activities. NORTH KOHALA Profile The North Kohala district is subject to occasional heavy rainfall which creates heavy runoff. Streams collect water from the upper watershed and con- vey most flows safely through the urban centers. Although the gulches are generally smaller than those on the Hamakua coast, they have adequate capacity to handle storm flows. Other than damage to canefield improvements and highway culverts, there is no record of any extensive flood damage within the district. Three areas, however, are subject to minor flooding problems. These include the town of Hawi which has suffered from surface sheet flows concentrating along the highway within the town. In addition, the highway culvert at Lipoa Gulch cannot handle volume flows. The community of Kapaau has problems similar to those of Hawi. The existing highway culverts are inadequate to handle peak flood flows and have caused minor flooding problems in the past. On each side of the highway the Makapala area is relatively flat and is susceptible to flooding by the Niulii and Waikani Streams. The solution to the flood control and drainage problems of this district lies within two measures. These are the practice of proper soil conservation in agricultural lands and forest areas to help reduce and retard surface water and sediment runoff and improvements to natural channels to increase their capa- city. The North Kohala district has recorded runup from tsunami activity. Areas subject to inundation include the Pololu Valley area, the Hoea Mill area, the Upolu Point Airport area, and the Mahukona Harbor area. Course Of Action • The drainage systems proposed for the Hawi and Honomakau-Kapaau areas shall be implemented. These systems propose improvements to natural channels to increase their capacity. This, combined with the practice of proper soil conservation, is the solution to flood control and drainage problems within the district. SOUTH KOHALA Profile The South Kohala district can be divided into two separate watershed areas. The Waimea Village watershed extends into the Kohala mountains. These mountains have high rainfall and several intermittent streams descend from them and flow through the Waimea area. Upon reaching the Waimea plains these streams turn to the west and flow toward Kawaihae across the extremely permeable lava flows of Mauna Kea. The Waikoloa stream has caused flooding within the town of Waimea during high intensity storms when waters overflow due to sharp stream bends and generally inadequate flow -carrying capacities. The second watershed area above the Kawaihae to Anaehoomalu shore- line extends from the coast to the peaks of Mauna Kea to Mauna Loa. The area is semi -arid with few well-defined channels and infrequent stream flows. There are two flood control projects within the district, both within the town of Waimea. •The first project, which consists of a lined channel and flood water retarding structure for the Lanimaumau Stream, has been constructed under the authority of the Watershed Protection and Flood Control Act. The second study and planned flood control measure is for a lined channel along the Waikoloa Stream northward from Lindsey Road. This channel will alleviate much of the flooding from the Waikoloa Stream. High intensity storms have caused flooding along the Mamalahoa High- way at Puako and along the highway from Kawaihae to Puako. These storms are very infrequent and tend to create flash floods. High flows have been experi- enced in the Hapuna Beach and Spencer Beach Park areas due to these flash floods. The Puako Beach lots have also been subject to flooding. An added threat to the coastal area results from the 37,000 -acre fire of 1969 which left the upper slope area with limited ground cover and thus more susceptible to flooding. The entire coastline of this district from Kawaihae southward is subject to tsunami inundation. Runup has been recorded in Kawaihae and Puako. Course Of Action • Drainage systems proposed for the Kawaihae, Hapuna Bay-Puako, Pauoa Bay-Honokaope Bay, and Waimea areas shall be implemented. These systems propose improvement to natural channels to increase their efficiency. These, combined with the practice of proper soil con- servation with special emphasis put upon grassland and forestry management practices, would be the solution to flood control and drain- age problems in the district. NORTH KONA Profile The North Kona district can be divided into two watershed areas. The area north of Ke-ahole Point and the summit of Hualalai have very low rainfall and runoff. Rainfall for this area reaches a maximum average of 40 inches per year, but most of the area receives less than 20 inches per year. The soils of the area are extremely permeable and there is no record of flooding in this area. The southern area, extending southward from Ke-ahole Point, contains most of the urban development and is subject to flooding. The area is charac- terized by dry vegetative growth along the coastal areas and thick tropical vegetation in the upper forest reserves. The ground slope is steep, averaging approximately fifteen per cent. The steep slopes, shallow soils, frequent high intensity rains, and the lack of well-defined drainageways make many areas in the North Kona district susceptible to flooding and overland flows. Flash floods, primarily from overflows of the Keopu and Waialae Streams, have damaged roads, bridges, coffee crops, livestock, and urban developments in Kailua. Flood water and sediment damage occurs along the entire coffee belt with the Kainaliu, Holualoa and Kailua village areas experiencing the heaviest damage. The entire coastline of the North Kona district is subject to inundation by tsunamis. Kailua and Keauhou have recorded runup and damage from tsunami activity in the past. In addition, the coastline has also been subject to damage from high seas and swells accompanying hurricanes. Course of Action • The drainage systems proposed for the Kailua, Holualoa, Holualoa Bay, and Honalo-Kainaliu areas shall be implemented. The Kailua proposal consists of covered box channel and debris basins for the Keopu Stream. The Kainaliu proposal consists of diversions above the community to transport overland flows into lava tubes. In the upper coffee belt areas, proposals include the construction of channels to collect surface waters from above farmland and community centers and to transport the water through the areas in defined channels. These systems, in addition to the installation and maintenance of soil and water conservation practices, would alleviate flood control and drainage problems. SOUTH KONA Profile Being geographically young, there are few well-defined drainage ways in the district. The soils of the area are extremely permeable and few streams show evidence of reaching the ocean. Overland and stream flows are rare and can only be detected when the rainfall intensity exceeds the rate of infiltration. The district is subject to sudden high intensity rainstorms that can strike anywhere and cause localized flooding. Flood hazard areas are difficult to define because of these localized storms and the lack of defined waterways. Coffee and other agricultural lands are subject to erosional damage and roads and culverts are sometimes damaged by high flows and sediment deposi- tion. There are also records of minor flooding from the Kiilae, Murihara, Honaunau and Wailapa Streams. In general, an area within 150 feet of the stream channels can be considered subject to flooding. Other areas with records of minor flooding include the areas along the Belt Highway in the area of the 1950 lava flows and at Hookena Road. The entire shoreline is subject to inundation due to high seas and swells caused by hurricanes and distant storms. Coastal areas have received damage to roads, harbor facilities and ocean front buildings. The shoreline areas are also subject to tsunami activity. This includes the coastline from Napoopoo to Honaunau and the Milolii village area. Tsunami runup has been recorded in two locations along the South Kona shoreline, in Milolii and Hookena. Course Of Action • Drainage systems proposed for the Kealakekua, Napoopoo and Honau- nau areas shall be implemented. These consist of channels to collect and transport water from the upper watershed areas through the urban area. The practice of proper soil conservation measures complement these proposals. KA'U Profile The Ka'u district can be divided into three separate regions. The north- eastern region is dominated by the Ka'u desert. The average annual rainfall here is approximately 20 inches. There are few defined stream channels, none of which are perennial. The soils are very shallow, covering rough lava flows that are extremely permeable. r-- L7 0 w r 1� The southwestern region which extends westerly from the South Point road is characterized by moderate slopes, extremely permeable soils, and rela- tively young lava flows. The median annual rainfall varies from less than 20 inches at South Point to 75 inches at the 5,000 foot elevation. There is little evi- dence of stream flow within this region and no record of damage from flood flows other than the flooding of roads within the Hawaiian Ocean View Estates subdivision. The central region contains the communities of Pahala, Naalehu, and Waiohinu. There are several streams within the region, none of which are peren- nial. Flood flows occur when the soils are saturated and rainfall intensity exceeds the rate of infiltration. Storm runoff descends steep slopes behind the com- munities and causes flooding and deposition of sediment and debris in the communities. There are three existing or planned flood control measures in this district. A flood water channel and debris basin in Naalehu was completed in 1965 with additional improvements and modifications completed in 1969. The second project is within the town of Pahala and consists of diversion channels in the cane fields above the town. Since their construction, there has been minimal flood damage in Pahala. The third project is within the town of Waiohinu. It is designed to collect flows from the watershed area and transport them around Waiohinu for dis- posal in the rock land area. This project has not yet been implemented and the area still has flooding problems. The entire coastline of the district is subject to tsunami and high seas activity, with the Punaluu and Honuapo Bay areas having been severely damaged from past tsunami activity. Course Of Action • The proposed drainage systems for the Waiohinu-Naalehu and Pahala areas shall be implemented. These systems consist of improvements to existing facilities and in the case of Waiohinu the construction of a lined channel to collect the flows from the upper watershed areas and to transport them around the community for disposal. The practice of proper soil conservation measures is to complement these systems. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The heritage of a community is documented by history, a series of past events. The physical evidence of such a documentation is often contained in historic sites which support the written legacy. The identification of a community evolves from the past. One way of under- standing the present is through historic perspective, as our cultural values are basically derived from past generations. A three-dimensional record of the past puts us in a better position to judge and understand our contemporary values, progress, and lifestyles, as well as to illustrate our history. Much of the early history of the Hawaiian Islands had its setting on the island of Hawaii. Archaeological evidence shows that the first Polynesians may have landed at Ka Lae, South Point. Many of the significant figures of Hawaiian history before the arrival of Captain Cook had their domains on the island. Throughout every district are found sites which illustrate the historical process of Hawaii and her sister islands. These sites include not only those which date back to before the arrival of Captail Cook, but also include those which have been significant in historical times. The historical process encompasses the development and evolution of Hawaii from the earliest times to the coming of the various ethnic groups whose cultural lifestyles have blended to form what is now Hawaii. There is increasing concern for the historic sites of the County of Hawaii on the part of residents, governmental agencies, and private developers. It is realized that once destroyed, historic sites and the information which they con- tain cannot be replaced. As the early history of Hawaii was an oral tradition, the reconstruction of this history is to a large extent based on the physical evidence of sites. For the first time many landowners are becoming aware that Hawaiian artifacts used in daily living are being removed from their lands for or by col- lectors. Consequently sites have been despoiled and clues regarding the func- tion of artifacts have been destroyed. Increased land development and the prices being paid for artifacts by collectors endanger many historic sites. It is important to recognize that the history of this island is the history of those who live here. Public access to major historic sites has not always been available, and the information derived from sites and its significance have not always been distributed. The State of Hawaii Division of Parks through the Department of Land and Natural Resources is conducting a statewide survey of known historic sites. Archaeological surveys and investigations of the island of Hawaii have been undertaken by consultants for the County of Hawaii so that significant sites may be protected. In the future the list of sites will grow; more sites are expected to be found and evaluated. (Note: Sites are to be mapped.) After a careful examination of past and present situations regarding historic sites in the County of Hawaii, the following goals, policies, and standards are set forth. GOALS • Protect and enhance the sites, buildings and objects of historical and cultural importance to Hawaii. • Agencies, either public or private, pursuing knowledge about historic sites should keep the public apprised of projects. • Access to significant historic sites, buildings and objects of public interest should be made available. POLICIES • It is recognized that historic sites need to be evaluated and protected. The County of Hawaii shall incorporate sections on historic sites, build- ings and objects into appropriate ordinances. • It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to require developers of land either public or private to provide a historical survey prior to the clearing or development of land when there are indications that the land under consideration has historical significance. • Public access to significant historic sites and objects shall be acquired. • In the evaluation and protection of historic sites, it shall be the policy of the County to give preference to sites with a preponderance of origi- nal materials in context and to complexes rather than single isolated sites unless they are of great significance. • The County of Hawaii shall embark on a program of restoring significant historic sites on County lands. Through a joint effort with the State, the County can insure the protection and restoration of sites on other public lands. • On private lands, the County of Hawaii shall encourage the restoration of significant sites. • It is recognized that the information derived from historic sites is of interest to the residents of the island of Hawaii. It shall hereby be the policy of the County of Hawaii to collect and distribute historic sites information for public interest and to keep a current inventory of sites. The County shall also aid in the development of a program of public education concerning historic sites. • Signs explaining historic sites, buildings and objects shall be in keeping with the character of the area or the cultural aspects of the feature. • The process of evaluating the significance of historic sites shall be a continuing program of the County of Hawaii. STANDARDS The evaluation of the importance of specific historic sites is necessary for future action. The following standards establish a framework for evaluating sites. • Importance in the life or activities of a major historic person. • Associated with a major group or organization in the history of the island or community. • Associated with a major historic event (cultural, economic, military, social, or political). • Associated with a major recurring event in the history of the community (such as annual celebrations). • Associated with a past or continuing institution which has contributed substantially to the life of the community. • Unique example of a particular style or period. • One of the few of its age remaining. • Original materials and/or workmanship which can be valued in them- selves. The following is an analysis of historic sites by district. From the findings which have been made, courses of action have been formulated. It is important to understand that the list of sites and their evaluation is an on-going process. New sites are constantly being found and these must be evaluated in conjunction with those already known. The brief historical sketches of each district are in- tended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the island as a 1 whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the comprehensive goals and policy of the overall element. PUNA Profile In the history of the island of Hawaii, the district of Puna did not have a great influence. For the most part, Puna followed the course of the adjacent districts of Ka'u and Hilo. No strong family evolved in the district to have power over any of the other areas, and the lands of Puna almost always went to the ruler of Ka'u or Hilo. The most significant historical feature presently known in Puna is the Waha'ula Heiau, located in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. This was the first luakini heiau to be built by the priest Pa'ao, circa 1275 AD, and the last in use until its destruction was ordered by Liholiho in 1820. The following sites should be assured of protection and should be restored or reconstructed: Waha'ula Heiau 1-1-01:6 Poupou Punaluu Spring* 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea Stones in Park 1-2-03:6 Kalapana Canoe Landing 1-2-03:12 Kalapana Waiakolea Pond* 1-2-03:5, 6 Kalapana Kehena Beach Trail 1-2-09:22 Keekee Trail 1-3-07:27 Malama-ki Old Coffee Mill 1-3-08:5 Pohoiki Mahina'akala Heiau, Keahialaka 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka Spring & Pond Petroglyphs 1-4-02:31 Kapoho Kahuwai Village 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai The following sites need further research to ascertain their value: Makaiwa Heiau 1-1-01:1 Kahaulea Platform 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea Kikoa Heiau 1-2-03:22 Kalapana Aukelenuiahiki Heiau 1-2-02:6 Kalapana Waiaka Heiau 1-2-28:26 Kapaahu Kanikapahu Heiau 1-2-03:26 Kalapana Niukukahi Heiau 1-2-06:1 Kalapana Housesites, petroglyphs 1-3-07:27 Malama-ki Area surrounding Mahina'akaka 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka Heiau *These sites were recommended for protection because of their natural beauty. HILO Profile In Hawaiian myth and legend, the district of Hilo played an important part. It was in a cave behind Rainbow Falls that beautiful Hina, the woman who bore the demigod Maui for the islands' traditional founder, Hawaii Loa, made her home. Pele herself shaped the area of Hilo by sending fingers of lava down the slopes of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. In more recent times Kamehameha I spent part of his youth in the district and here moved and overturned the Naha Stone, an omen of his later rise to power when he would rule a united kingdom. In 1778 the first written reports of Hilo were made by Captain James Cook, stating that heavy seas prevented his landing at "Aheedoo". One of the explorers who came after Capt. Cook was Lord Byron, who first charted Hilo Bay. For years, the bay was known as Byron's Bay and the entrance to the harbor, Blonde Reef, was named after his ship. Following the explorers carne fur traders and other seamen who found the islands an ideal location for wintering. Here they could find provisions as well as recreation. By 1791 the exploitation of sandalwood began and Hilo's reputa- tion as a port had emerged. At the end of the sandalwood era, Christian missionaries, led by William Ellis, arrived. Ellis, in 1822, came looking for a suitable location for his mission. At this same time, Hilo was known as the starting point for pilgrimages to the volcano. It was also a site for a market fair for people from Ka'u to Hamakua. The main settlement of Hilo was then located at the mouth of the Waiakea River. Until the arrival of David Lyman and Titus Coan in 1832, the mission's effect was not great. By the end of 1837 two-thirds of the population of the area had relocated themselves to Hilo to join Coan's "Great Revival", leaving villages around Hilo deserted. When the mission eventually moved to the top of Haili Street from Waiakea, the new christians followed. It was this move which established the present location of Hilo. Close to the end of Coan's revival, new explorers, interested in commerce came to Hilo. The whaling industry had a great effect on the local population, luring Hawaiians away from home with a taste of adventure and money. The whaling industry suffered an overnight death in 1868 when petroleum was discovered in far off Pennsylvania. The great tidal wave and earthquake also occurred in this year. The sugar industry began developing in the late 1800's but not until the Reciprocity Treaty of 1875 with the United States did the industry gain firm ground. The treaty assured that no duty would be imposed on Hawaiian sugar. Before the turn of the century, labor was imported from the Orient and Europe to satisfy manpower needs of the growing industry. New mills were established and by 1900 Hilo was sugar -prosperous. The present population reflects the various groups who have made their homes in the area. Most of the historic sites of North and South Hilo have been either des- troyed or protected. The growth of the districts and their urban history have, in one way or another, taken care of all known sites. Natural changes in landform have also affected sites. Those sites which have been protected should continue to be so as the area grows. Other sites, such as historic buildings, should be the focus of these districts. These buildings, although not of ancient vintage, re- flect the historic growth of the area. HAMAKUA Profile Most of the history of the Hamakua district was focused in Waipio Valley. The valley was settled early, probably during the early 13th century, and was the home of several strong rulers. Among the chiefs of Waipio were Liloa and his son Umi. The legend of Liloa says he was the first to rule over the entire island of Hawaii and that his rule was one of peaceful diplomacy. In 1823 the Rev. Ellis counted 265 houses in the valley and estimated the population to be 1,325. The number of residents has declined steadily since Ellis' estimate. The same is true of the once populated Waimanu Valley. Hawaiians also lived in the smaller valleys and gulches along the Hamakua coast and were known to cultivate taro. In relatively recent historical times there have been Oriental and European influences in Hamakua, due primarily to the sugar industry. These influences have erased much of the evidence of the earlier culture, but have also opened up a new perspective on historic sites. 0 The following sites should be assured of protection and should be restored or reconstructed: Puuwaawaa Trail Keanakakoi Adze Quarry 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Shelter Caves Puuanahulu Ponds Cave Site & Trail 4-9-01:7 Muliwai Lalakea Pond 4-9-01:1 Waipio The following sites need further research to ascertain their value: Cave, 10,200 elev. 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Cave with paving stones 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Shrines; Puu Kookoolau 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Graves 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Shrine & Terraced platform 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Ahu-Trail markers 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Mauna Kea—Umikoa Trail 4-4-15:1 Kaohe Petroglyphs 4-4-16:1 Kaohe 5 Pakalana Heiau, Hokuwelowelo 4-9-02:1 Waipio Heiau; fishing koa Shelters, Housesites, Platforms, 7-3-10:33 Platforms 4-9-14:12 Waimanu Terraced Platforms 4-9-14:12 Waimanu Canoe Platform 4-9-14:12 Waimanu KOHALA Profile Historically, the present districts of North and South Kohala were con- sidered to be a single unit. Kohala's greatest claim is the birthplace of Kame- hameha I, although other important historic events occurred in the district, particularly at Kawaihae. Kamehameha I gained complete control of the island of Hawaii after constructing Pu'ukohola Heiau where Keoua was killed. Mo'okini Heiau at Upolu Point is said to have been built by the priest Pa'ao. It was at Kawaihae that John Young and Isaac Davis in the service of Kamehameha cleared foreign arrivals who came to Hawaii. They persuaded Capt. Vancouver to first leave cattle in the area and Capt. Cleveland to leave horses. In 1820, the brig Thaddeus, carrying a group of Christian missionaries, made its first anchorage at the village of Kawaihae. John Young is credited with the decision of allowing the missionaries to disembark at Kailua. Influential in shaping the character of Kohala was John Palmer Parker. He started in Kawaihae and hunted the large number of cattle which had turned wild under the kapu placed on them by Kamehameha. Parker eventually moved to Waimea where he expanded his operation into what is today one of the largest ranches in the world. In 1832 the missionary Lorenzo Lyons arrived in Kawaihae. He established his station at Waimea and his parish included all of the districts of Kohala and Hamakua. Ten years later, Reverend Elias Bond took over the mission duties in northern Kohala and soon established an excellent english school. The character of Kohala has been greatly changed through history, but because of the district's relative isolation many prehistoric sites are still found. Mo'okini and Pu'ukohola Heiau still stand as monuments to the past, as do John Young's house site and the early Christian churches. The following sites should be assured of protection and should be restored or reconstructed: (North Kohala) Kamehameha Water Tunnel 5-2-02:6 Waiapuka Statue of Kamehameha I 5-4-05:1 Kapaau Village Mo'okini Heiau 5-5-05:17 Puuepa 2 Apaapaa I 5-7-01:10 Lapakahi Koaie Settlement Complex 5-7-01:22 Lapakahi The following sites need further research to ascertain their value: Kaupalaha Heiau 5-2-01:14 Makapala Lapakahi Complex 5-7-01:_ Lapakahi Site of John Young's house The following sites should be assured of protection and should be restored or reconstructed: (South Kohala) Pu'ukohola Heiau 6-2-02:6 Kawaihae 2 Mailekini Heiau 6-2-02:10 Kawaihae 2 Petroglyphs 6-9-06:1, 2 Lalamilo KONA Profile The Kona districts have been very significant in the history of Hawaii. In early times, before the arrival of Capt. Cook, a large population was settled in villages along the coast. Various rulers lived in the area and complex religious, social, and political systems evolved. When Capt. Cook arrived at Kealakekua Bay in January 1779, he reported that the area was flourishing. It is well known that he was accepted as the god Lono and as a result visited heiau and village sites. Following Capt. Cook's death no foreign ships stopped in Kona for several years. In 1792 Capt. Van- couver arrived in Kona and left orange trees, grapevines, other plants, and cattle. Kamehameha I, in 1812, established his permanent residence and his capi- tal in Kailua. The royal family remained in Kona until the capital was moved to Honolulu. Foreigners in Kona after Vancouver came for two basic reasons, com- merce or religion. The districts prospered well during the sandalwood and whal- ing eras, with Kealakekua serving as the main port. In 1820 the first missionary station on the island was set up in Kailua and Hawaiians were quickly converted. The change in Kona after Cook's arrival was rapid. With a large area and scattered population, it still contains many undisturbed historical sites. These sites, most of them traditionally Hawaiian, can reveal information important in reconstructing Hawaii's early history. The following are examples of sites in the area. Some of these need further research to ascertain their value. North Kona Trail 7-1-02:1, 8 Puuwaawaa Trail 7-1-03:2 Puuwaawaa Petroglyphs, Housesites 7-1-03:7 Puuanahulu Ponds 7-1-03:9 Puuanahulu Trail 7-2-03:1, 2 Kaupulehu Petroglyphs, Holua Slide, 7-2-03:2 Kaupulehu Graves, Pen, Burial Cave Trail, Opae Ula Pond 7-2-04:1 Makalawena Graves 7-2-05:4 Kaulana Kaloko Fishpond, Petroglyphs, 7-3-09:2 Kaloko Housesites, Burial Cave Terraced. Housesite, Pens, 7-3-09:4 Kaloko Housesites, Platforms, Shelters, Ku'ula Heiau Housesites, Shelters, Ahus 7-3-10:33 Makaula Shelters, Housesites, Platforms, 7-3-10:33 Kaloa-Goma 1 Pens, Pools, Cave Site Aiopio Pond, Puuoina Heiau, 7-4-08:4 Honokohau Burial Sites, Petroglyphs, Platforms, Enclosures, Holua Housesites, Platforms 8-1-04:1 Onouli Slide Heiau, Housesites, Platforms, 8-1-07:1 Keapuka Makaopio Heiau, Hale O Kane Heiau, Housesites, Platforms, 7-4-08:6 Kealakehe Shelters, Gravesites, Enclosures, Pens, Puhina O Burials, Ponds Lono Heiau Aimakapa Pond, Housesites, 7-4-08:10 Honokohau Heiau, Kaawaloa Village 8-1-11:1 & Kaawaloa Enclosures Other parcels Petroglyphs 7-5-05:14-42 Lanihau in area Petroglyphs, Gravesite 7-5-05:7 Keahuolu Capt. Cook Monument 8-1-11:1 Kaawaloa Kamakahonu 7-5-06:24 Lanihau Housesites, Burial, Caves, Hele- 8-2-02:2 Kealakekua ' Mokuaikaua Church 7-5-07:18 Keopu 2 helekalani Heiau Hulihee Palace 7-5-07:20 Keopu 2 Hikiau Heiau 8-2-04:10 Kealakekua Kuaakaiakaola Heiau 7-5-20:34 Puapuaa 1 & 2 Church Graveyard 8-2-07:6 Kahualoa 1 ' Kealakowaa Heiau, Housesite Hale O Kaili Heiau, 7-6-13:5 7-7-04:12 Holualoa 1 Holualoa 4 Enclosures, Gravesites, House- 8-3-04:1, 9 Keei 2 sites, Shelters, Platforms, Kanekaheilani Heiau, Hale O Battlefield, Mokuohai A'ama Heiau, Hale O Kekupua Kamiko Heiau, Gravesites 8-3-04:5 Keei 2 Heiau, Keolonahihi Heiau Gravesites, Canoe Landing, 8-3-04:13 Kahauloa 2 Hualani Heiau, Moipe Heiau 7-7-04:13 Holualoa 4 Platforms Hikapaa Heiau, Costa Petro 7-7-04:42 Holualoa 3 Hale O Lono Heiau 8-3-06:7 Keei 2 Cave City of Refuge 8-4-11:7 Honaunau & Ke Ahu A Umi 7-8-01:3 Keauhou 2 Keokea Ohia Cave 7-8-10:2 Kahaluu Heiau, Graves, Platforms, Pens 8-6-07:8 Honokua Paniau Heiau 7-8-10:4 Kahaluu Heiau, Graves, Platforms, Trail 8-6-08:2 Waiea Royal Slide Birthplace & Tomb Site of Kame- 7-8-10:30 7-8-12:17 Keauhou 2 Keauhou 1 Graves, Housesites, Cave Site, 8-6-11:3 Kalaniki Platforms hameha III (Lono Maikai) Burial Caves 8-6-13:34, 35 Hookena Kapua Noni Heaiu, Hapaialii 7-8-13:2 Kahaluu Hookena Church 8-6-13:44 Hookena Heiau, Keeku Heiau (Ke'eu), Trail 8-7-05:2 Alae Makolea Heiau, Keawehala Trail, Housesites 8-7-09:1 Waikakuu Pond Graves, Housesites, Trail, Plat- 8-7-11:3 Kukuiopae Kehua Heiau 7-8-13:3 Kahaluu forms, Well Housesite 7-8-13:14, 15 Kahaluu Ku'ula Heiau 7-8-13:30 Kahaluu KA'U Poo Hawaii Pond 7-8-13:41 Kahaluu Profile Waikaaala Pond 7-8-14:1 Kahaluu Waikui Pond 7-8-14:4 Kahaluu The district of Ka'u has historically been a relatively independent kingdom, Kuemanu Heiau 7-8-14:5 Kahaluu isolated from the rest of the island. Archaeological evidence shows that the Canoe Landing 7-8-14:5 Kahaluu Polynesian voyagers who settled these islands may have first landed and settled Housesites, Graves, Platforms, 7-9-05:8 Honalo at Ka Lae, South Point. As population expanded, the rest of the island was in- P P p Kualanui Heiau habited. Most of the early settlement consisted of small fishing villages. Housesites, Platforms, 7-9-06:10-15 Kawanui 2, In 1791 Kamehameha became ruler of the entire island by gaining the Heiau Houaino 2 district of Ka'u when its chief Keoua was killed at the dedication of Pu'ukohola Refuge caves 7-9-12:2, 9 Hokukano 2 Heiau at Kawaihae. Hoopalahuli Heiau, Ku'ula Heiau 7-9-12:3 Kanaueue 1 & 2 Ka'u later became the stopping point for seagoing travelers on their way to Hokukano 1 Hilo. In the 1860's Mark Twain lived in Waiohinu. He wrote extensively about Refuge Cave 7-9-12:4 Houaino 4 his stay and in Ka'u made up his mind that he was in "the loveliest fleet of islands". South Kona The following are examples of sites in the area. Some of these need further Pali O Niu Heiau, Housesites, 8-1-04:1 Kanakau 1 & 2 research to ascertain their value. Platforms, Gravesites Heiau 9-1-01:3 Manuka (Bay) Gravesites, Platforms 8-1-04:1 Halekii Holua 9-1-01:3 Manuka (Bay) Puueo Heiau, Shelter, Canoe 8-1-04:1, 3 Keekee Petroglyphs 9-1-01:3 Manuka (Bay) Landing, Platforms, Housesites Graves, Caves 9-1-01:3 & Manuka (Bay) & Platforms, Ku'ula Heiau 8-1-04:1 Kalukalu (Shelters), Housesites 9-1-01:6 Malua Kipuka 28 Well & Housesites 9-1-01:3 Manuka (Kaiakekua) Housesite, Canoe Shed (Kailiikii) 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Ramp, Housesites, Platforms, 9-1-01:3 Manuka (Keawaiki) Burial, Waterhole 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Trail (N.W. of Waiahukini) Burial Cave 9-1-01:3 Kapua Manuka Housesite, Platforms, Ponds, 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Forest Reserve Enclosures, (Waiahukini Village Petroglyphs 9-1-01:3 Kapua Manuka Site Area) Forest Reserve Gravesites, Shelter, Circular 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Shrine 9-1-01:7 Manuka (Kaupuaa Ahu, Papamus Kipuka) Ko'a (Waiahukini Village Site 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Caves 9-1-01:7 Manuka (Kaupuaa Area) Kipuka) Moliele Heiau 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Housesites, Canoe Landing, 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Luanunu (Refuge Cave) 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Petroglyphs, (S.E. of Waipouli Well 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Humuhumu Pt.) Kii Petroglyphs 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Kanonone Waterhole, House- 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Housesites, Platforms, 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu sites, Paved Trail (West of Petroglyphs Pohue Bay) Shelter Cave 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Shelters, Housesites, Platforms, 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Petroglyphs, Housesites, Plat- 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Gravesites, Petroglyphs, (Pohue forms (East of Laeokamilo Pt.) Bay to Keliuli Bay) Hoonoua Pond, Housesites, 9-5-06:1 Waiohinu Petroglyphs 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Platforms, Petroglyphs (North (N.E. of Puuki) of Laeokamilo Pt.) Waterholes (from Haliipalala 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Petroglyphs, Housesites 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali .Iki Area to Kahakahakea), Shelter, (East of Site no. 37) Platforms, Ahus, Housesites, Haena Village Site, Housesites 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Iki Petroglyphs (Haliipalala Area) Platforms, Shelters, Heiau Kakio-Housesites, Petroglyphs, 9-2-01:1 Kahuku (1,500 feet of N.W. of Poninau Shelters Heiau at base of Pali) Malino Heiau 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Poninau Heiau 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Nui (just W s (just West of Boundary) (J Waikapuna Village Site Well, 9-5-07:16 Kahilipali Nui Kane (Stone Image) PohakuHousesites, 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Platforms, Ramp, Haleopaha Ruins 9-2-147: Kahuku Burial, Enclosure, Ko'a Housesites, Trail, Ahu (Blk 288) Puhiula Cave 9-5-11:4 Amelo Kalalea Heiau, Housesites, 9-3-01:1 Kamaoa-Puueo (Waterhole inside) Mooring Holes, Salt Pans (Refer Keanapuhiula Village, House- 9-5-11:4 Amelo Pinao Site—H2r for plot, by sites, Platforms, Enclosures, Bishop Museum) Graves, Shelter Cave, Burial Housesites, Fisherman; Shelters 9-3-01:2 Kamaoa-Puueo Cave (Scattered along makai side of Housesites, Platforms, Walled 9-5-14:7 Honuapo old government road) Puu Alii Village Site Graves, 9-3-01:3 Kamaoa-Puueo Structures Housesites, Platforms, Graves, 9-5-14:7 Hionaa Canoe Landing, Housesites, Shelter Cave, Circular Solid Shelter, Cave (Makalai), Lua eller, Structure, Walled Enclosures,. Pala o Heiau (Just N.E. of Puu Alii 9-3-01:3 Kamaoa-Puueo Numerous Small Planting Areas Village Site) Honuapo. Ponds 9-5-14:7 Honuapo Waterhole, Cave 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Housesites, Platform 9-5-16:3 Hokukano Housesites, Platforms 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Housesites, Platforms, . Burials 9.5-16:3 Hokukano Housesites, Platforms, 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Semi -Circular Walled Structures 9-5-16:3 Hokukano Petroglyphs (Waialau Area) Kaalaiki Area: 9-5-16:6, 7, Kaalaiki Shelter; Gravesites 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui 54 Burials (more in area), 25 23,25 (Waialau Area) Housesites, 11 House Platforms, Petroglyphs, Shrine, Housesites, 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui 6 Platforms, 2 Shelter Caves, 7 Platform, Shelter (West of Kai- Enclosures, 6 Garden Areas, likii) Walled -in Pond, Ponds, Salt L 1 t Pans, Walled -in Fishermen's Platform, Canoe Shed with 9-5-19:28 Ninole Shelter, (Bubble) Shelter Cave, Platform Rock Carvings (Very few and Housesite with Gravesites 9-5-19:28 Ninole scattered) Housesite, Shelter, Cave, Plat- 9-6-02:1 Paauau 2 Kawa Pond 9-5-16:30 Kaalaiki form Housesites, Platforms, Campsite, 9-5-17:5 Hilea Iki Housesites, Grave, Canoe Shed, 9-6-02:2 Paauau Nui Platforms, Housesites, Shelter 9-5-17:5 Hilea Iki Platforms (Pueo) Cave, Fish Drying Area Petroglyphs, Platforms, House- 9-6-02:5 Mohokea Nui Kawa Bay Village, Spring, Well, 9-5-17:7 Hilea Nui sites Burial, Housesites, Platforms, Petroglyphs (On Pahoehoe Lava) 9-6-02:5 Moaula Kopu Petroglyphs (few) Petroglyphs 9-6-02:5 Makaka Ke'eku Heiau 9-5-17:7 Hilea Nui Housesites, Platforms, Circular 9-6-02:5 Makaka (Kawa Bay Village area) Pen—Possible Canoe Shed in Ninole Spring & Pond (Spring— 9-5-19:12 Ninole area (Kamehameha Hill) Puhau, Pond—Ilo'i) Sacrificial Stone 9-6-02:6 Punaluu Old School Site 9-5-19:26 Ninole Kaneeleeke Heiau 9-6-02:6 Punaluu Housesite, Enclosure 9-5-19:26 Ninole Housesites, Platforms, Grave- 9-6-02:6 Punaluu Kaieie Heiau 9-5-19:28 Ninole site, Trail (paved) Ko'a 9-5-19:28 Ninole Keaiwa Cavern 9-6-13:3 Keaiwa INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Housing for a person is more than just shelter from natural elements. A person's home is not only a place of security and comfort but also a place for entertainment and re-creation, Housing is involved with the way in which a person wishes to express individual living styles in terms of a psychological, sociological, economic and aesthetic homeostasis. The individual attempts to achieve a balance of lifestyles which he feels is comfortable. If the various functions that take place in the home do not meet the resident's personal and social needs, a housing problem may exist for that person. Housing programs therefore influence and are influenced by many of the diverse needs of a person or persons. Several of the major issues and problems faced by Hawaii County involve housing. As an example, deteriorating houses exist in several areas and can possibly affect surrounding areas. The effects of deterioration include not only the reduction of property values but also a possible depressing psychological influence on the lives of the residents of such areas. It is also hypothesized that housing situations sometimes cause social problems. Supportive studies, however, have not been carried out to a large extent. Equally significant is the fact that many people cannot afford housing in today's market. The rising costs of land, land improvements, and construction discourage many low and moder- ate income families from purchasing a home. Personal income will not rise commensurate with rising costs of land and construction of housing units. In- appropriate location of various housing types also contributes to the difficulties in providing adequate public services which are essential for a desirable living environment. The housing problems, however, need not necessarily be defined in fixed physical terms alone. There is no definite level of physical standards which can be set so that when it is reached housing problems will be resolved. The housing problems can be defined and described through a careful examination of the changing and interrelated social, economic, and physical aspects of the population. The housing element is therefore related to all other elements in the General Plan. It must be emphasized that housing policies and programs are integral elements in the process of comprehensive planning. The basic purpose of the housing element is to minimize housing problems and maximize housing op- portunities for the residents in the County of Hawaii. As an element of the County General Plan, the following section on housing strives to make provisions for the housing needs of all residents of the County of Hawaii. It also explains many of the housing programs available, as well as the various governmental and private agencies which are concerned with hous- ing. To achieve a better understanding of the physical status of land in Hawaii County, a Land Use Inventory was conducted by the County Planning Depart- ment in 1968-1969 which also included the inventory of housing units. As a result of this inventory, many of the problems in housing became evident. The housing aspect of the inventory includes data on the number of struc- tures and units, condition, vacancy, occupancy, type of construction, age, and land tenure for all single-family, duplex, apartment and other dwelling units in- cluding dormitories and rooming houses. Of the total housing inventory of 19,183 units, 96 per cent are occupied by resident households. Although the overall vacancy rate is 4 per cent, many of the units are not available since they are seasonal or second homes or are dilapidated. The choice of housing is thereby limited. On the basis of the number of tax- payers claiming home exemptions in paying real property taxes, it is reported that approximately 60 per cent of the housing units in the County are owner - occupied and 40 per cent are renter -occupied. A fairly large percentage of the rental units are owned by the sugar companies and rented to their employees. The plantations, however, are phasing out of the renter housing market. They are in the process of relocating their employees by providing fee simple lands at nominal cost. Many pensioners and widowed spouses will be affected by this re- location process. They are living on minimum fixed incomes from Social Security and/or pensions and will possibly be unable to obtain housing without subsidy. In many cases, the pensioners do not want or are not able to purchase their own homes. These retired persons may eventually want to live closer to urban centers. Estimated Percentage Distribution Of All Families And Renter Household By Annual Income After Deduction Of Federal Income Tax, 1969 Annual Income All Families (%) *Renter Households (%) under $3,000 8.5 12.0 $3,000- 3,999 5.5 10.0 4,000- 4,999 11.0 11.0 5,000- 5,999 12.0 16.0 6,000- 6,999 12.0 11.5 7,000- 7,999 9.0 9.0 8,000- 8,999 8.5 8.0 9,000- 9,999 6.0 5.0 10,000- 12,499 11.0 8.0 12,500- 14,999 7.0 4.0 15,000.- 19,999 5.0 3.0 20,000 and over 4.5 2.5 Total 100.0 100.0 Median $7,125 $6,075 *Excludes one-person renter households Source; Federal Housing Administration, "Housing Market Report," September, 1969. The Land Use Inventory indicates that 4.5 per cent of the total units are dilapidated and 22 per cent of the units are in poor or deteriorating condition. Thirty per cent of the total inventory of housing units are more than 30 years of age, Much of the older housing will be replaced in the future. Houses on the island are predominantly of wood framing. Only 2 per cent are made of other materials such as masonry and concrete. The average density for Hawaii County is 1.4 dwelling units per acre. The following is the breakdown by district of the existing density. Table 1. Density Of Residential Units, Hawaii County By Judicial District, 1969 *Dwelling Area Used for Resi- Density of District Units dential Purposes (Ac.) Units Per Acre Puna 1,777 1,804 0.9 South Hilo 9,654 4,735 2.0 North Hilo 590 368 1.6 Hamakua 1,510 1,026 1.5 North Kohala 952 537 1.8 South Kohala 849 868 0.9 North Kona 1,764 2,501 0.7 South Kona 1,041 1,565 0.6 Ka'u 1,046 418 2.5 COUNTY 19,183 13,822 1.4 *Includes all dwelling units in the County: single-family, duplex, apartment and other dwelling units such as dormitories and rooming houses. 1 1 1 1 0 I Ll w i 1 Il U I With the exception of plantation employee housing, housing in Hawaii has traditionally been characterized by owner -occupancy of single-family dwellings. The demand for home ownership and choice of housing units will continue as indicated by a community attitude survey conducted in 1970. Hawaii County has 5 low and moderate -rental public housing projects. Two are senior citizen housing projects with a total of 60 units and three are low and moderate income family housing developments totaling 290 units. A 40 -unit low income -rental public housing project is presently under construction in Kona, and a 24 -unit Elderly Turnkey project to be located in Pahala is in the planning stage. A housing project under the Federal Housing Administration 235 program with 136 house and lot packages for low and moderate incomes is presently being constructed in Hilo. This project is administered by the Hawaii Housing Authority. A private developer, Kona Industries Inc., is also construct- ing 44 housing units in the Kona Hillcrest subdivision under the FHA 235 pro- gram for low and moderate income families. The Big Island Housing Foundation, a non-profit housing group made up of local citizens, has received approval to construct 42 apartment units in Hilo under the FHA 236 program. The State recently held a drawing for 77 "gap group" houselots through the provisions of of Act 184. The act provides for the sale of lots to families whose total income is greater than the maximum for subsidized programs but less than $20,000. Although efforts are being made by government to provide low and moder- ate income housing, construction still lags behind replacement and growth needs. Government, however, will continue to play an important role in provid- ing housing for low and moderate income families. The growth of the visitor industry is also generating an increasing demand for low and moderate income housing for employees, precisely the type which private industries are not building in substantial amounts. With the growth of visitor and other industries, new housing units will be needed to accommodate an increase in population. This additional population growth will compete with the existing population for new housing. Therefore, growth also becomes a problem in respect to this housing element. The current prices of residential lands differ substantially, depending on location. Ocean frontage residential land in Kona between Kailua and Keauhou sells for $5-7 per square foot; lands across Alii Drive are in the $4 per square foot range; a typical subdivision in the higher slopes with curbs and underground wiring sells at $1.25-$1.50 per square foot; and other mauka lands sell at $0.80- $1.00 square foot. In Waimea, South Kohala, hillside residential property sells at $1.10 to $1.50 per square foot, while in the flat lands at Lalamilo, State land is sold in the $0.70 per square foot range. In Hilo, a square. foot of land in.a sub- division with sidewalks and underground utilities is sold for $1.25; other resi- dential lands with lesser amenities sell between $0.60-$1.00 per square foot. Some of the factors which account for the high cost of housing construction are labor and material. In the past several years, the cost of construction labor has risen considerably. For example, in 1963, a carpenter'sbasic hourly pay in- cluding fringe benefits was $3.70. In 1966, it was $4.63, and today it is $6.10. There has been an increase of $2.40 or 65 per cent over the 7 -year period. Recently, the trend has been to construct resort and commercial buildings which are more lucrative than individual housing units. As a result, there are fewer small contractors available for home construction. Those small contractors who are available are overloaded by the demand for constructing individual housing units, thus making housing construction costs higher. The price of construction materials has also risen during the past several years. Redwood sold for $0.43 per board foot in 1963, as compared with the cur- rent price of $0.53. For a typical home of approximately 8,000 board feet the cost of lumber was $3,440 in 1963. Today the cost is about $4,240. This shows that in terms of lumber the cost has increased nearly 25 per cent over the given period. Table 2. Average Building Cost Of Single-family Residential Units 1960 &- 1970 District 1960 1970 Difference Total $13,000 $18,500 $5,500 Puna 8,520 15,930 7,410 South Hilo 15,445 20,245 4,800 North Hilo 10,190 16,500 6,310 Hamakua 11,100 18,250 7,150 North Kohala 11,165 16,570 5,405 South Kohala 13,710 17,775 4,065 North Kona 11,630 18,605 6,975 South Kona 9,490 17,960 8,470 Ka'u 9,150 15,050 5,900 Source: Building Permit Records Table 3. Average Housing Cost -1960 & 1970 1960 1970 $13,000 cost of housing * $18,500 cost of housing 2,000 cost of land (10,000 sq. ft. at 20( sq. ft.) $15,000 total 3,750 down payment 25% $11,250 to borrow at 6Y2 interest $ 76 month payment at 6% interest 15 consumer trust fund (estimate)* $ 91 total monthly payment 12 months $ 1,092 yearly payment 25 years $27,300 mortgage payment 3,750 down payment made $31,050 total payment 15,000 original cost $16,050 difference 9,000 cost of land (10,000 sq. ft. at 904 sq. ft.) $27,500 total 6,875 down payment 25% $20,625 to borrow at 9% interest (conventional loan) $ 172 month payment at 9% interest 24 consumer trust fund (estimate)" $ 196 total monthly payment 12 months $ 2,352 yearly payment 25 years $58,800 mortgage payment 6,875 down payment made $65,675 total payment 27,500 original cost $38,175 difference $27,500 1970 housing and land cost 15,000 1960 housing and land cost $12,500 difference $65,675 1970 total payment 31,050 1960 total payment $34,625 difference *Average cost from building permit records "Consumer Trust Fund -Assurance that the real property tax and fire insurance premiums will be paid. 1960 payment for real property was approximately $11 per month and fire insurance was about $4 per month. 1970 payment for real property tax is approximately $18 per month and fire insurance is about $6 per month. The following discussions are presented to inform the public of the kinds of housing loans and programs that are available. The required down payments of certain loan programs are as much as 25 per cent of the total amount to be borrowed. The amount of down payment usually depends on the amount of the loan. Although certain people are able to meet the monthly note required on a loan, they usually do not have the cash reserve for the required down payment. There are four basic types of home mortgage loans: Conventional, Veteran's Administration, Federal Housing Administration and Farmers Home Administration loans. Conventional The conventional home mortgage loan is made by a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or mortgage company. Interest rates are based on the prevailing market conditions. Since no government agency is in- volved, the rates may vary from 9 per cent for prime loans to N per cent with down payments from 10-25 per cent and terms up to 30 years. Points on loans generally reflect differences in competitive rates among the lending institutions. Veteran's Administration Veterans of the Korean Conflict or those who have served a minimum of 181 days since then may be eligible for a Veteran's Administration guaranteed mortgage loan. The present interest rate is Tri per cent at a maximum term of 30 years. The principle advantage of the VA loan is that it can be obtained with- out a down payment. The VA guarantees the loan up to $12,500. Federal Housing Administration Anyone can apply for Federal Housing Administration insured loans. The present interest rate is T4 per cent with a maximum term of 30 years. The re- quired down payment depends on the amount of the loan. The amount of the required down payment increases as the amount of loan increases. Farmers Home Administration (Rural Home Loans) These loans are made to farmers and other rural residents. Loans may also be made to urban residents of low and moderate income who are employed in rural areas and to other urban residents who own building sites in rural areas. This type of housing loan is made only to applicants who are unable to obtain the credit they need from private lenders. Low and moderate income families who do not have sufficient income to meet payments on a loan at the usual rate of interest may qualify for interest subsidy. Interest cannot result in a rate of less than 1 per cent. The actual amount of interest that a family will need to pay de- pends on the income and the size of the family. The maximum repayment term is 33 years. Several Federal and local housing programs are also available: FHA 235, FHA 236, Low -Rent Public Housing, Rent Supplements, HHA Down Payment Reserve Plan, Leased Housing Program, Turnkey System, and the recently en- acted State Housing Program (Act 105). FHA -235 (Interest supplements on home mortgages) Basically FHA 235 is a home ownership program. It includes Planned Unit developments and condominiums. The program is intended to enable lower in- come families to own their homes and thereby experience the pride of posses- sion that accompanies home ownership. A family pays the "basic payment" which is based upon 1 per cent interest (plus mortgage insurance premium, debt service, taxes and hazard insurance) or 20 per cent of their adjusted in- come, whichever is greater. The amount of subsidy varies according to the income of each homeowner and the total amount of the mortgage payment at the market rate of interest. Assistance under this program is generally limited to new or substantially re- habilitated units. A minimum down payment, which may include closing costs and prepaid expenses, is required. FHA 236 (Interest Supplement on Rental and Cooperative Housing Mortgages) The FHA 236 program encourages maximum participation by private enter- prise to provide good rental and cooperative housing for lower income families. This program enables many lower income families, including the elderly and the handicapped, to live in decent housing which is not now within their means. Assistance is provided in the form of monthly payments to the mortgagee which reduces costs to the occupant by paying a part of the interest on a market rate project mortgage insured by FHA. Interest reduction payments may also be made with respect to a rental or cooperative housing project owned by a private non-profit, limited dividends or cooperative entity which is financed under a State or local program providing assistance through loans, loan insurance or tax abatements. The purpose of the payments is to bring the monthly rental charges down to a level that low income families can afford to pay with at least 25 per cent of their adjusted monthly income. Low -rent public housing Low -rent public housing which is built, owned and operated by local housing authorities can receive Federal financial assistance. This includes temporary loans to build the projects and annual contributions to amortize bond issues sold on the private market by the authorities for permanent financing. The an- nual contributions are used to secure these bonds, as well as to retire the temporary notes and the capital cost of the housing within 40 years. Existing private housing can be leased or purchased by the local authorities under new provisions in the 1965 Housing Act and assisted by annual contributions. The Hawaii Housing Authority locally administers this program. Rent Supplements Rent supplement is a major new program in in the 1965 Housing Act. It provides Federal payment by the Secretary, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), to certain new or rehabilitated housing to enable persons with incomes no higher than those permitted for tenants of public hous- ing to obtain decent housing. Rent supplements on behalf of the eligible tenants cannot exceed the amount by which the fair market rental for the unit occupied exceeds one-fourth of the tenant's income. In certain circumstances rent supple- ments can be made to owners of housing financed under FHA programs for low income families and for the elderly or under the HUD direct loan program. Hawaii Housing Authority Down Payment Reserve Plan Under this program, Hawaii Housing Authority encourages home ownership by crediting to individual tenants' accounts the difference between the amount paid as rent and the actual operating cost. As these savings grow, a ready-made down payment is provided for the purchase of a house. Families participating in this plan are provided a self-help means to a secure future, and the pride, self-respect and achievement of home ownership. Leased Housing Program This is a Federal assistance program to local housing authorities who pro- vide low income family dwellings by leasing them from private owners. The program is designed to encourage greater participation by private real estate interests in meeting the housing needs of low income families; to provide homes for those whose needs increase faster than houses can be built; to better utilize housing stocks; and to encourage the physical upgrading of neighborhoods. Turnkey System The Turnkey System is a new concept in public housing which utilizes 1 participation by private enterprise. Under this system, a developer approaches the Hawaii Housing Authority with a site and building proposal in accordance with established specifications. The HHA can enter into a contract to take over the development when it is completed. Financing of the purchase is provided by the Federal government; with this insurance the developer can obtain interim private financing until the date of purchase. State Housing Program (Act 105) The bill provides for a special assistant for housing in the Governor's office. The Hawaii Housing Authority administers the act and is authorized to develop fee or leasehold lands for projects in partnership or by itself for sale or rent to qualified residents of the State of Hawaii. Acquisition of land by exchange or condemnation for purposes of this act is also authorized. Concern for housing needs involves all levels of government and private sectors, such as financiers, developers, contractors, and sugar companies. The following are the roles of the various government agencies and private non-profit corporations concerned with housing. FEDERAL GOVERNMENT The nation's housing policies are administered through the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The Federal public housing program has evolved from a project -orientation, which separated low income people from the balance of the community, to programs which disperse the families in the community and supplement their rent -paying capacity with cash subsidies. Urban renewal has shifted its focus from slum removal to a concern for re- habilitation and conservation of structures and neighborhoods. In those areas where the demolition of existing housing is necessary, the major concern is relocation of displaced persons. Federal housing programs have also been broadened in terms of the target groups and newer programs are directed towards assisting moderate income groups. STATE Department of Social Services and Housing The Department of Social Services and Housing, through the Hawaii Hous- ing Authority, is the principal housing agency for the State of Hawaii. HHA was created in 1935 to distribute Federal public housing funds. As the demand for housing increased, however, their responsibilities were extended. The goal of HHA is to provide the environment and the opportunity for those in need to move up to responsible and productive participation in society and also to provide satisfying low -rent housing for those in immediate need. Specific programs administered under this agency include low and moder- ate income public housing, public welfare housing subsidy down payment re- serve plan for home ownership, land reform and rent subsidy. University of Hawaii at Hilo The University of Hawaii at Hilo is concerned with providing housing for. students, faculty, and staff. They plan, construct, and operate student dormi- tories and further provide assistance in locating private housing for students, faculty, and staff. Department of Hawaiian Home Lands The Department of Hawaiian Home Lands is authorized to lease to native Hawaiians (any descendant of not less than Y2 part of the blood of the races in- habiting the Hawaiian Islands previous to 1778) the right to the use and occu- pancy of a tract or tracts of Hawaiian Home Lands within the specified acreage limit in regard to a residential lot; not more than one acre of any class of land to be used as a residential lot. The title to lands so leased remain with the State. The following conditions are part of the leases: 1) The original lessee shall be a native Hawaiian, not less than 21 years of age. 2) The lessee shall pay a rental of one dollar a year for the tract and the lease shall be for a term of 99 years. 3) The lessee shall occupy and commence to use or cultivate the tract as his home or farm within one year after the lease is made. The Department is authorized to make loans to the lessee of any tract for the erection of dwellings and the undertaking of other permanent improvements. The amount of loans at any one time to any lessee of a residential lot shall not exceed $10,000. The term of any loan shall not exceed 30 years. COUNTY Planning Department The County's General Plan which is administered by the Planning Depart- ment greatly influences housing. The tools to carry out the intent of the housing element in the General Plan are the Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance, Subdivision Ordinance, the Housing, Building, Electrical, and Plumbing Codes, and the Capital Improvement Pro- gram. NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS Hawaii Council for Housing Action The Hawaii Council for Housing Action is a non-profit corporation on the State level whose goal is to enable the provision of attractive, safe and sanitary housing in a healthy social environment for low and moderate income individuals and families in the State of Hawaii. HCHA serves as a catalyst in the community among groups which could assist in meeting the need for low and moderate income housing. It provides, with professional staff under policy guidance of the Board of Directors, assist- ance to prospective sponsors of housing projects for low and moderate income families by utilizing governmental and other programs. Big Island Housing Foundation The Big Island Housing Foundation is the County's counterpart to the Ha- waii Council for Housing Action. Its purpose is like the Council's but is not limited to low and moderate income families in the County. In addition to the functions of the Council mentioned above, the Foundation is also authorized to provide or contract for management services for low and moderate income housing projects and to act as sponsor for the construction of low and moderate income housing under such programs. Senior Citizens Housing, Island of Hawaii (SCHIH) The purpose of this corporation is to provide, on a non-profit basis, rental housing and related facilities and services especially designed to meet the physi- cal, social and psychological needs of the aged or handicapped and to con- tribute to their health, security, happiness and usefulness in longer living. The following are the goals, policies, and standards which are set forth for the County of Hawaii through the careful examination and analysis of the pres- ent housing situation. The primary purpose is to make provisions for the needs of all residents of the County of Hawaii. GOALS • Encourage safe, sanitary, and livable housing. • To attain diversity of socio-economic housing mix throughout the dif- ferent parts of the County. • Formulate program for housing. • Maintain a housing supply which allows a variety of choice. A POLICIES • Zoning Ordinance. • It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to assure that safe, sanitary, • Subdivision Ordinance. and livable housing is available to persons of all ages, income and ethnic • Uniformity of housing information system. groups and to provide a variety of choice as to location and types. • The standards for housing shall not be limited to the above, but shall • A volume of construction and rehabilitation of housing sufficient to also include the standards listed for single-family and multiple residen- meet growth needs and correct existing deficiencies shall be promoted. tial land use elements. • The construction of specially designed facilities for elderly persons needing institutional care and for active elderly persons shall be en- The following is an analysis by districts with courses of action to undertake couraged. with reference to housing. The brief analysis of each district is intended to • The use of new housing design and construction shall be encouraged to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The be and supportive of the goals, policies, keep housing costs at a minimum and to increase the volume of produc- courses of action shall consistent with tion through the further use of technological innovations. and standards set forth in the overall housing element. • Corporations and non-profit organizations shall be encouraged to partici- pate in Federal programs to provide new and rehabilitated housing for PUNA low and moderate income households and the elderly. 0 The County shall make maximum utilization of all Federal and State Profile programs and disseminate information on these available assistance programs to the public, financial institutions, supply houses, and devel- Existing inventory 1,777 units: 1,767 single-family; 10 duplex Population and persons per household opers. • Improvements in financing practices that will help to make housing more 5,154 persons; 3.17 persons per household (population - occupied readily available to all persons shall be actively sought by the County. its units) No. of Units % • Public and private programs intended to increase the supply of housing Occupancy Fee 1,024 58Rental and to create a variety of choice shall be encouraged. 753 42 • The County shall promote and support the use of Turnkey developments Occupied -vacant and encourage the use of cluster and planned unit developments. Occupied 1,626 92 • The County shall review its codes and ordinances to see if there are Vacant 151 8 overly stringent restrictions which may impose unnecessary hardship. Age of Units in years • It shall be the policy of the County to study measures for curbing specu- 0 5 788 44 lation practices and for reducing housing costs. 6-15 278 15 • The County shall encourage the State to construct homes for lease. The 16-30 336 19 lease on the house and lot should be on a long-term basis and should be 31+ 385 22 at a reasonable lease rate. In this way, the people's natural resource of Condition of units land can still be perpetuated through public ownership and at the same Very good 406 23 time housing can be provided without heavy initial investment. Good 662 37 • The County realizes that the investment in home ownership constitutes Poor 594 34 the largest single investment for most of its residents. It is therefore the Dilapidated 115 6 policy of the County to protect residential property values from deprecia- Existing Density ting influences. 0.9 units per acre • There shall be a systematic code enforcement schedule to upgrade the quality of the existing housing inventory. The County shall also seek means of assuring the maintenance of all housing in livable condition Tax Map Sections through programs of renewal, rehabilitation or redevelopment. Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 • Large industries which create a demand for housing shall provide em- Dwellin units 1,777 36 58 44 110 320 373 359 223 254 ployee housing based upon a ratio to be determined by an analysis of the Area (acres) 1,804 308 85 60 121 184 406 272 169 199 locality's needs. Density -Units STANDARDS Per Acre 0.9 0.1 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.7 0.9 1.3 1.3 1.3 Housing standards shall consist of and comply with: • Housing Code. Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit • Building Code. 1960 1970 Difference • Electrical Code. $8,520 $15,930 $7,410 • Plumbing Code. 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 J Of the 1,777 housing units in this district, 34 per cent are in poor or de- teriorating condition and 6 per cent are dilapidated. These units will need to be replaced in the future. Although the inventory shows that there is an 8 per cent vacancy rate, the majority of the housing units are seasonal or second homes or are dilapidated. The choice and availability of housing is thereby limited. This district has a number of large non -conforming residential subdivisions which were created before the present Subdivision and Zoning ordinances were adopted. However, many of these subdivisions lack the basic improvements and amenities necessary for development. Many of the houselots are also held in absentee ownership. Several of the communities in this district were created as a direct result of the sugar industry. As a result, many of the homes are owned by the plantations and rented to employees. However, the plantation camps are being phased out, with the plantation offering fee simple lots and existing usable housing for sale to the employees. Courses Of Action • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing choice for this area. • Encourage the sugar company to continue assistance in providing em- ployees with suitable housing or house sites before phasing out of the rental housing market. • Since the sugar company has lands zoned for residential use within existing urban centers, they should be encouraged to make these lands available on the private market. SOUTH HILO Profile No. of Units % Existing Inventory 163 25 9,654 units: 8,282 single-family; 368 duplex; 494 apartment; and 510 other residential units, such as dormitories and rooming houses. Population and persons per household Occupied 33,915 persons; 3.60 persons per unit (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 6,183 64 Rental 3,471 36 Occupied -vacant Occupied 9,415 98 Vacant 239 2 Age of Units in years 0- 5 2,180 23 6-15 1,524 17 16-30 2,686 27 31+ 3,264 33 Condition of units Very good 2,076 22 Good 5,722 59 Poor 1,591 16 Dilapidated 265 3 Existing density 2.0 units per acre Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Dwelling units 9,654 607 2,159 1,533 2,093 957 790 704 581 230 Area (acres) 4,735 313 1,040 333 1,608 484 292 314 240 111 Density -Units Per Acre 2.0 1.9 2.0 4.6 1.3 1.9 2.7 2.2 2.4 2.0 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $15,445 $20,245 $4,800 The South Hilo district is the center of all commercial, industrial, govern- mental and service activities for Hawaii County. As a result, this district has 50 per cent of the total housing inventory in the County, ranging from single- family residential units to dormitories and boarding houses. Of the 9,654 units, 3 per cent are dilapidated and 16 per cent are in poor or deteriorating condition. One-third of the inventory is more than 30 years of age and many of them are in the above conditions. These units will require re- placement in the near future. The growth of the visitor industry in the city of Hilo is generating an in- creasing demand for low-cost employee housing. As a result, the incoming popu- lation will compete with the existing population for housing. As indicated by the low vacancy rate of 2 per cent, availability and choice of housing is limited. Although the State has taken an active role in providing low and moderate income housing, construction still lags behind replacement and growth needs. Non-profit housing corporations have also taken the initiative to provide hous- ing for residents. Courses Of Action • Encourage the State to provide student, faculty, and staff housing for the University of Hawaii at Hilo and the Community College.. • Obtain Federal assistance for replacement or rehabilitation of housing units in the Hilo area. • Aid the State in providing housing for low and moderate income fami- lies, "gap groups" and the elderly in this area through the State Housing Program. • Coordinate with non-profit and private interests in obtaining govern- ment aid to construct and provide a variety of housing choice for low and moderate income residents of this area. NORTH HILO Profile Existing inventory 590 units: 540 single-family; 50 duplex Population and persons per household 1,881 persons; 3.52 persons per houseold (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 163 25 Rental 427 75 Occupied -vacant Occupied 534 92 Vacant 56 8 Age of Units in years 0- 5 6-15 16-30 31+ Condition of units Very good Good Poor Dilapidated Existing density 1.6 units per acre Overall 53 54 95 388 42 221 156 173 Tax Map Sections 1 2 3 4 5 6 • Aid the State in providing for this area—housing for low and moderate 9 income families, "gap groups" and the elderly, through the State Housing 9 Program. 16 66 HAMAKUA Profile 7 Existing inventory 37 1,510 units: 1,448 single-family; 52 duplex; and 10 apartment 27 Population and persons per household 29 4,648 persons; 3.22 persons per household (population - occupied units) 9 Dwelling units 590 28 60 — 19 187 141 1 — 154 Area (acres) 368 30 61 — 19 75 70 1 — 112 Density -Units Per Acre 1.6 0.9 0.9 — 1.0 2.5 2.0 1.0 — 1.3 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Residential Unit 1960 1970 Difference $10,190 $16,500 $6,310 The communities of this district are the direct result of the sugar industry. Because of this, many of the homes are owned by the plantations. A housing survey conducted by the North Hilo District Development Council indicated that a large proportion of the residents of the district want to continue living in the community they are in now. However, the plantations' plan is to phase out their housing and centralize residences in a few areas. Relocation is now in process with many of the sugar company's employees moving to Kulaimano Subdivision in Pepeekeo. This district has only a limited supply of land available for immediate housing use. Many land owners with larger lots are reluctant to sell, subdivide, or surrender their accustomed rural way of life of maintaining large lots. It also has been difficult for those not working for the sugar industry to obtain hous- ing. Of the 590 units in this district, 27 per cent are in poor or deteriorating condition and 29 per cent are dilapidated. 66 per cent of the total inventory are beyond 30 years of age and the majority of these are in the above conditions. These units will require replacement in the near future. Courses Of Action • Encourage the sugar companies to continue assistance in providing their employees with suitable housing before phasing out of the rental housing market. • Since the majority of the lower lands in this district are owned by the sugar companies, they should be encouraged to also make lands availa- ble for the private market. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to achieve a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. • Support the plantations' plan to centralize housing in certain areas. This would not only minimize cost of services within the communities but would also maximize the efficiency of the available services. Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 648 43 Rental 862 57 Occupied -vacant Occupied 1,445 96 Vacant 65 4 Age of units in years 0- 5 251 17 6-15 137 29 16-30 321 21 31+ 801 53 Condition of units Very good 221 15 Good 630 42 Poor 578 38 Dilapidated 81 5 Existing density 1.5 units per acre Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Dwelling units 1,510 33 54 295 250 584 112 54 109 19 Area (acres) 1,026 27 43 145 254 211 250 32 50 14 Density -Units Per Acre 1.5 1.2 1.2 2.0 0.9 2.7 0.4 1.7 2.2 1.3 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $11,100 $18,250 $7,150 `. The communities in this district were created as a direct result of the sugar industry. The sugar companies are pursuing subdivision to provide fee simple land for employees either for relocation purposes or new homes. The present subdivisions and those in the planning stage will be merely to allow for upgrad- ing of the existing plantation rental homes. Therefore, these will not relieve the housing situation in the area since a number of residents do not work for the sugar companies and are not eligible for these homesites or homes. Outside of these plantation subdivisions, only a limited supply of land is available for immediate housing use. Courses Of Action • Support the plantations' plan to centralize housing in certain areas. This would not only minimize cost of services within the communities but would also maximize the efficiency of the available services. • Support the Department of Education and Hawaii Housing Authority policy of dispersing teacher housing throughout the community rather than concentrating them all in one location. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. • Since many of the lands in and around the existing urban centers are owned by the plantations, they should be encouraged to also make lands available for the private market. NORTH KOHALA Profile Profile Existing inventory 952 units: 946 single-family and 6 duplex Population and persons per household 849 units: 826 single-family, 8 duplex and 15 apartment 3,326 persons; 3.78 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 579 61 Rental 373 39 Occupied -vacant No. of Units Occupied 880 92 Vacant 72 8 Age of units in years 456 0- 5 517 54 6-15 100 11 16-30 213 22 31+ 122 13 Condition of units 5 Very good 209 22 Good 445 27 Poor 243 25 Dilapidated 55 6 Existing density 16-30 1.8 units per acre 25 Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 4 Dwelling units 952 2 86 194 312 312 8 6 10 22 Area (acres) 537 1 42 111 122 194 8 25 10 24 Density -Units Per Acre 1.8 2.0 2.0 1.7 2.5 1.6 1.0 0.2 1.0 0.9 ' Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $11,165 $16,570 $5,405 The residential urban areas are scattered in a string of villages along the main road, mostly between Hawi and Niulii, a distance of nearly 7 miles. The sugar company is carrying out a program of eliminating some of the older plantation camps by selling usable houses and offering houselots in fee simple to employees. Outside of these plantation subdivisions, however, only a limited supply of land is available for immediate housing use by employees. Many land owners with larger lots are reluctant to sell or subdivide their lots. The residents who are not employed by the sugar company claim that there are no residential lands available for purchase. Although there is an 8 per cent vacancy rate, many of these units are poor, deteriorating or dilapidated. The choice of housing is thereby limited. Courses Of Action • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. • Since many of the lands in and around the existing communities are owned by the sugar company, it should be encouraged to make lands available for the private market. • Encourage the sugar company to continue its assistance in providing em- ployees with suitable housing before phasing out of the rental housing market. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Existing inventory 849 units: 826 single-family, 8 duplex and 15 apartment Population and persons per household 2,310 persons; 2.87 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 393 46 Rental 456 54 Occupied -vacant Occupied 803 95 Vacant 46 5 Age of units in years 0- 5 345 40 6-15 195 23 16-30 209 25 31+ 100 12 Condition of units Very good 272 32 Good 405 48 Poor 119 14 Dilapidated 53 6 Existing density 0.9 units per acre Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1Jwelling Units 849 25 22 2 237 235 141 29 4 154 Area (acres) 868 9 20 2 324 204 218 25 4 62 Density -Units Per Acre 0.9 2.7 1.1 1.0 0.7 1.1 0.6 1.1 1.0 2.5 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $13,710 $17,775 $4,065 37 Anticipating the success of large developments in this area, the population will grow at a rapid rate. The growth of the visitor industry, especially along the coastline, will generate an increasing demand for employee housing. Although the overall vacancy rate for this area is 5%, many of the housing units are seasonal or second homes or are dilapidated. The choice of housing is thereby limited. There are several residential subdivisions in this area with undeveloped lots, many of which are held in absentee ownership. However, housing construc- tion activity has increased substantially in recent years. Courses Of Action • The County shall require that developments which create a demand for employee housing shall provide for that need. • Aid and encourage the development of State lands in this area for housing for all socio-economic levels through leasehold or purchase. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. NORTH KONA Profile Existing inventory 1,764 units: 1,705 single-family; 20 duplex; and 39 apartment (Many of the existing apartments were under construction during the land use survey and were not included in the inventory.) Population and persons per household 4,832 persons; 2.79 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 873 49 Rental 891 51 Occupied -vacant Occupied 1,733 98 Vacant 31 2 Age of Units in years 0- 5 824 47 6-15 286 16 16-30 310 17 31+ 344 20 Condition of units Very good 785 45 Good 440 25 Poor 465 26 Dilapidated 74 4 Existing density 0.7 units per acre Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Dwelling units 1,764 34 29 94 85 382 237 273 315 315 Area (acres) 2,501 46 23 68 57 212 96 166 1610 223 Density -Unit Per Acre 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.4 1.6 0.2 1.4 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $11,630 $18,605 $6,975 Construction activity of housing units is increasing substantially in this area. Since the land use inventory was conducted, there have been a number of housing units completed. However, choice and availability of housing is still limited as indicated by the low vacancy rate of 2 per cent. Although visitor facilities have increased tremendously, there is a lack of employee housing for the hotel workers and other service industry workers in close proximity to the resort employment centers of Kailua and Keauhou. The price of residential lands in these areas are comparatively higher than in the mauka areas. Many of the hotel workers cannot afford to purchase residential lands in closer proximity to these employment centers. With the growth of the visitor and other service industries, new Mousing units will be required for an expected increase in population. This additional population growth will compete with the existing population for housing, and growth, therefore, will be a problem for this district in regard to this element. Courses Of Action • Since the lands in this district are hilly, the County shall encourage the use of cluster and planned unit developments which can take advantage of the topography. • The County shall require that developments which create a demand for employee housing shall provide for that need. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. SOUTH KONA Profile Existing inventory 1,041 units: 1,025 single-family and 16 duplex Population and persons per household 4,004 persons; 3.84 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 441 42 Rental 600 58 Occupied -vacant Occupied 996 96 Vacant 45 4 Age of units in years 0- 5 135 13 6-15 179 17 16-30 251 24 31+ 476 46 Condition of units Very good 123 12 Good 296 28 Poor 564 54 Dilapidated 58 6 Existing density 0.6 units per acre 1 fl 1 � I 1 Tax Map Sections Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $9,490 $17,960 $8,470 The homes are sparsely located throughout the district primarily because of its agricultural make-up. Although the inventory indicates 4 per cent vacancy, many of these housing units are dilapidated or second homes. Of the total housing inventory, 54 per cent are in poor or deteriorating condition, and 6 per cent are dilapidated. 46 per cent of the housing units are beyond 30 years of age and the majority of them are in the above conditions. Replacement for these units will be needed in the future. Courses Of Action • The County shall provide assistance and encourage the State to negotiate with large landowners for land exchange or purchase to provide for those people who would be affected by the future plans of these landowners. • Since the lands in this district are hilly, the County shall encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster and planned unit developments, which take advantage of topographic con- ditions. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. KA'U Profile Existing inventory 1,046 units: 1,026 single-family and 20 duplex Population and persons per household 3,398 persons; 3.52 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Dwelling units 1,041 277 255 184 136 21 63 33 30 42 Area (acres) 1,565 409 314 352 234 12 48 46 41 109 Density -Units 484 46 Condition of units Very good 155 15 Good 422 Per Acre 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.5 0.6 1.7 1.3 0.7 0.7 0.4 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $9,490 $17,960 $8,470 The homes are sparsely located throughout the district primarily because of its agricultural make-up. Although the inventory indicates 4 per cent vacancy, many of these housing units are dilapidated or second homes. Of the total housing inventory, 54 per cent are in poor or deteriorating condition, and 6 per cent are dilapidated. 46 per cent of the housing units are beyond 30 years of age and the majority of them are in the above conditions. Replacement for these units will be needed in the future. Courses Of Action • The County shall provide assistance and encourage the State to negotiate with large landowners for land exchange or purchase to provide for those people who would be affected by the future plans of these landowners. • Since the lands in this district are hilly, the County shall encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster and planned unit developments, which take advantage of topographic con- ditions. • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. KA'U Profile Existing inventory 1,046 units: 1,026 single-family and 20 duplex Population and persons per household 3,398 persons; 3.52 persons per household (population _ occupied units) Occupancy No. of Units % Fee 440 42 Rental 606 58 Occupied -vacant Occupied 965 92 Vacant 81 8 Age of units in years 0- 5 162 15 6-15 69 7 16-30 331 32 31+ 484 46 Condition of units Very good 155 15 Good 422 40 Poor 361 35 Dilapidated 108 10 Existing density 2.5 units per acre Tax Map Sections Overall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dwelling units 1,046 — 63 16 24 355 509 — 9 70 Area (acres) 418 — 52 20 20 139 153 — 9 25 Density -Units Per Acre 2.5 — 1.2 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.3 — 1.0 2.8 Average Building Cost of a Single -Family Dwelling Unit 1960 1970 Difference $9,150 $15,050 $5,900 Several of the communities in this district are a direct result of the sugar industry. At present, the sugar companies are actively pursuing residential sub- divisions to provide fee simple land at nominal cost to employees for relocation purposes. Outside of the plantation subdivisions, only a limited supply of land is avail- able for immediate housing use. Although there is an 8 per cent vacancy rate, the majority of the units are poor, deteriorating, or dilapidated, and the choice of housing is thereby limited. Of the 1,046 units in the area, 35 per cent are in poor or deteriorating condi- tion and 10 per cent are dilapidated. 46 per cent of the inventory is more than 30 years of age. The majority of these units, however, are plantation homes which will eventually be phased out. This district has large non -conforming residential subdivisions which were created before the present Subdivision and Zoning ordinances were adopted. Some of these subdivisions, however, lack the basic improvements necessary for development. Many of the lots in these subdivisions are also held in absentee ownership. Courses Of Action • Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing for this area to attain a diversity of housing mix. • Encourage the sugar companies to continue their assistance in providing employees with suitable housing before phasing out of the rental housing market. • Since many of the lands in and around the existing communities are owned by the sugar companies, they should be encouraged to make lands available for the private market. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The natural beauty of Hawaii is a universally recognized fact and as such is one of our most significant assets. In a relatively small area exists a great range of environments, from lush green tropical valleys to snow-capped mountains. This diversity enhances the liveability of the island by providing a choice of physical conditions. Hawaii's natural beauty is the manifestation of the interplay of various physical elements and forces. Three primary factors contribute to the variety of environments: elevation, relative location, and geologic origin and age. A further factor is modification by man. The types of landform and vegetation depend on these basic factors. Due to various conditions, such as different elevations and sides of the island, the landscape has particular characteristics. These include barren fields of lava, heavily vegetated valleys, kiawe deserts, native forests, rolling grasslands, and rocky coastlines. The differences in the environment and the landscape are important in giving identity to areas of the island and in supporting man-made elements. As a resource, natural beauty has many aspects. It is an aesthetic resource, experienced by human senses. Natural beauty has economic ramifications, as evidenced by the scale of resort development. Another aspect is that the physical elements which make up the landscape and the interrelationships of these ele- ments are of scientific interest. Investigating and understanding the physical environment are necessary in order for man to live in balance with it and not destroy it. As the population increases, the desir-, to experience natural beauty will continue and may increase. If uncontrolled, the development necessary to ac- commodate an increasing population as well as resort development could have detrimental effects on the natural beauty of the island. Areas with special amenities of natural beauty have been and will continue to be the focus of pres- sure for resort development. Present regulations to protect extraordinary vistas and sites of natural beauty are inadequate. The cost of restoring or regaining natural beauty is greater than the cost of protecting it. This gift of nature is an irreplaceable asset of public trust. It is fragile and although often enhanced by man can easily be destroyed by him. Measures must be taken to insure its protection, both now and in the future, for the en- joyment of residents and visitors. Through the Zoning and Subdivision ordinances, the County of Hawaii has means of assuring the protection of natural beauty as an integral part of the liv- ing environment of the island. Safeguards of this valuable asset are a major con- sideration of any construction or development which may alter it. They are also important so that man-made elements are kept in an aesthetic perspective with the physical surroundings. The importance of natural beauty and its true evaluation as an asset of public trust to be protected for future generations remain with the people of this' island. While public planning and regulation are instrumental in achieving the goals set forth for this element, it is public awareness and interest which will maintain the natural beauty of the island of Hawaii. GOALS • Protect and enhance the integrity of areas endowed with natural beauty. • Protect scenic vistas from becoming obstructed. • Maximize opportunities for present and future generations to experience natural beauty. POLICIES • The County of Hawaii shall establish view plane regulations to preserve views of scenic or prominent landscapes from specific locations. • The identification and development of viewing sites shall be a continuing program of the County of Hawaii. • Criteria for safeguards of natural beauty shall be provided in the design review of developments so as to blend and harmonize man-made ele- ments with their natural setting. STANDARDS The following standards provide guidelines for designating sites and vistas of extraordinary natural beauty which shall be protected. • Distinctive and identifiable landforms distinguished as landmarks, e.g., Mauna Kea, Waipio Valley. • Coastline areas of striking contrast, e.g., Laupahoehoe Point. • "Frontyard" vistas of distinctive features. • Natural or native vegetation which makes a particular area attractive. • Areas which are harmoniously developed and enhanced by man so as to appear natural. The following describes the characteristic natural beauty of the districts of the County of Hawaii. Examples of sites and vistas are listed. The goals and policies of the element shall set forth the courses of action for sites and vistas of natural beauty. PUNA Along the coast of Puna district the black sand beaches and tidal ponds are noted features of natural beauty. The Kaimu-Kalapana Black Sand Beach is an often used travel poster scene of Hawaii. The inland areas of Puna are lava land. A major area of natural beauty is the 1960 Kapoho volcanic region. Its significance is that it represents the force of nature in altering the landscape into a desolate field of lava. The following sites are examples of natural beauty in the Puna district. Tidal Ponds & Fishing area 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea (above cliff) Punaluu Spring 1-1-01:17 Kahaulea Waiakolea Pond 1-2-03:5, 6 Kalapana Viewpoint (Ka Lae Ahole) 1-2-03:12 Kalapana Kehena Black Sand Beach 1-2-09:21 Kehena Viewpoint 1-2-09:22 Keekee Waiaka Pond 1-2-28 Kapaahu (Lots 94-108) Waikupanaha Pond 1-2-28 Kapaahu (Lot 109) 1-2-29 (Lots 110 & 111) Shoreline 1-3-04:71 Opihikao Warm Springs 1-3-08:5 Pohoiki Road thru Grove of Trees 1-3-08:5 Pohoiki Shoreline 1-3-08:5 Pohoiki Keahialaka Spring k Ponds 1-3-08:15 Keahialaka NORTH HILO is Lau Shoreline1-3-08:15 Keahialaka One of the most outstanding areas of natural beauty in North Hilo - 1960 Lava Flow 1-4-02:1 Kapoho pahoehoe Point. The point juts out calmly, ending in a rugged coastline with Viewpoint (Puu Kukae) 1-4-02:2 Kapoho pounding surf. In either direction along the coast are views of the high cliffs. View from Hill (Green Lake) 1-4-02:31 Kapoho The deep gulches with silvery green Kukui trees contrasted with the darker Kapela Bay (Black Sand Beach) 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai green vegetation along the highway are also points of natural beauty, especially Shoreline (Hilo side) 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai Honohina Falls in Nanue Gulch. Shoreline (Puna side) 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai The following list of sites are example of natural beauty in the North Hilo Viewpoint & Tidal pool 1-4-03:13 Kahuwai district. (Makaukiu Pt.) Shoreline (Honolulu Landing) 1-4-03:19 Honolulu Viewpoint of Umauma Gulch 3-1-01:1, 24 Wailua Shoreline 1-5-63:1-4 Waiakahuila looking makai from bridge Cove with Stone Beach 1-6-140: 4, 5 Keaau Viewpoint of Falls in Umauma 3-1-01:23, 30 Wailua Gulch looking mauka from bridge SOUTH HILO Nanue Gulch—Makai 3-2-01:1, 8 Nanue The natural beauty of the South Hilo district is dominated by Mauna Kea. Honohina Falls (Nanue Gulch 3-2-01:11, 17 Nanue From various locations in the area there are magnificent views of the mountain. and stream) Hilo Bay provides a picturesque front yard for the city of Hilo. From the bay the Maulua Gulch 3-4-04:9, Maulua Iki land gently slopes upward towards Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. 11, 12 Throughout the district there are waterfalls, such as the famous Akaka Falls Scenic Lookout 3-6-01:9 Alaea and nearby Kahuna Falls, Rainbow Falls, and others. (Laupahoehoe Pt.) Laupahoehoe Gulch 3-6-04:1, 5, Laupahoehoe12-15, The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the South Hilo 17, 18, 27 district. Viewpoint of Hilo Bay area with 2-1-03:2 Waiakea HAMAKUA Mauna Kea in Background The Hamakua district is tropically lush along the lower elevations. The coast Viewpoint of Hilo Bay with Mau- 2-1-03:17 Waiakea is marked by densely vegetated gulches and valleys highlighted by silvery green na Kea in Background Kukui trees. The most famous of these is Waipio. This valley is the most ac - Reeds Bay (Shoreline) 2-1-05:1 Waiakea cessible in the series of windward valleys. The natural beauty of Waipio with its Ice Pond (Under Park and Play- 2-1-06:10 Waiakea waterfalls and tropical rainforests has attracted people for many years. ground) Mauna Kea is also included in the Hamakua district and with Mauna Loa Lehia Park (undeveloped) 2-1-13:5 Waiakea dominates the landscape along the Hamakua part of the Saddle Road. Waiahole Fish Pond Haleolono 2-1-15:1 2-1-15:42 Waiakea Waiakea The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Hamakua Kionakapahu Pond, Akahi Pond, 2-1-16:1 Waiakea district. Loloaka Pond Kalopa State Park 4-4-14:1 Kalopa Rainbow Falls and area 2-3-27:1, 2 Piihonua Mauna Kea State Park area 4-4-16:3 (Wailuku River Park) Ahualoa Road 4-5-10 Kaao-Nienie Kaimukanaka Falls and area 2-3-27:3, 5 Piihonua Nienie (Native forest) 4-6-12:25 Nienie Boiling Pots and area 2-3-29:12 Piihonua Viewpoint—Lookout Waipio Val- 4-8-04:17 Lalakea Viewpoint on hilltop looking 2-3-37:4 Ponahawai ley, Kukuihaele over Hilo Bay Waipio Valley Area 4-9-01 to 11 Waipio Waiole Falls and area 2-5-9:4 Piihonua Hiilawe Falls 4-9-09 Waipio Peepee Falls and area 2-5-10:1 Piihonua Muliwai to Awini (valleys, 4-9-12 to 15 Muliwai- Viewpoint from lower Wailuku 2-6-02 Piihonua gulches, streams, waterfalls, Awini Bridge looking makai shoreline) Viewpoint from lower Wailuku 2-6-03 Piihonua Bridge looking mauka NORTH KOHALA Keakanini Falls 2-6-18:4 Piihonua The leeward area of the North Kohala district possesses the natural beauty Hawaii Falls 2-6-18:4 Piihonua of a rugged coastline. The gently sloping and land mass meets the ocean abrupt- Honolii Beach Area and Stream 2-6-24:1-4 Alae ly along most of the shoreline. Onomea Bay and Area 2-7-09:1, 2, 26 Kahalii- On the windward side of North Kohala the landscape takes on the appear - 2 -7-10:1 Onomea ance of a tropical rain forest with lush green vegetation in the valleys and Onomea Arch (fallen) 2-7-10:1 Onomea gulches. At the eastern end of the highway is Pololu Valley and a view down Akaka and Kahuna Falls 2-8-10:34 Honomu the coast towards Hamakua. The Kohala mountains provide background to both these landscapes and along the higher elevations of windward Kohala are green grazing lands with a panoramic vista of the coast. The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the North Koha- la district. Honokane Valley 5-1-01:4-6 Lalamilo Islands off Awini Valley 5-1-01:13-15 Awini Pololu Valley 5-1-02 Pololu Pololu Valley (Overlook) 5-2-01:1 Pololu Akoakoa Point 5-2-01:7 Waiapuka Naue Bay 5-2-01:7, 8 Waiapuka Kapanaia Bay 5-2-01:14 Makapala 5-2-07 Aamakao Keokea Beach & Kalalae Pt. 5-2-01:14-16 Makapala Kauhola Point 5-3-07:1 Kukuiwaluhia Upolu Point 5-5-06:7 Kokoiki- Upolu Old Honoipu Landing 5-6-01:24 Puakea Kapaa Park 5-6-01:60 Kapaa Mahukona Harbor and Park 5-7-03:3, 4, 14 Mahukona- Hihiu Keawanui Bay 5-8-01 Puanui Kaiopae Point 4-9-01:6 Waiaka Waiakailio Bay 5-9-01:8 Kahualiilii Kawaihae-Mahukona Highway Kohala Mountain Road SOUTH KOHALA The district of South Kohala has two distinct physical environments, each with its own kind of natural beauty. The Waimea region is characterized by green rolling hills used as pastures. The backdrops for this grazing land are the Kohala Mountains and Mauna Kea. The coastal plain from Kawaihae towards Puako is and kiawe forest in contrast with white sand beaches and the blue ocean. Between these two extremes the range of landscape quickly changes. Along the mauka road to North Kohala, there are impressive viewplanes to Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa and Hualalai. The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the South Koha- la district. Kawaihae area Mauumae Bay and Beach Puu Makela (Viewpoint) Kaluhiikanu Beach Kaunaoa Bay (no access public) Ohaiula Beach (Spencer Upper Waipio Lookout View of Kohala mountains Hapuna Bay Kaunaoa Point Scenic countryside around "Waikii" for Park) 6-1-03:14 6-1-04:1, 3, 20 6-2-02:7 6-2-01:25 6-2-02':6 6-2-02:4 6-2-02:8 6-3-01:4 6-5-01:14 6-6-01:8 6-6-02:38 6-7-01:3 Kawaihae 1st Kawaihae 2nd Kawaihae 2nd Kawaihae 2nd Ouli Kawaihae 2nd Waipio Waiauia Lalamilo Ouli Waikoloa Puako Bay 6-9-01:2 Lalamilo 6-9-02:7, 8 Makaiwa Bay and Pond, 6-9-01:3 Kalahuipuaa Keawanui Pauoa Bay 6-9-01:3 Kalahuipuaa Anaehoomalu Bay 6-9-01:13 Anaehoomalu Wailea Bay 6-9-02:2 Lalamilo KONA DISTRICTS The Kona districts have long attracted people because of their natural beauty. Although man-made structures are in some places dominant, the vast expanse of the Kona landscape is still the area's most striking feature. Large barren masses of lava interrupted by patches of different colored vegetation make a powerful visual impression. The blue ocean is almost always visible and is a contrast to the lava fields. The shoreline is generally rugged but for seemingly peaceful coves encompassed by lush green vegetation. Part of Kona's natural beauty is also due to the wide range of climatic condi- tions in a relatively short distance. Such variations extending from the coastal areas to the higher elevations are evidenced by changes in vegetation, producing a wide scope of different physical environments. The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Kona districts. North Kona Puuwaawaa Kiholo Bay Keawaiki Kaupulehu Opae Ula Pond Makalawena Kahoiawa Kakapa Bay Kua Bay Kukio Bay Kaloko Pond Keahole Point Honokohau coastline Aimakapa White Sand Beach Kailua Bay White Sand Beach Keauhou Kahaluu Bay Viewplane from Kuakini Highway going mauka & makai South Kona Kealakekua Bay 7-1-01:4 7-1-02:8 7-1-02:8 7-1-03:2 7-2-03:1, 2 7-2-04:1 7-2-04:1 7-2-04:3, 4 7-2-04:4 7-2-04:4, 10, 11 7-2-04:5 7-3-09:2 7-3-10:34 7-4-08:4, 3 7-4-08:10 7-4-08:10 7-5-04:52 7-5-05:24, 32, 23 7-5-05:7 7-8-12 7-8-14 8-1-07:1 8-1-10:1, 2 8-1-11 8-2-02, 04 Puuwaawaa Puuwaawaa Puuwaawaa Puuanahulu Kaupulehu Makalawena Makalawena Awakee Kukio 2nd Maniniowali Kukio 1st Kaloko Kalaoa Honokohau 1st & 2nd, Kealakehe Honokohau Honokohau Lanihau Keahuolu Keauhou 1 & 2 Kahaluu 2 Keopuka Kaawaloa Kaawaloa Kealakekua t i L Viewpoint 8-3-03:29 Kahauloa (2) Cove 8-3-04:1 Keei (1) White Sand Beach 8-3-04:4 Keei (1) . Viewpoint 8-3-04:5 Keei (1) Honaunau Bay 8-4-11, 12, 13 Honaunau, 7,9 Keokea Kealia Beach 8-5-05:1 Kealia Kiilae 8-5-05:19 Kiilae Hookena—Kauhako Bay 8-6-13, 14 Hookena, Ninole Cove & Springs 9-5-19:12 Kauhako Milolii area 8-9-04 Milolii KA'U Within the Ka'u district is located most of Volcanoes National Park. The park is a natural area with a minimum of man-made objects blended into the character of the physical environment. The landscape is a contrast between open lava with little or no vegetation and dense ohia lehua forests. In the southern part of Ka'u the natural beauty of the landscape is character- ized by vistas from the mountain slopes to the ocean. The coast is highlighted by Manuka Bay, Green Sand Beach, and Punaluu Black Sand Beach. The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Ka'u district. Manuka Bay 9-1-01:3 Manuka. Pohue Bay 9-2-01:1 Kahuku Volcano area including National 9-2-01:4 Kahuku Park 9-9-01 Keauhou South Point (Ka Lae) 9-3-01:1-3, Pakini Iki 7,9 Kamaoa Mahana Bay 9-3-01:2 Kamaoa Waiahukini 9-3-01:6 Pakini Nui Honuapo 9-5-14:1, 7 Honuapo Ninole Cove & Springs 9-5-19:12 Ninole Punaluu Black Sand Beach 9-6-01 Punaluu INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The natural resources of the island of Hawaii are those physical facts in our environment which are recognized as useful, valuable, and desirable in our lives. They constitute a basic part of the General Plan, as they are relative to every element and land use and have social and economic ramifications. If mis- managed or used without care, natural resources are for the most part irre- placeable. Because of increasing population and urbanization placing a greater demand, on our limited resource base, the utilization and protection of these are of vital concern to the people of the County of Hawaii. The natural resources of the County of Hawaii are basically land, water, and air and include flora and fauna of the island, soils, geologic features, and the shoreline. Some of these have been covered in the recreation, open space, natural beauty and water elements. Largest and youngest of the Hawaiian Chain, the island of Hawaii consists of 4,037 square miles and is still growing. The island as it is known today was formed by five volcanoes and two of them, Mauna Loa and Kilauea, are still active. Extensive scientific research on active volcanic processes is being con- ducted. This is the only place in the U.S. where such processes can be studied. Land and marine volcanic regions are also possible sources of geothermal energy. At 13,784 feet above sea level, Mauna Kea is the tallest of the island's moun- tains. The topography of the island extends from craggy ocean cliffs and beaches of black, green and golden sand to the mountain peaks which are snow-covered during the winter months. Vegetative cover generally corresponds with elevation and ranges from tropical rainforest to grazing land to barren lava fields. Lee- ward and windward directions are equally important in determining vegetation types and., landscape characteristics. In some windward areas, rainfall reaches an average of 300 inches annually, while some leeward areas have virtually no rainfall throughout the year. Rainfall has proven to be a scientific resource and is studied by the Hilo Cloud Physics Laboratory. Temperature drops consistently with higher elevation. Coastal regions are warm and semi -tropical, while frost is not unusual above the 4,000 foot level. The purity of atmospheric conditions at higher elevations has attracted scientific research. Fresh and marine waters are important to the County. Potable water is an understood necessity. The marine waters of the island and the plant and animal. life within them are of dietary, recreational, and scientific importance. The soils of the County consist of various forms and stages of volcanic lava. The young age and form of some of these make certain areas temporarily non- productive. Throughout the island there are pockets of endemic vegetation surrounded by lava flows, known as kipukas. These are important botanical remnants with scientific significance. The flora and fauna, both native and introduced, of the island are used as nutritional and recreational resources by numerous residents. The island of Hawaii has more than 305 miles of coastline, but approximate- ly 75% is sheer cliff. The coastline can be divided into seven general areas. The Hamakua coast, from near Waipio Valley to Hilo Bay, is a sea cliff 100 to 200 feet high with boulder beaches in a few small coves. From Hilo to Leleiwi Point to Keaau, the shoreline of the Hilo coast is highly irregular, due to coastal erosion and deposition. The Puna coast from Keaau along Cape Kumukahi to Kalapana is partly low sea cliff and partly the constructional surface of recent lava flows. The irreg- ularity of the coast a few miles to either side of Pohoiki is the result of the severe earthquake of 1863. There are also black sand beaches on the Puna coast which resulted from explosions caused by the generation of steam when hot molten lava reached the ocean. Nearly all of the coast of Ka'u and South Kona is sea cliff. The cliffs are especially high where the major sets of faults are close to and parallel to the sea. Several glass cones are present along the shoreline and some have adjacent black sand beaches. The low coastline of North Kona extends north from the end of the fault - controlled sea cliff of Kealakekua Bay to Kawaihae Harbor. Like the northern Puna coast, the shoreline is highly irregular and has sea cliffs a few feet high. There are also pocket beaches found in the slight bays between adjacent flows. The best beaches on the island are along the short length of coast between Puako Bay and Kawaihae. The west and north slopes of the Kohala volcano from north of Kawaihae to Pololu Valley are marked by sea cliffs of moderate height and an absence of reefs, which is attributed to the steepness of slope and the rapid rate at which sea level rose when the continental ice sheets melted. Between Pololu and Waipio Valleys the coast rises in a sea cliff that is as high as 1,400 feet. Sand beaches are found at the valley mouths, with dunes blown inland as high as 50 feet. The following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to insure the pro- tection of our natural resources and shoreline for present and future generations. GOALS • Protect and conserve the natural resources of the County of Hawaii from undue exploitation, encroachment and damage. • Provide opportunities for the public to fulfill recreational and educational needs without despoiling or endangering natural resources. POLICIES • The County of Hawaii should require users of natural resources to con- duct their activities in a manner that avoids or minimizes adverse effects on the environment. • The County should encourage a program of collection and dissemination of basic data concerning natural resources. • The shoreline of the island of Hawaii should be maintained for recrea- tional, educational, and/or scientific uses in a manner that is protective of resources and is of the maximum benefit to the -general public. • The shoreline shall be protected from the encroachment of man-made improvements and structures. • The County shall coordinate programs to protect natural resources with other government agencies. • Investigate methods of beach replenishment and sand erosion control. STANDARDS The following shall be considered for the protection and .conservation of natural resources. • Areas necessary for the protection and propagation of specified en- dangered native wildlife, and conservation 'for natural ecosystems of endemic plants, fish and wildlife. • Lands necessary for the preservation of forests, park lands, wilderness and beach areas. • Lands with a general slope of 20% or more which provide .open space amenities or possess unusual scenic qualities. 0 Lands necessary for the protection of watersheds, water sources and water supplies. - 1 1 I 1 ILI F L t • Lands with topographic, locational, soils, climate or other environmental factors that may not be normally adaptable or required for urban, rural, agricultural or public use. • The installation of utility facilities, highways and related public improve- ments in natural and wildland areas should avoid the contamination or despoilment of natural resources by design review, conservation prin- ciples, and by mutual agreement between the County and affected agencies. W INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Public facilities are those service systems which are provided, staffed, and maintained by government to directly serve the individual citizen in his desire to realize his full self -potential, to enjoy the protection of his rights and his prop- erty, to be secure in his need for medical and health care, and to live in a whole- some and sanitary community. Public facilities include the systems of schools, libraries, fire stations, police stations, detention and correctional facilities, refuse disposal areas, harbors, and airfields. (The latter two are described under the section dealing with the transportation element.) These facilities have most often been located in larger towns or centrally situated areas which are in close proximity to the commercial, industrial and cultural activities of established communities. Although the inhabitants of Hawaii County are serviced by three levels of government, public facilities _generally fall into two jurisdictional categories: State and County. In recent years, there have been changes in the traditional pattern of administration and operation of public facilities. For example, libraries, schools, and hospitals have been under State control and responsibility since the enactment of Act 97 in 1965. It is necessary to carefully coordinate the provision of public facilities in order to use them most effectively and to maximize the effect of the public dollar. It is equally necessary to realize that the type, quality, capacity and loca- tion of facilities and services have a significant impact on the community, the people and the total environment. The following are set forth for the overall provision and maintenance of public facilities in the County of Hawaii. GOAL • It is the goal of the County to provide public facilities that effectively service community needs and to continue to seek ways of improving public service through better and more functional facilities which are in keeping with environmental and aesthetic concerns of the community. POLICY • In order to provide the necessary facilities to effectively serve community needs, the County shall continue to seek ways of improving public service through the coordination of service and by maximizing the use of personnel and facilities. STANDARDS Standards have been established in each of the four major groupings of public facilities. For the purpose of clarification, public facilities have been categorized into education, protective services, health and sanitation, and government operations. PUBLIC FACILITIES: EDUCATION INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS There are thirty separate public school plants on the island with a total enrollment of 17,229 students. The schools range in size from 67 students at Keakealani (Volcano) to 2,285 students at Hilo High School. Including private schools, the number of students from kindergarten through the 12th grade on the island total 18,300 or 29% of the total island population of 63,468. A 4 -year university and a community college are located in Hilo and have a combined enrollment of about 1,750 day students. A central library is located in Hilo with nine branch libraries in Papaaloa, Honokaa, Waimea, Kapaau, Holualoa, Kealakekua, Naalehu, Pahala, and Pahoa, the latter two being joint community -school libraries. Size is described by the number of volumes (books, periodicals, etc.) and range from 2,028 volumes at Papaaloa to 90,742 volumes in Hilo. To extend service to outlying communities and rural areas, the bookmobile, consisting of vans filled with reference and reading material, visits various sectors of the island on a twice monthly basis. Population shifts and the resultant consolidation of schools have in some instances resulted in time -distance hardships on students, parents, and teachers. School plants with limited enrollment have not always been able to maximize educational opportunities in comparison with the ability of larger facilities to provide a wider scope of educational opportunities. Some older plants lack adequate parking facilities and sufficient area for overall expansion and some have drainage and traffic problems. Some library facilities will require improvements as the demand for learn- ing and information increases. More up-to-date facilities are also required in some areas. The University campus located in Hilo has the advantage of an overall master plan and can avoid problems which have beset older educational institu- tions. One of the immediate problems experienced here is the lack of adequate student -faculty housing. Presently comprising about 60 acres at its present site, the Hilo campus intends to add a mauka—adjoining 550-600 acres of State-owned lands for its programmed expansion. Additional campus sites in other districts may be ap- propriate. Private institutions have been and are being increasingly attracted to the island. As the mobility of people increases, as communities develop and as needs fluctuate and population grows, flexibility will be the keynote. Multipurpose structures will become more common, schools may be located in downtown areas close to "real life" and less isolated, and a concept of "super schools" or "school parks" may be realized. STANDARDS Educational standards here relate to the provision of facilities rather than programs, which are the province of the State. It is nevertheless recognized that the facilities and programs are the tools necessary to improve total educational service. • Joint pre -planning of schools with the Department of Education and the University of Hawaii shall take place continuously to ensure coordina- tion with roads, water, and other support facilities and considerations such as traffic and safety, and vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian access. Master planning of present and proposed public and private institutions is recommended. • In proposed communities, sufficient acreage shall be dedicated for school facilities. Sites shall be free from flooding and drainage problems, exces- sive slope and shall incorporate appropriate street and driveway design and location to minimize traffic interference, pedestrian hazard, and to enable safe and easy access for vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians. • The joining of school yards with county parks shall be encouraged and with school facilities shall be made available for afterschool use by the community for recreational, cultural, and other compatible uses. • Where a separate community library may not be feasible, joint school- community library facilities shall be considered and shall be in proximity to other community facilities, affording both pedestrian and vehicular access t 1] C r L� [ I • The Department of Education's `Educational Specifications and Stand- ards for Facilities' should be followed.' The following is an examination and analysis of educational facilities by districts. Courses of action are to be supportive of and consistent with the overall element. PUNA Profile Public school complexes are located in the communities of Keaau, Mt. View, Volcano and Pahoa. The six -acre Keaau complex serves a total enrollment of 402 students through the ninth grade level; the thirteen -acre Mt. View complex serves 208 students through the ninth grade level; the three -acre Kea- kealani (Volcano) complex serves 67 students through the sixth grade level and the ten -acre Pahoa complex serves an enrollment of 384 through the twelfth grade level. Except for the Mt. View complex, all of the schools in the district fall below the Department of Education's enrollment standards for the grades and enroll- ments accommodated. The Pahoa branch library, located within the Pahoa school complex, is a joint community -school facility. A problem here is the lack of adequate pedes- trian access to the facilities. Courses Of Action • Existing complexes shall be up -graded to meet the standards established by the Department of Education. • School facilities shall be made available for afterschool use by the com- munity for recreation and other compatible uses. • Pedestrian access between the village of Pahoa and the school and library facilities shall be improved. • A Keaau School-community library complex should be considered. SOUTH HILO Profile The school district population of South Hilo is about 37,000. Enrollment in the high school is about 2,287 students. Students from three intermediate schools in the district go on to the Hilo High School facility. The main public library, housing 90,742 volumes, is located in the city of Hilo and is the administrative center for all the libraries in Hawaii County. The University library has recently undergone expansion and is open to public use. The University has recently achieved four-year college status. Its present 1,100 students and sixty -acre campus is expected to expand to 8,000 students and a six hundred -acre campus in ten to fifteen years. The University system also includes the Hawaii Community College and the Cross Cultural Research and Training Center. The ramifications of the University are as a generator of income and population, and as a catalyst for other industries, especially research and development, other "think" industries, and the sciences. Traffic congestion and hazards occur in the area of the Hilo High, Hilo Intermediate, Hilo Union School and Kapiolani School complexes where ap- proximately 3,900 students enter and emerge from school twice- daily at nearly the same time. Except for the Kapiolani, Hilo High, Hilo Intermediate and Hilo Union complexes, areas surrounding school complexes have practically no side- walks or curb separations for the students' ease of access and safety. Relocation of Kapiolani School has continuously been considered due to its location within the tidal wave zone and because of commercial uses replacing the surrounding residential areas. Hakalau School may face a closedown should the shift of plantation hous- ing, and subsequently population, to Pepeekeo continue. Kalanianaole School in Papaikou might have to absorb the relocated student population. However, Kalanianaole School is hampered by a lack of space since about a two -acre por- tion of its 8 -acre site slopes into a gulch, and two heavily used roads border the triangular-shaped school grounds. The main public library in the city, although conveniently located and ade- quately maintained and equipped, lacks both parking and a meeting room or auditorium in which to conduct cultural or similar programs. Courses Of Action • The development of a second high school in Hilo shall be encouraged. • Additional intermediate and elementary schools shall be established as needs dictate. • The County shall actively participate in the development of student - faculty housing for the university and other joint -use facilities. • Pedestrian walkways should be provided to and around all schools. • A joint community -school library shall be considered in conjunction with plans for a second high school in Hilo. • The County shall support the expansion of the University system and the campus master plan which encompasses a 600+ acre development and encourage the continuing education programs throughout the commu- nity. The transfer to the University of about 600 acres of State lands adjacent to the present campus should be actively pursued. • Improvements to existing facilities shall be continued. • The possibility of relocating Kapiolani School shall be evaluated. NORTH HILO Profile The 14.5 -acre school complex located in Laupahoehoe serves 496 students through the twelfth grade level. The district's library is located in Papaaloa but relocation of it to the Lau- pahoehoe School complex has been proposed. Bookmobile service is provided to outlying areas in the district. The physical disadvantages of the Laupahoehoe School facility include the steep grade and narrow access from the highway, the lack of adequate pedestrian walkways leading to the school, and the abruptness of the road junctions. Courses Of Action • Pedestrian and vehicular accesses to the Laupahoehoe School complex shall be improved. • A joint school-community library facility in Laupahoehoe shall be en- couraged. HAMAKUA Profile Schools serving this district include the Paauilo Elementary and Intermedi- ate complex serving 315 students and the Honokaa School complex serving 1,096 students through the twelfth grade level. Honokaa High School accom- modates students from South Kohala as well as from the Hamakua district. A former vocational school site in Honokaa is now used for teacher housing. A traffic problem exists within the Honokaa School complex due to a through -street bisecting the campus. The master plan of the campus proposes the closing off of this roadway. Vehicular and pedestrian problems also exist in Paauilo. The second largest County public library (6,064 volumes) is located in Honokaa. Service to outlying communities and rural areas is extended through use of library automobiles. Within the next year, a bookmobile van working out of Waimea will take over this service in Honokaa and the North and South Kohala districts. Courses Of Action • Traffic re-routing to resolve school traffic problems shall be encouraged. • The Honokaa school campus master plan shall be implemented. • Expansion of the present library facility and services shall be encouraged. NORTH KOHALA Profile The Kohala High and Grammar School complex serves all of North Koha- la's 966 student population. The school gymasium is in poor condition. The 5,034 volume Kapaau Library adequately serves the needs of the dis- trict. Bookmobile service out of Waimea will be made available to areas pres- ently being serviced by library automobiles. Courses Of Action • Continual improvement of facilities as needs dictate shall be undertaken. • A new gymnasium should be built for the district. SOUTH KOHALA Profile The district's public school is located in Waimea on a 12 -acre site, ac- commodating an enrollment of 503 students through the ninth grade level. High school students are bussed a distance of 16 miles to Honokaa. A private inter- mediate -high school is located on the outskirts of Waimea village. The Waimea library is located next to the Waimea school. The library facil- ity is inadequate to serve the needs of the community. Bookmobile service is planned to emanate from this branch to outlying areas. Courses Of Action • Expansion of the public school and library facilities shall be encouraged. • Joint use of facilities shall be encouraged. • Walkways to and around schools should be installed, and street crossing facilities for pedestrian safety shall be sought. KONA Profile The Kona public school system consists of the Konawaena School complex serving 1,722 students from kindergarten through the twelfth grade level. In addition, four elementary schools serving students through eighth grade com- prise the Kona public school system. Of the elementary schools, three are more than 35 years old and of wood construction. The Konawaena School complex is relatively modern and is situ- ated on an 18 -acre site. The Holualoa Library, with 3,252 volumes, is located near the school, Kealakekua has a regional library with 7,934 volumes. The Kona bookmobile operates from this library. A Kailua-Kona branch library is being planned as part of a future school complex. The Holualoa and Hookena School complexes lack adequate land area for expansion. The Holualoa and Kealakekua Libraries are inadequate in size to serve the needs of the area. The Kealakehe Elementary School complex lacks developed playground facilities. Courses Of Action • Expansion of the Holualoa and Hookena school complexes to meet school district needs shall be encouraged. • Basic school facilities shall be improved to meet current standards. • Planning of a second high school to meet regional growth needs should be undertaken. • Expansion of the Holualoa and Kealakekua library facilities shall be encouraged. • Construction of a library facility to serve the Kailua-Keauhou area shall be encouraged. KA'U Profile The Ka'u School complex, located in Pahala, serves an enrollment of 681 students through the twelfth grade level. Naalehu has the only other public school in the district, serving an enrollment of 340 students through the eighth grade level. The overall physical plants at Naalehu and Pahala are relatively sound. The student population in the Volcano area attends schools in the Puna and South Hilo districts. Pahala and Naalehu both have library facilities. Naalehu's facility is in a rented store and Pahala has a community -school library located within the Pahala school complex. Courses Of Action • A joint community -school library facility for Naalehu shall be encouraged. • Continual improvements to existing facilities shall be undertaken. PUBLIC FACILITIES: PROTECTIVE SERVICES INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Protective services consist of fire, police, detention and correctional facilities and national guard armories. Each district, with the exception of North and South Kona, is served by a single police facility. A single facility serves both the North and South Kona dis- tricts. The County -wide police ratio per capita ranges from one officer per 192 population in South Kohala to one per 468 in Puna. Hilo's ratio is one per 370 and Kona's is one per 339. Training, counselling, and corrective facilities basically combine detention and rehabilitation functions. There are two such facilities on the island: a County jail in Hilo and a minimum security facility, the Kulani Prison Camp, located 18 miles from Hilo at the end of the Stainback Highway on the lower slopes of Mauna Loa. The police facilities in Kona and Honokaa also have hold- ing. cells for overnight detention. National Guard armories are State and Federally funded facilities housing the State militia. There are four modern well-equipped armories in Hilo (Head- quarters), Honokaa, Kealakekua, and Keaau. Other facilities are located in Ka- paau and Pahala. They are also used by the community for public service func- tions. The scattered and small population centers on the island generally make protective services difficult in terms of effectively providing fire and police coverage. Some of the small centers are growing in population and some are r r-- t 1 1 already stabilized or decreasing, but both categories need strengthening to bet- ter serve the public in view of increasing crime rates and trends. Rural areas are handicapped by the lack of an adequate hydrant system which lessens the effec- tiveness of fire protection service. Furthermore, some facilities are in sub- standard physical condition. The dollar cost will apparently have to increase as there appears to be no decrease in demand for these services and the increased mobility of people in general will have to be met by a similar mobility in service. It is foreseen that detention facilities may be taken over by the State with the accent on more rehabilitation, less confinement periods, and an increase in counselling. STANDARDS • Development of police and fire facilities should entail joint use structures whenever feasible. • The minimum area for establishing a fire/police facility shall be one acre and in locations which permit quick and efficient vehicular access. • Police headquarters shall be near the geographic center of the service area and near concentrations of commercial and industrial use. • Stations in outlying districts shall be based on the population to be served rather than on geographic district. • Additional rehabilitation and counselling centers shall be established as needed. • The Fire Department, in cooperation with other related governmental agencies and the involved land owners, shall prepare a fire protection and prevention plan for forest reserves and other natural areas, and such plan shall be approved by the County Council. PUNA Profile Pahoa has a one fulltime man, one -truck, volunteer fire operation which serves the Pahoa-Paradise Park, Kalapana-Kapoho areas. Thirteen miles away in Keaau is a 24-hour, eight -man facility. The police station headquarters for Puna is housed in the Keaau civic center complex with an 11 -man force covering the entire district. Course Of Action • A review of the possibility of 24-hour fire and police service for the entire district should be conducted and expansion of the civic center facilities should be considered in accord with district needs. SOUTH HILO Profile The County's fire station headquarters is located in Hilo. There are also three 24-hour substations within the city at Waiakea, Kaumana, and Kawailani. A volunteer station exists in Hakalau. Communities outside Hilo are about two minutes per mile away from service. Parking is inadequate at the Waiakea and Kawailani fire stations and access problems exist at the Hilo, Kaumana and Kawailani stations. The Hakalau volunteer station is inadequate. The combined police headquarters for Hilo and the County is located in an old two-story structure in the city of Hilo. The present headquarters building, interior space, parking, and access are inadequate for the 90+ police force. Re- location sites are under review. The Hilo County Jail, an old substandard structure, has a capacity of fifty and is staffed by nine officers. The State's Kulani Prison Camp has accommoda- tions for 120 and is served by a staff of 24. As a minimum security facility, it has no perimeter walls or fences and is primarily a rehabilitation center. Courses Of Action • Police headquarters and the jail facility shall be relocated to a more ap- propriate site with due regard for compatibility and access. • The County shall encourage the turning over of the administrative func- tions of the County jail to the'State. NORTH HILO Profile Protective service facilities are located at Laupahoehoe. Fire protection con- sists of a one-man, one -truck, 8 -hour service supplemented by volunteers. Police services are provided by an eight -man force in a building shared by the District Court. Both the police and fire station buildings are inadequate. Course Of Action • Service facilities shall be improved to meet. needs. HAMAKUA Profile The district's fire facility is located in Honokaa and provides 24-hour, eight - man, one -truck service. A volunteer station is located in Paauilo. The Honokaa and Paauilo fire station facilities are inadequate to house the existing force. The police headquarters is also located in Honokaa within the civic center. It adequately serves the district with a 13 -man force. Course Of Action • Replacement of the Honokaa fire station facility shall be encouraged. NORTH KOHALA Profile Halaula is the site of an 8 -hour, one-man, one -truck fire facility which is located in a plantation -owned structure. This facility is inadequate and not in proximity to the population concentrations. The police station adjoins the court building at Kapaau where a seven -man force serves the district. Courses Of Action • The possibility of bringing fire protection service closer to the population centers shall be investigated. • Centralization of facilities in the proposed civic center development shall be encouraged. SOUTH KOHALA Profile An 8 -hour, one-man, one -truck fire facility is located in Waimea with a similar one located at Kawaihae. Fire protection is limited in view of the dis- tances involved and the volunteer aspect of the service. Police service emanates from Waimea with a 12 -man force housed in a wood frame building shared with the Court and State government agencies. Both the police and fire physical facilities are inadequate to serve the needs of the district. Course Of Action • The proposed civic center development shall consider joint -use facilities and the development of police and fire facilities to meet the district's needs. KONA Profile An eight -man, one -truck, 24-hour fire facility is located in Kailua on the old Kailua School grounds. Plans are underway for its relocation as well as for addi- tional staff. An eight -man, three -truck, 24-hour fire fighting facility is located in the new Capt. Cook civic center complex. A police facility, serving all of Kona, is also housed in the Capt. Cook civic center and consists of a 26 -man force. The Capt. Cook fire and police facilities are inadequate in size. The Kailua area, with its 2,000 visitor population, commercial and indus- trial buildup, along with the growing segment of permanent residents, is far from the police station's protective services. Courses Of Action • The development of a new fire station to serve the high value sectors of Kailua and Keauhou shall consider a joint facility with the need for a police facility in this area. • Expansion and improvement of police and fire facilities in Capt. Cook shall be undertaken. KA'U Profile There is a one fulltime man, one -truck, volunteer fire operation in Naalehu and a similar facility located in Pahala. The military camp in the Volcano area has its own crew and fire apparatus. A police force of eight men stationed in the Naalehu civic center area ade- quately serves the entire Ka'u district although space is inadequate. Courses Of Action • Fire protection service for more adequate coverage of Naalehu and Paha- la shall be encouraged. • The expansion of police facilities shall be encouraged. • Consideration shall be given to a joint police -fire facility. PUBLIC FACILITIES: HEALTH AND SANITATION INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The County is responsible for the general welfare of its residents and must continue to make every effort to ensure that adequate health services are pro- vided. Actual planning of health programs and facilities is the direct adminis- trative responsibility of the State. Under this section, hospitals, waste disposal methods, and cemeteries will be discussed. The latter two are County adminis- tered. Four general hospitals serve the County and are located in Hilo, Kona (Kea- lakekua), Honokaa and North Kohala (Kapaau). A general hospital facility is proposed for Waimea and the Kona hospital is programmed for expansion and rebuilding. The new Ka'u hospital has replaced the Pahala Hospital. The overall hospital concept is to locate general hospitals in three strategic locations: Hilo (east coast), Kona (west coast), and Waimea (central). Each com- munity would be within a 25 -mile radius of a general hospital, except those in Ka'u. Moreover, each hospital would be larger and operate more efficiently. Solid waste disposal has significant effects on the health, aesthetic, and land use characteristics of a community. The County has sixteen public solid waste (refuse) sites throughout the island. The Hilo site is being converted into a landfill operation. Concerns are expressed over the gully and open pit and ocean dumping methods of solid waste disposal. Related to this is the lack of a sys- tematic and efficient refuse collection system. The County has nineteen public cemeteries. The size of cemeteries ranges from one-half acre to fourteen acres with the average size in rural areas being two acres. There are several private cemeteries, notably the Homelani and the Chinese cemetery in Hilo, and the Mauna Kea Memorial Park in Kaieie, Papai- kou. STANDARDS • Sanitary landfill sites for refuse disposal shall be established in accord- ance with the needs of communities and shall be landscaped. Ap- propriately designed transfer station sites shall be located in areas of con- venience and easy access to the public. • Hospitals should be on sites capable of handling moderate expansion of facilities. Quiet surroundings, convenient and adequate access, and compatibility with adjoining uses shall be required. • Hospitals shall be served by a public sewerage system or have self- contained sewerage systems. Hospital solid waste disposal methods shall be by incineration. • Private and public cemeteries shall be compatible with surrounding land uses and shall be provided with adequate access and drainage systems. • Cemeteries should be encouraged, wherever possible, to use plaques in- stalled flush with the ground. • Cemetery services and rates should be standardized. PUNA Profile Health service in the district of Puna is provided by a privately operated clinic in Keaau which treats plantation personnel and has ambulance service. Solid waste disposal employees open pit dumps which are located in Keaau, Mt. View, Kapoho, and Kalapana. This method of disposal poses a health hazard. There are three public cemeteries serving the district at Kaimu, Malama and Kehena. The latter has been covered by a lava flow. Use and maintenance of these sites is on a limited basis. Courses Of Action • Maintenance of cemetery sites shall be improved. • Implementation of the landfill method of solid waste disposal should begin. SOUTH HILO Profile The main general hospital for the County is located in Hilo. It serves as the island's medical center and includes employee quarters, a training center build- ing, and related support facilities. Based on daily average occupancy, the 368 - bed facility adequately serves present needs. An immediate problem is the lack of adequate parking facilities. Future programs for the hospital envision con- struction, renovation, and modernization. Also located within the district is a public health center in Waiakea. The County has its first landfill waste disposal system in operation at the former dump site in Hilo. Transfer station sites supplementing the landfill sys- tem are underway for the rural population centers of Papaikou, Honomu and Hakalau. L.. There are three public cemeteries in South Hilo: the Veterans' Cemetery is located in Hilo, the Alae cemetery located between Wainaku and Paukaa and the Waiakea Uka cemetery. Courses Of Action • Expansion of parking facilities at Hilo Hospital shall be undertaken. • Improvement and expansion of hospital facilities shall be undertaken as the need arises. • A system of transfer station sites for solid waste disposal in the rural population centers of Papaikou, Honomu and Hakalau shall be imple- mented and open dumping operations ceased. • Expansion of existing cemeteries or creation of new sites shall be under- taken. NORTH HILO Profile Health service in the North Hilo district is basically extended through the quasi -public plantation clinic located in Honokaa, the Hamakua infirmary. Solid waste disposal is via an open dump which goes into the ocean at Lau- pahoehoe. There are two public cemeteries at Piha and Kihalani, both of which are not adequately maintained. Courses Of Action • A sanitary landfill operation and transfer station site program for waste disposal shall be implemented. • Maintenance of cemeteries shall be improved. HAMAKUA Profile The Honokaa Hospital facility and a public health center presently serve the districts of Hamakua, South Kohala and North Hilo. The hospital complex in- cludes employee quarters and related support facilities. It requires renovation and modernization. The Honokaa Sugar Company also operates a dispensary located in Honokaa. A solid waste disposal site is located at Haina where waste is dumped into the river mouth. There are four cemeteries at Kaapahu, Kainehe, Kukuihaele and Paalaea. Limited use and maintenance of the cemeteries are evident. Courses Of Action • Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved. • A landfill system with transfer station sites shall be implemented. • Renovation and modernization of the Honokaa hospital building. NORTH KOHALA Profile A 26 -bed hospital facility constructed in 1963 and a public health center are located in Kapaau. The hospital facility is the most modern on the island and adequately serves the needs of the district. If a general hospital is built in Wai- mea, the hospital facility will be converted for emergency use and a nursing care facility. The Kohala Sugar Company also operates a dispensary in Kapaau. There are two public cemeteries, at Kahei and Aamakao. Both require proper maintenance. An old quarry in Kaauhuhu serves as a refuse disposal site. Courses Of Action • A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station sites shall be im- plemented. • Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Health services for the district of South Kohala are provided by the Waimea dispensary and the hospital in Honokaa. Public cemeteries for the district are located in Paulama and Waimea. Refuse disposal is by means of open dump site in Waimea and in Puako. A sanitary landfill method has been proposed for the district. Courses Of Action • Implementation of the County of Hawaii Health Facilities Plan to locate a hospital in Waimea shall be encouraged. • A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station sites shall be im- plemented. KONA Profile The Kona region's hospital, located in Kealakekua; is a 52 -bed facility which is in need of renovation and modernization. The Kona hospital is under consideration as one of three regional general hospitals on the island. The facility has already been partially funded for improvement and expansion. Also located in Kealakekua is a public health center. Solid waste disposal sites, all of which utilize open pit dumping, are located in Keauhou, Kailua, Waiea and Keei. One public cemetery is located in Hienaloli. It is 2.9 acres in size and 85 per cent used. Courses Of Action • New cemetery sites to serve future needs shall be sought. • A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station sites shall be im- plemented. KA'U Profile A new 20 -bed public hospital facility was completed in 1971, located in Pahala, to replace the older private one constructed in 1916. The Hutchinson Sugar Company maintains a dispensary in Naalehu for its employees. A public health center is also located in Naalehu. The refuse disposal site is located in Waiohinu, 2 miles from Naalehu. The Pahala area is served by open gulch dumping on a plantation -owned site. Public cemeteries are located in Kowala and Waiohinu. Course Of Action • A sanitary landfill operation with transfer station sites shall be im- plemented. PUBLIC FACILITIES: GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS This section discusses facilities housing various governmental agencies and baseyard operations. Civic centers consist of a building or complex of buildings which house governmental agencies. Such centers exist in Hilo, Honokaa, Capt. Cook, Naa- lehu and Keaau. Baseyards are the operational, storage and maintenance centers for public works services such as those provided by the road and water departments. These baseyards also serve as agency field offices. The "one roof" or "one stop" concept of housing government agencies centralizes services and maximizes the utilization of land and capital expendi- tures. STANDARDS • Civic center sites shall satisfy modern and reasonable requirements of accessibility and compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood. • The multipurpose concept of flexibility to satisfy changing requirements should be part of the design for these public buildings. • Architectural and landscaping shall reflect as much as possible the community's attributes. PUNA Profile The Keaau civic center complex serves the entire district and houses police, fire and courtroom services. No other State agencies are located here due to the district's relatively close proximity to the Hilo complex. Post office facilities are located in Keaau, Kurtistown, Mt. View, Pahoa and in the Volcano area. The County maintains a public works baseyard in Kurtistown and a State Highways baseyard is located in Mt. View. These sites and structures appear adequate and no improvements are foreseen for these facilities. SOUTH HILO Profile The center of Federal, State and County government operations on the island are located in the city of Hilo. New State and County buildings are situated on part of a 40 -acre commercial re -use parcel called Project Kaiko'o. The Hilo County building houses all local government agencies except the fire, police, and civil defense departments. Inadequate parking facilities and the need for additional operational space is already evident. The State building headquarters all State agencies with the exception of the Department of Trans- portation, although some of the State agencies, such as the Health Department and the Department of Education, have other bases of operation. The State Highways Division office and baseyard are located in the Kanoelehua industrial area and the Airports and Harbors Divisions are located at their respective terminals. The County Department of Public Works baseyard is located in the Schultz Siding area and requires area improvements. Postal facilities are located in Hilo, Honomu, Pepeekeo, Papaikou, and Hakalau. Courses Of Action • Expansion plans for the Hilo civic center complex shall be evaluated and implemented if feasible. • Improvements to County baseyard facilities shall be undertaken. NORTH HILO Profile The district court facility is located in the police building in Laupahoehoe. The joint -use facility requires improvement. A County Public Works baseyard is located in Laupahoehoe. No improve- ments are contemplated for the future. Postal facilities are located in Laupahoehoe, Ninole, Ookala, and Papaaloa. Course Of Action • The police -court facility shall be improved to meet needs. HAMAKUA Profile The State Highways Division and County Department of Public Works both have baseyards in Honokaa. The County facility is of sufficient size to accom- modate present and future needs while the State is relocating its facilities. The civic center complex houses the fire station, new police station, new court building, library, and State agencies. The various agencies within the civic center are each housed in separate buildings which result in an uneconomical use of the site. Postal facilities are located in Haina, Honokaa, Kukuihaele, Paauhau and Paauilo. Course Of Action • Multi -use buildings housing civic center facilities shall be encouraged in overall improvements and expansion plans. NORTH KOHALA Profile The courthouse, police and fire stations, library and hospital are located in Kapaau. A State Highway baseyard site is located in the Puuepa-Kokoiki Homestead area and the County Public Works baseyard is located in Kapaau. Postal facilities are located in Halaula, Hawi, and Kapaau. The condition of some of the facilities is substandard, such as the police station, courthouse, and adjoining baseyard facility. Courses Of Action • Multi -use buildings housing civic center facilities shall be encouraged. • Improvements to the County baseyard facility shall be undertaken. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Governmental operations, including the district court, are conducted in a wooden frame structure in Waimea Village. A postal facility is also located in Waimea. The structure housing the State and County government operations in Waimea is inadequate to provide the needed services. Storage and maintenance functions are situated at the 2.4 -acre State High- way baseyard in Waimea Homesteads. A 3 -acre County baseyard is also located in Lalamilo. Both the State and County baseyard facilities are in need of repair. Courses Of Action • Civic center planning for the most appropriate location in view of popu- lation growth expectations shall be undertaken. • State and County baseyard facilities shall be improved. KONA Profile Kona's civic center complex is located in the Capt. Cook village area in a modern cluster of buildings. Police, fire, State agencies and the Court building are individually housed on this 4 -acre site. Additional land area may be needed for the present civic center unless functions can be split with a new center to serve the Kailua-Keauhou area. The State's baseyard located in Kaloko plans to expand its facility and the temporary facility at Keopuka is planned to be phased out upon the construction of a permanent base at Keauhou. The County baseyard in Capt. Cook adequate- ly serves the needs of the district. Post offices are at Capt. Cook, Holualoa, Honaunau, Kailua and Kealakekua. Course Of Action • Expansion plans for the Kona civic center shall be undertaken. KA'U Profile The courthouse, police station, and State agencies are located in Naalehu and adequately serve the needs of the district. The State baseyards in the Kaunamano Homesteads area, Manuka, and Hokukano (quarry area) adequately serve the needs of the district. The County Public Works baseyard is in Waiohinu and plans are underway to construct a new maintenance and storage building. Postal facilities are located in Naalehu, Pahala, and the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park area. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Public utilities are services regulated by government and provided in response to existing and prospective patterns of development. Changes in land use and the intensity of development usually generate changes in the demand and supply of utilities. This section is concerned with the planning aspects of the principal utility services, namely, water, electricity, telephone, gas, and sewerage and sewage treatment. Planning for the location of utility facilities such as reservoirs and pumping stations, sewage treatment plants, power plants, and telephone ex- changes is an important aspect of the land planning process. Changes in the intensity of land development greatly influence the quanti- tative design of utilities and services, particularly their design capacity. There also may be distinctions in kind and quality of service for each utility as land use intensities vary. These distinctions also depend on local codes and ordi- nances, health and sanitary considerations, and practices followed by the utility companies. The following goals and policies of public utilities are set forth through the careful examination and analysis of past and present situations. Their primary purpose is to make provisions for the needs of the residents of the County of Hawaii. GOALS • To ensure that adequate, efficient and dependable public utility services will be available to users. • To maximize efficiency and economy in the provision of public utility services. • To improve the physical appearance of public utility facilities and/or to conceal them from public view. POLICIES • Public utility facilities shall be designed so as to complement adjacent land uses and shall be operated so as to avoid pollution or disturbance. • Use of properties or easements owned by public or private utility com- panies or agencies as supplemental open space and recreational areas should be pursued whenever practical and within the limits of safety and operating requirements of the utilities concerned. • Provide utilities and service facilities which minimize total cost to the public and effectively service the needs of the community. • Utility facilities shall be designed to minimize conflict with the natural environment and natural resources. • Improvement of existing utility services shall be encouraged to meet the needs of users. Utility services are treated individually in this section to clarify the factors which make up the public utilities element. UTILITIES: WATER INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The availability of water is crucial to any kind of development, whether urban, rural, or agricultural. Land use allocation therefore must be closely re- lated to water planning in its four major aspects: supply, quality, quantity and distribution. Sources of water supply include ground water and surface water. The most common sources of surface water supply are springs, tunnels, lakes, streams, and rivers. The demand for water is related directly to population and is expressed as gallons per day (GPD) or million gallons per day (MGD). Demand does not represent domestic consumption alone, but also includes all industrial and com- mercial uses, fire fighting, and other uses. In some areas non-domestic users are likely to create the major demand and careful attention must therefore be given them in any study of probable future water needs. The character and amount of water treatment vary with the source and quality of water. Nearly all public water supplies are protected against bacteri- ological contamination by chlorination or other processes. Two major types of collection and distribution systems provide required water quantities and pressures. These are the distributing reservoir system in which water is pumped to a reservoir whose elevation enables the water to flow by gravity through the mains and the gravity system in which the source is at an elevation above the community high enough that adequate pressure is directly available. Most large water supply systems are combinations of these and will therefore have various kinds of reservoirs for storage purposes. The Department of Water Supply operates and maintains over twenty separate systems in the County of Hawaii. The problems of each system are many and varied, some to a greater degree than others. The high rainfall belt at about the 2000-4000 foot elevation that comprises our rain forest supplies our major water sources whether they be streams, springs, tunnels or the underground water table. Each type of source has its advantages and disadvantages. Surface water (stream) flows depend on weather conditions. During drought conditions the flow may drop below the required rate. During high rainfall periods the water may be turbid. Spring and tunnel sources are susceptible to these problems but to a lesser degree. These high level intakes are generally located above the communities they serve and have the advantage of gravity flow. Deep well sources on the other hand are more depend- able but their operational expense is higher since electrical energy is required to lift the water. Since the wells are located in the lower sections, contamina- tion from urban expansion is a possibility. Controlled land use would minimize this problem. Wells can also be contaminated by sea water intrusion if pumped at a high rate. Based on the above, one solution to improve systems presently served by only surface sources is obvious: install a well in these systems; use the surface sources when available; and use the pump when the surface sources are deficient. This would minimize operational costs and upgrade systems so they are more dependable. Another solution is to construct large storage reser- voirs. These, however, require high initial capital expenditures. Many systems, though adequate to fulfill domestic needs, are inadequate for fire protection. Such systems serving urban areas are proposed to be upgraded. Water systems with old galvanized iron pipe are oftentimes plagued with red water caused by the corrosion of the pipe. Also, the capacity of these pipes diminishes as they become tuberculated. The present average water consumption for the entire County is approxi- mately 6.7 million gallons per day. In several subdivisions throughout the island, roof catchment is also the primary means of water supply and is supplemented by trucking during drought periods. The exploration for new water sources will continue. It is anticipated that these new water sources and systems will further influence land development. L_� Through careful examination and analysis, the following policies and stand- ards are set forth to provide for better water service for domestic and other uses for the residents of the County of Hawaii. POLICIES • All water systems shall be designed and Supply standards. Improve and replace inadequate systems. Water sources shall be adequately prot contamination from natural and mat New public water systems should be first installed in urban areas which have established needs and characteristics, such as occupied dwellings and other uses, or in areas adjacent to them if there is need for urban expansion, or to further the expansion of the agricultural industry. Sources of additional water supplies shall be sought in order to ensure sufficient quantities of water for future needs. The fire prevention distribution system shall be coordinated with water distribution systems in order to ensure water supplies for fire -fighting STANDARDS • Water systems shall meet the requirements Supply and the Subdivision Ordinance.. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake for water systems. The brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and stand- ards set forth in the overall water section. Profile There are four major water systems in the district: Olaa-Mt. View, Pahoa, Kapoho, and Kalapana. The total average consumption of these systems is 0.39 million gallons per day. The Olaa-Mt. View water system consists of eight service areas and extends along the Volcano Road from the Puna Sugar Company mill to the Olaa Reser- vation Lots. Water for this.system is supplied by two deep wells located at the Puna Sugar Co. mill with pump capacities of 750 gallons per minute and 500 gallons per minute. The average consumption of these systems is about 0.32 mil- lion gallons per day. Some of the galvanized iron pipes of this system are deteriorated. Located in the vicinity of the County wells are three wells which are owned by the sugar company. These wells, each having a pump capacity of 2800 gallons per minute, are estimated to produce a maximum of eleven million gallons per day for sugar cane processing and power plant operations. The Pahoa water system, located in the geographic center of the lower Puna region, extends from Keonepoko Homesteads to Kaniahiku Village. The average consumption for the early part of 1970 was 67,000 gallons per day. The total amount of water available in the area of the Pahoa wells is very high. All evidence indicates that the Pahoa wells can obtain water of excellent quality, insofar as salinity is concerned, in amounts limited only by the capacity of the pumps. Immediate improvements in the Pahoa area will be the extension of the 8 -inch water main at Kaniahiku Village to the Lava Tree State Park. The Kapoho water system presently services five farm lots. The total aver- age consumption for these lots is 7,000 gallons per month. This low average is due to the ideal location and climate for agriculture which keeps irrigation at a minimum. Presently, none of the existing dwelling units along the shoreline area are being served by this system. A majority of the existing units are vaca- tion type homes located in the residential zoned areas of Kapoho Beach Lots and Kapoho Vacationland subdivisions. These subdivisions are under private ownership and the installation of water lines to service these subdivisions will be privately financed. An analysis of pumping test data indicates that the safe yield of the Kapoho well is 200 gallons per minute or 288,000 gallons per day. The Kalapana Water System, presently under construction, will extend from the Keauohana Forest Reserve along Highway 13 down to the Kaimu Beach intersection and from there in a southwesterly direction along Highway 13, ending at the Kalapana Painted Church in the vicinity of the Harry K. Brown Park. The total storage capacity of the Kalapana Water System is 0.60 million gallons. The Hawaiian Beaches subdivision located in Waiakahiula I is privately owned. This non-dedicable system has been constructed by the developer. The Glenwood and Volcano areas are presently not serviced by any water system. Many of these areas still depend on roof catchment systems. Courses Of Action • Replace the deteriorated galvanized iron pipes of the Olaa Water System. • Extend the Kalapana system from the Painted Church to the Wahaula Visitors' Center within the National Park. Water source exploration should be to the Volcano and Glenwood areas. Profile The Hilo Water System extends as far as Alae Point to the North, Panaewa residence lots to the south, 6 miles Keaukaha oto the east, and 6 miles Kaumana and Waiakea Uka to the west. The Hilo Water) System is supplied with water from both surface and basal water sources. The sources are: 1. Piihonua Source: This is a surface water source and, therefore, flow varies with the weather. There are three intakes at this source: Kaho- ama, Puka Maui and Lauoli. Kahoama and Puka Maui intakes are nor- mally used. During heavy rains, however, the Puka Maui intake is too turbid to be used. The Lauoli intake is used only during emergencies when the flow is low. 2. Lyman Spring: Water from this source is bought from Orlando Lyman under a 30 -year agreement which began in 1950. The option to purchase this spring is open to the County. The average flow from this spring is about 3 million gallons per day and water supply uses are about 60,000 gallons per day. This source feeds the 4 and 5 mile Kaumana area and supplements the Piihonua source in serving the "lower" city area. 3. Waiakea Uka Spring: Present use from this source is about 0.2 million gallons per day. There is no record of the overflow and the actual capa- city of this source is not known. It is known that the flow varies greatly with the weather, from very low to an abundance during heavy rains. 4. Panaewa Well: Water from this source is pumped from the basal aquifer with two pumps of 2.0 million gallons per day and 3.0 million gallons per day capacity. About 1.0 million gallons per day are presently used from this source. These four sources supply the city of Hilo with an average of 3.4 million gallons per day. During normal operation, 2.4 million gallons per day are pro- vided from the surface source and 1.0 million gallons per day are pumped from the Panaewa Well. When the surface source is low, water is used from the Panaewa Well. These four sources have a total capacity of over 8 million gallons per day. The source which supplies Paukaa on the outskirts of the city is Pahoehoe Springs. The Department of Water Supply has an agreement with Bishop Estate, owner of the source, for all the water from Pahoehoe Springs to the year 2001. The average consumption is 50,000 gallons per day. Flow records show that dur- ing normal flow there is sufficient water to supply the present demand. During dry spells, however, the spring flow frequently goes lower than the present demand. The Papaikou water system serves Papaikou Village, Puueopaku and'Ka- laoa. This system is served by three perched water sources: Kaieie, Papaikou and Kalaoa intakes. Kaieie is the most dependable source while the Papaikou source goes low frequently. The water from Kalaoa is sometimes corrosive. The present average consumption is 175,000 gallons per day. Most of the distribution mains are inadequate. Galvanized iron pipes have tended to discolor water. The Honomu system, dedicated to the County by Pepeekeo Sugar Co., has an average daily consumption of 66,000 gallons. This system obtains its water supply from Kolekole Stream near Akaka Falls. Pepeekeo is also served by a public water system. Courses Of Action • The Hilo Water System should be improved to provide the city with a dependable and consistently clean water supply. • Booster pumps and water transmission lines to boost Panaewa Well water to higher elevations should be installed. • Further investigate future surface water resources. • Connect Paukaa, Papaikou, and Honomu water systems to the Hilo water system to provide more dependable sources of supply for Paukaa, Papai- kou, and Honomu. • Replace the Papaikou water system transmission and distribution mains with larger sizes and non -corrosive lining to provide adequate service and to eliminate the present water discoloration problem. Interconnect Kaiaie, Papaikou, and Kalaoa systems, and install metering device at Kaieie intake. • Replace portion of the Honomu system transmission line and add new storage tanks. NORTH HILO Profile Domestic water is available in the built-up areas of the North Hilo district. The private and public systems provide a wide range of levels of service. The Laupahoehoe system obtains its water from high level springs in Manowaiopae and Kuwaikahi Gulches and in the coastal pali below the town of Laupahoehoe. None of these spring sources are dependable during dry weather. During such periods, Manowaiopae Stream water has been diverted into the system. The present average daily consumption is 57,000 gallons. Many of the lines are old and are inadequate for fire protection. Perhaps the most critical area is in Waipunalei. The Laupahoehoe system, however, is pre- sently being upgraded Ito provide fire protection. The Ookala system, consisting of several thousand feet of cast iron pipes, serves the Ookala Houselot Subdivision. This system was dedicated to the County by Kaiwiki Sugar Company in 1955. Under an agreement executed in the same year, the County is able to buy water from Kaiwiki Sugar Company, now Laupahoehoe Sugar Company. The present daily water consumption is 3,800 gallons. Private water systems in this area serve from a few homes to entire planta- tion camps. Many of the springs which supply the private systems are not dependable during periods of drought. The systems are old and in need of rehabilitation and replacement. Courses Of Action • Coordinate plans for new systems with the relocation program for planta- tion camps. • Install a deep well pump which will be used to supplement the spring sources during dry spells. • Replace old and deteriorating lines and storage facilities. HAMAKUA Profile Domestic water is available in all built-up areas of the district. Most of the existing lines, however, are small and would be inadequate for a denser popula- tion. The service area of the Hamakua system extends from Ahualoa to Poha- kea. Except for the town of Honokaa, the major portion of the system serves a scattered and dispersed population in the Ahualoa, Kalopa, Kaapuhu, Pohakea and Paauilo Homesteads. This system obtains its water from the Upper Hama- kua Ditch in the Kohala Mountains. Over sixty-five per cent of the 0.20 million gallons per day used by the Hamakua system is used in Honokaa. The Paauilo system, although presently not part of the Hamakua system, extends from Paauilo Village to Kaao. Water is obtained from the plantation's deep well situated below Paauilo Village. The present average daily consump- tion is 0.025 gallons. Plantation camps and mills are in many cases serviced by plantation - owned water systems. Courses Of Action • Connect the Paauilo system with the Hamakua system. • Extend the water line from Kukaiau to Keehia. • Extend Honokaa system toward Kukuihaele. • Extend the Kukuihaele system to Kapulena. • Replace inadequate mains. NORTH KOHALA Profile The North Kohala systems obtain water from high level tunnels in the Koha- la Mountains. These tunnels supply an adequate amount of water. Generally, the systems have adequate size mains to supply present domestic needs, but they are inadequate to provide fire protection. The North Kohala systems include the following: Kaauhuhu-Kokoiki, Hawi, Kynnersley-Kapaau and Halaula. The Kaauhuhu-Kokoiki system obtains its water from Lindsey Tunnel under a lease agreement from Kohala Sugar Company which expires in 1979. The average daily consumption for this system is 56,000 gallons. The Hawi system obtains its water from Watt Tunnel No. l and Hapahapai Tunnel. The average consumption for this system is 153,000 gallons per day. The Kynnersley-Kapaau system consists primarily of the Kapaau system which was acquired from Kohala Sugar Company in 1927 and the Kynnersley 1 1 t 1 Subdivision system which was developed by Kohala Sugar Company. The sources serving this system are Tunnels 17 and 18, Watt Tunnel No. 1, and. Hapahapai Tunnel. The Halaula system, which is basically the Halaula Subdivision system, was developed and dedicated by Kohala Sugar Company. Average usage of this system is 37,000 gallons per day. Most of the distribution mains are adequate for domestic and fire flow needs. The major problem of this system is that the flow from Bond Tunnel is low during drought. To presently take care of this in emergencies, water can be piped in from Kohala Ditch. There is a possibility of drilling a well and obtaining ground water to take care of emergencies. Courses Of Action • Extend the water line to serve. the customers in the upper area of the Hawi system who now have inadequate pressure from the Hawi reser- voir. • Connect the Kaauhuhu-Kokoiki system to the Hawi system. • Explore further sources for future needs. • Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains and storage facilities. SOUTH KOHALA Profile The Waimea system, which includes the Kawaihae-Puako and the Waimea- Puukapu systems, extends from Puukapu to Kawaihae. The present average daily consumptions of both systems is 0.72 million gallons. The source feeding the Waimea System is the Waikoloa Stream. The Kawaihae and Puako areas are supplemented by two deep wells. Flow from the streams varies greatly with the weather. During extended drought periods, the supply is not sufficient to meet demands. Large reservoirs are, therefore, required to store water for drought periods. Presently, the system has three reservoirs with a total capacity of 15.3 million gallons and also the recently completed 50 million gallon reser- voir. The Kohakohau Diversion Project, which is presently under construction, will further boost the capacity by 2.78 million gallons. The Kawaihae-Puako system obtains its water through a transmission line from Waimea. It is supplemented by two deep wells at the 570 -foot eleva- tion. Since the water from these wells is brackish, it is mixed with the Waimea supply before distribution. The line has a carrying capacity which can serve an average daily usage of about 0.5 million gallons. Supplemented by the well, the capacity is 0.83 million gallons. The present average daily consumption, how- ever, is 0.37 million gallons. The Waimea-Puukapu system uses an average of 0.35 million gallons per day. One of the problems in this area is the quality of the surface water. Vege- tation in the forest colors the water and gives it a peaty taste. The Waimea Water Treatment Plant, presently under construction, will eliminate this prob- lem. This plant will have a capacity of 2 million gallons per day. With additional improvements it can have a capacity of 4 million gallons per day. Despite rather poor results of exploration to date, there is a reasonable expectation that adequate quantities of basal water can be developed in the general coastal area from Kawaihae to Puako. This would have an economic advantage over water stored above Waimea Village and transported to the coast- al areas by a transmission system. Boise Cascade has dug four wells which yield a total of about 1.6 million gallon of potable water per day. The water system is to be kept in private ownership. Courses Of Action • Construct a transmission line to Puukapu which would "upgrade" the Waimea system. • Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains. • Construct a pipeline along the proposed realignment from Mamalahoa Highway to the Kawaihae-Puako area. • Further efforts should be made to develop adequate quantities and ac- ceptable quality of basal ground water for supplemental purposes at properly placed sites mauka of the shoreline. KONA Profile The Kona system can be divided into the North Kona and South Kona systems with the division line at about the Kaawaloa ahupua'a. These systems are interconnected and it is possible to transport water from one system to the other. This is done only during emergencies and at a very limited rate. The North Kona system is supplied by three wells at Kahaluu and by the Waiaha Stream. The latter, however, often goes dry. The Kahaluu wells provide the bulk of the water for the North Kona system with a total capacity of 3.0 million gallons per day. The estimated safe capacity based on the breakdown of a pump, however, is 1.2 million gallons per day. The present average water usage is about 0.86 million gallons per day. On days of heavy usage, this demand may go as high as 1.3 million gallons per day, exceeding the safe capacity of 1.2 million gallons per day. From the Kahaluu wells the water is pumped to Mamalahoa Highway and fed by gravity to the lower areas. The upper service area extends from Keala- kehe School in the north to Kaawaloa in the south where it connects to the South F Kona system. The average water consumption in the upper area is approxi- mately 0.31 million gallons per day. The lower service area is fed by gravity from Kahaluu Reservoir. The system extends from Ke-ahole Airport to Keauhou Bay. The average consumption is 0.55 million gallons per day. The lower area can be roughly divided into three sections: 1) Ke-ahole Airport to Kailua (Casa De Emdeko); 2) Casa De Emdeko to Kahaluu Bay; and 3) the Keauhou Bay area. The Ke-ahole to Kailua area is fed mainly from an 8 -inch line along Kuakini Highway. The present demand is 0.43 million gallons per day. The second sec- tion along Alii Drive consists of a 4 -inch line which presently delivers 0.08 million gallons per day. The present water demand for the Keauhou area is 0.04 million gallons per day. The South Kona system is supplied by two wells at Keei with a total capacity of 0.86 million gallons per day and a safe capacity of 0.43 million gallons. The average usage is 0.12 million gallons per day, but on days of heavy usage it may go as high as 0.18 million gallons. Like the North Kona system, the South Kona system can be divided into the upper and lower service areas. This system serves the area from Kaawaloa to Hookena Beach Road junction. Courses Of Action, • Increase the capacity of Kahaluu well as the demand increases. • Increase the capacity of the booster pump stations as required. • Provide greater capacity to Ke-ahole and Kailua from Kahaluu wells and extend the system along Palani Road to supplement the upper system. • Improve the system along Alii Drive. Reservoirs to serve this area should be balanced with the Kailua and Keauhou reservoirs. 57 • Improve the size of the water line and provide an additional reservoir in the Keauhou area. • Increase capacity of the booster pump for the South Kona water system. • Install a line along the lower government road from the Keei wells south to the Mamalahoa Highway junction. Also construct a reservoir near this junction. KA'U Profile The sources supplying Waiohinu, Naalehu and South Point are Haao Springs and Mountain House Tunnel Spring. The water from the Mountain House Tunnel is piped to Haao Spring and distributed to South Point, Waiohinu, and Naalehu on separate lines. There is an agreement between Hutchinson Sugar Company and the State of Hawaii on water rights from the Mountain House Tunnel. The Naalehu system receives its water supply from an old 6 -inch plantation line from Haao Springs. The system within Naalehu Village has been dedicated to the County by the plantation. The average water consumption is 100,000 gallons per day. The Waiohinu system receives its water supply from an old 3 -inch line from Haao Springs. Presently, the average consumption is 67,000 gallons per day. The present average consumption on the South Point system is 25,000 gallons per day. This system was installed by the Army during World War II. The water source for the Pahala area is Alili Tunnel. The present average consumption of the Pahala system is 116,000 gallons per day. The Ka'u area has several large subdivisions which still depend on individ- ual roof catchment. Courses Of Action • Replace redwood tank above Waiohinu with a permanent tank and in- stall water distribution line within Waiohinu Village. • Connect Naalehu system to Waiohinu system with a large transmission line and install a permanent reservoir above Naalehu Village. • Drill an exploratory well above Naalehu to supplement the Naalehu system and to keep mountain water for higher areas. • Improve the transmission and storage facilities of Mountain House Tun- nel and Haao Springs sources. The timetable and extent of these im- provements will depend on exploratory well results. UTILITIES: POWER INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Electricity is the major form of energy utilized on the island of Hawaii. The Hilo Electric Light Company, which is regulated by the State, owns 5 power generation plants in the County. Most of these plants operate on steam energy and burn imported fuel. One of the Hilo plants generates power through hydro- electric means. A few sugar plantations generate their own power, selling their excess to the utility company and often buying power when their demand exceeds supply. Of the five power plants, three are located in the city of Hilo at Puueo, Waiakea Peninsula, and Kanoelehua. One is in Waimea, South Kohala, and the other in Ka'u. Substations are found in Kawaihae, South Kohala; Waikii on the Saddle Road; Keamuku near the Saddle Road and Belt Highway junction; Puu- waawaa, Kailua, and Keauhou, North Kona; Hookena, South Kona; South Point; Volcano; Kulani Prison; and Pohakuloa. Power lines are found along almost all sections of the State highway system with the exception of the Kawaihae-Mahukona Road. Most major communities are serviced with power. Electricity sold in the County increased 125% between 1960 and 1969, de- spite a population increase of 3.5%. The average annual residential power used in 1960 was 3,084 kilowatt hours. By 1969 the average amount of power con- sumed per household was 4,845 kilowatt hours. Power rates on this island are among the highest in the nation. A factor which contributes to this situation is the present method of power generation. Most of the electricity is obtained through the burning of imported oil. The cost of fuel coupled with transportation costs cause higher rates. The one hydroelectric plant in Hilo cannot generate enough power to service the city's needs. Other factors creating inefficiencies are the small market and the sparse- ness of population. Power generating plants will be faced with increasingly stringent air and water pollution standards. Heated water discharged into the ocean, for instance, may be affecting the environment. The effects, however, are not fully under- stood at the present time. More stringent pollution controls for a better environ- ment could possibly result in higher costs of power. Except in a few instances, most of the power lines in the County are over- head ones. Although underground wiring has an aesthetic desirability, there are several problems in establishing such a standard. Underground power lines will probably last longer but cost more to install, especially in rocky areas. There is a problem of common sharing of trenches with other utilities. Another problem concerns the repair of breaks, for while broken lines will probably occur less frequently, they will be more difficult to locate. There has been, however, con- siderable progress in solving the technological problems concerning under- ground power lines. Consumption of power will continue to accelerate faster than population growth as people become more affluent. Utility companies will probably design new plants which are more efficient and less polluting. Studies of sources of energy other than the burning of fuel are being conducted. POLICIES • Power distribution facilities shall be placed underground when and where it is economically feasible. The County shall encourage developers of new urban areas to place utilities underground. • The County shall encourage the continuation of studies concerning the development of power which can be distributed at lower costs to con- sumers. • The effects of discharging heated water directly into the ocean should be studied. • Safety standards for power systems shall conform to safety standards as established by appropriate regulatory authority. STANDARDS • There shall be a minimization of obstruction of scenic views and vistas by electrical facilities. • New power plants shall incorporate devices which minimize pollution. • Facilities such as substations shall be aesthetically pleasing. 1 t 1 P 1 UTILITIES: TELEPHONE INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The telephone has become an essential means of communication for the majority of residents in Hawaii County. Virtually every community on the island is served by telephone systems. During the past decade the number of telephones increased by over 15,000, while population rose by 2,136. Currently there are over 35,000 telephones in service on the island. Telephones throughout the State are supplied by the Hawaiian Telephone Company. Dial service is available on each island and radio telephone is fur- nished between the islands. Communication via undersea cable and satellite is provided to the U.S. mainland and the Far East. The State Public Utilities Commission regulates telephone service on all of the Hawaiian Islands. There are two problems which currently involve the County. One concerns the aesthetics of overhead telephone lines. There is also a problem of sharing transmission facilities with electrical lines. The problems of underground tele- phone lines are similar to those found with power lines. There is also inade- quate land area for the future expansion of existing substations. POLICIES • The County shall encourage underground telephone lines where they are economically and technically feasible. • The County shall work closely with the telephone company to provide all users with efficient service. STANDARD • Telephone facilities, such as lines, poles and substations, shall enhance rather than detract from scenic vistas and views. UTILITIES: GAS INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Propane gas is widely used on the island of Hawaii. In some rural areas of the County, gas is the only source of power. Gas consumption rose from 1.3 million therms in 1960 to 3.0 million therms by 1969. There are 120 miles of gas transmission and service lines in the city of Hilo. Gas lines are regulated by the State Public Utilities Commission. Kailua-Kona has a dry line along the new walkway of the Kona Hilton. Other communities utilize tanked liquid propane gas, which is not governed by the Public Utilities Commission. There are substations in Waimea, South Kohala; Kealakekua, South Kona; and Naalehu, Ka'u which service surrounding areas. Propane gas is used by households and commercial facilities. Residents usually acquire 150 -gallon tanks which are refilled every two months at an aver- age cost of $12 a month. Restaurants and hotels are the most frequent users of gas systems. A problem faced by gas companies is the cost of transporting gas in the State. This factor coupled with the relatively small and sparsely located market are major difficulties. Because of the danger of fire, storage facilities have a detrimental effect on property values. POLICY • Gas storage facilities shall be located so as to minimize danger to com- mercial and residential areas. STANDARD • The County's ordinances shall reflect appropriate safety standards for gas facilities. UTILITIES: SEWER INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Adequate sewer disposal systems are vital to safeguard public health. An adequate system is one which minimizes contamination of ground water sup- ply, beaches and waterborne recreational areas and which is not a visual and odor nuisance. There is an increasing need to create a better system than individual cess- pools, especially in highly urbanized and shoreline areas. This is due to the pos- sible pollution of ground water and other problems relating to cesspool main- tenance. More stringent pollution controls, especially in water quality standards, are being imposed by regulatory agencies. The problem of sewage disposal is discussed in more detail in a recently completed study of sewerage for all urbanized and urbanizing areas in the County of Hawaii. Portions of that study are incorporated in this report. Hawaii County presently operates three municipal sewerage systems, one in the city of Hilo and the others in Kailua and Keauhou, Kona. The remaining communities are served by individual facilities such as cesspools. About 95% of the County's population is serviced by cesspools. It is difficult to measure the adequacy or inadequacy of cesspools in a given area. Many factors, such as density of population, porous condition of the soil, underground geologic structure, and rainfall levels, have to be taken into ac- count to determine the effects of cesspools. In some areas they may be effective and in other areas they may not. Sewerage disposal system designs must be examined with the particular area in mind. Of critical importance in an examination of sewerage disposal for a com- munity is the cost of the system, including construction and operation costs. These costs vary with the characteristics of each area. Land development plans for resort -residential complexes located in shore- line areas pose a difficult problem for sewerage control. Adequate treatment facilities are essential prerequisites for development. POLICIES • The "Sewerage Study For All Urban and Urbanizing Areas of the County of Hawaii, State of Hawaii," December 1970, shall be used as a guide for the general planning of sewerage disposal systems. • Municipal systems and/or sewerage systems developed with private in- terests shall be provided or expanded at Hilo, Kailua-Keauhou, Kealake- kua, and at Waimea. Where major resort complexes and other develop- ments along shorelines are contemplated, private systems shall be in- stalled by land developers, except where connection to nearby treatment facilities is feasible and compatible with the County's long-range plans. • The County shall take immediate steps to designate treatment plant sites, sewage pump station sites, and sewer easements to facilitate their acquisition. • Health Department approved individual cesspool disposal systems shall be considered in higher inland areas which are sparsely populated and where there is little danger of contaminating the ground water supply. • Disposal of raw sewage directly into waterways and the ocean is in viola- tion of State Water Quality Standards and shall be discontinued as soon as possible. • The County shall seek State and Federal funds to assist in financing the construction of proposed sewer systems. • Schemes for wastewater reclamation and reuse for irrigation shall be utilized where feasible and needed. v --------------- STANDARDS • Incorporate sewage works standards proposed in the "Sewerage Study for All Urban and Urbanizing Areas of the County of Hawaii." • Sewerage systems shall be designed for the particular area, depending on topography, geology, density of population, costs, and other con- siderations of the specific area. • Adopt State Water Quality Standards as minimums and explore the pos- sibilities of imposing higher standards. • There shall be a minimum of visual and odor pollution emanating from sewerage treatment facilities. DISTRICTS The district analysis and courses of action were conducted on a planning area basis rather than by judicial districts. Districts were combined by economic feasibility and urgency of service. The planning areas combined the districts of North Hilo, Hamakua, and North Kohala. Specific problems and courses of ac- tion are depicted in this section. PUNA Profile Most residents in the Puna district are served by individual sewerage sys- tems. The use of individual disposal systems, i.e., cesspools or individual house- hold aerobic treatment units, will probably be continued until such time as increased population distribution and density make it economically feasible to install municipal sewerage systems. Residences near the coastal areas are much more vulnerable to unsatisfac- tory results with individual disposal systems because of the relative proximity of the ground water table to the ground surface. There is also the danger of contaminating shoreline recreational areas. Courses of Action • The use of cesspools shall be discontinued in the coastal areas where cesspools do not function satisfactorily to meet water quality standards. Individual household aerobic treatment units approved by the State Health Department and the County of Hawaii could be utilized in these areas. Future sewerage systems for the Puna area would then naturally commence with service to the lower coastal areas. • Isolated developments shall provide their own sewage collection and treatment facilities in conformance with County and State Health De- partment requirements. SOUTH HILO Profile The city of Hilo in the South Hilo district is designated as an urban sewer- age planning area. The County of Hawaii owns, operates, and maintains a sewerage system within the city. At present, the system consists of a 7.0 million gallons per day primary sewage treatment plant with an ocean outfall effluent disposal and a collection system of sewage pump stations, force mains, and gravity lines. The collection system has recently been expanded with the installa- tion of the Honolii trunk sewer system on the west side and portions of the Keaukaha interceptor system along the eastern coast. The 7.0 million gallons per day sewage treatment plant at Puhi Bay, al- though having sufficient capacity for future sewage flows, provides only primary sewage treatment and will likely be required to provide secondary sewage treatment. The ocean outfall which extends 4,600 feet offshore is sufficiently deep to provide satisfactory effluent disposal for sometime in the future. Courses of Action • Because land area within the existing site is limited, the County should take immediate steps to acquire an additional four acres of land adjacent to the present treatment plant site. • The present sewage treatment plant should also provide for secondary sewage treatment. • Monitoring of the receiving waters should be done so as to provide suf- ficient base line data regarding the need for any future extension. • Expansion of the existing Hilo sewage collection system should be ac- celerated to provide more residents with sewage service. • The Kanoelehua interceptor should be extended to provide sewer service for residents in the southern part of Hilo. • Within a given time specified sewers in other areas of Hilo may also become inadequate and these lines should necessarily be supplemented. • Accelerated programs to extend sewer lines to areas of high concentra- tion, such as the University complex and housing developments, should be instituted by the County. NORTH HILO, HAMAKUA, NORTH KOHALA Profile Most residents in these three areas are served by cesspools. Raw sewage from a few coastal areas is piped directly out to the ocean. A few residences and commercial businesses in Honokaa, Hamakua, pipe raw sewage to underground caves. The State Health Department, however, has disallowed any additional connections into this system. Courses Of Action • Municipal sewage systems for the smaller towns in these districts would not be economically feasible for some time. However, the practice of piping raw sewage directly into the ocean should be discontinued, and requisite treatment to meet public health requirements and State Water Quality Standards should be provided prior to discharge of effluent. This may be accomplished with small package plants or possibly waste stabili- zation ponds. • Individual sewage disposal methods approved by the State Health De- partment may be considered on an interim basis to avoid violation of the water quality standards imposed for Class A receiving waters. Should future water sources be located at the lower elevations along the coast, public health requirements may dictate the need for more adequate sewage treatment in the future. • The larger towns of Honokaa and Hawi-Kapaau should merit further consideration and study to determine the feasibility of installing com- plete sewage treatment facilities. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Most residences in the Waimea area are now being served by cesspools which are relatively deep holes. As the population is expected to increase, how- ever, a municipal sewerage system should be made available. The topographical features of this area would greatly help to minimize the cost of a collection system. Sewage pump stations would not be required except in a few areas since the ground slopes at 1 to 3 per cent towards the western end of the town. Large land areas are available for a wastewater treatment plant at this end of the town. These natural land features, favorable climatological fac- ' tors, and the relatively small flows anticipated are conducive for wastewater treatment. Existing sewerage within the Kawaihae-Puako area consists mainly of a pump station and a sewage treatment plan servicing the Mauna Kea Beach Ho- tel. Residences and family type neighborhood business complexes are served by cesspools. Cesspool problems are generally located along the Puako residential lots where the ground water table is near the surface. Courses Of Action • Construct a Waimea sewerage system on the west end of the town to provide sewer service for the main part of Waimea and wastewater treat- ment facilities with an ultimate treatment capacity adequate for fore- seeable growth. • The coastal area should be split into two separate zones, a north zone and a south zone. The north zone sewerage system should consist of trunk sewers, sewage pumping stations, force mains and a complete wastewater treatment facility. The southern zone sewerage system should consist of several independent satellite systems each operated and main- tained by respective land developers. A control treatment facility shall be located in the Puako beach lots area to service flows. .� NORTH KONA [l Profile Most residences in the North Kona area are serviced by individual sewerage systems. Kailua and Keauhou are being serviced by a municipal sewerage sys- tem. The capacity of the Kailua Plant will be expanded to 1.0 million gallons per day. Space for expansion beyond 1.0 million gallons per day capacity, however, is unavailable at the present site. Major components of the collection system include gravity sewers from the vicinity of the Kona Hilton, along the old Kailua- Keauhou Beach Road and Alii Drive to a proposed pumping station at the inter- section of Alii Drive and Hualalai Raod. Sewage is then pumped to the Kalani- Kalawa Streets intersection where it then flows by gravity to the treatment plant. A sewage lift station is located near Hulihee Palace along with an ejector station near the pier which lifts sewage to a pumping station situated near the intersection of Kuakini Highway and Palani Road. The Keauhou area sewerage system consists of a 1.0 million gallons per day "Rapid Bloc" sewage treatment plant at Heeia, and two sewage pump sta- tions with related force mains and gravity sewers to serve the Keauhou-Kona resort community. Much of the drinking water serving the Keauhou area is derived from the Keauhou Wells. Great precaution must hence be exercised in averting their being contaminated. Courses Of Action • When the existing expanded sewage treatment plant becomes inade- quate, a new treatment facility should be constructed. Provide additional sewage pump stations, increase the capacity of existing pump stations, and enlarge sewers and force mains. • Construct wastewater treatment facility, pumping station, force main and interceptors to service the area between Keauhou and Kailua. SOUTH KONA Profile Residents of South Kona are presently served by cesspools. Population growth is anticipated in the area and the maintenance of the Class AA coastal waters will require a more elaborate sewerage system than presently exists. A plan for a sewerage system has been developed for South Kona which will main- ly serve the Kealakekua area. The proposed system involves wastewater recla- mation to irrigate an anticipated golf course at Keei. Course Of Action • Re-examine proposed system to insure the maintenance of the Class AA waters of Kealakekua Bay. Implement program to lessen pollution in the area. KA'U Profile Most of the households in Ka'u are served by cesspools. C. Brewer's plans for a resort -residential complex in the area, however, necessitates the construc- tion of a sewerage system. Present plans by the developer proposes two waste- water treatment plants, a 2.4 million gallons per day plant at Honuapo and a 3.4 million gallons per day plant at Ninole-Punaluu. There are also plans for an isolated resort facility at Waiahukini which will require a treatment facility. There is danger of contaminating recreation waters in the bay. C. Brewer plans to use wastewater from the sewerage system to irrigate a golf course. Course of Action • Work closely with C. Brewer to insure the development of adequate sewerage treatment facilities. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Recreation provides an avenue for the fulfillment of social, cultural and educational needs of people through leisure experiences. Recreation includes not only the provision and maintenance of physical facilities but also broad and diverse programs to provide social, cultural and educational opportunities for all ages. All people should have the opportunity to participate in public recreation. During the coming years heavy demands will be placed on the recreational resources of the County as a result of an expanding affluent population, increas- ing leisure time, and a growing number of visitors. The resident population is expected to become greater and the work week is expected to become shorter, which will increase leisure time and the use of facilities. Comprehensive recrea- tional planning is essential in providing recreational opportunities for now and the future while preserving the quality of recreational resources. The island of Hawaii has a pleasant climate throughout the year and a variety of scenic areas ranging from snow-capped volcanic peaks to tropical rain forests and sunny beaches. With such natural assets the people of the island generally go outdoors for their recreation. Traditionally, the shoreline areas have been preferred for fishing, swimming, picnicking, camping and informal passive recreation.. Of the County's total 305.5 miles of tidal shoreline, however, only 1.2 miles are prime sand beach which is generally favorable for swimming and other water -oriented activities. The demand on these limited areas for public recreation is heavy and crowding occurs in some areas. Crowding is usually due to inadequate or undeveloped park acreage, roads and parking areas occupying usable recreation area, and the lack of adequate facilities. The quality of recrea- tion areas seems to often diminish with heavy expanded use. Sewage and industrial waste have penetrated into some swimming, surfing, fishing and boat- ing areas, reducing the availability and/or quality of these areas for recreation. There is also competition for prime beach area between the visitor industry and residents and this competition is very likely to increase in the future. The County has a variety of parks including small neighborhood play- grounds, larger playfields, and parks of County -wide scope for active and pas- sive recreation. Of the 41 parks on the island of Hawaii, 2 are National parks, 11 are State parks and 28 are County parks. Most neighborhood parks and playfields are inadequate in size and facilities or are altogether lacking in some communities. In some areas there are community centers used for meetings and cultural activities. School buildings are also used for community meetings, and school yards sometimes function as neighborhood playfields. Park pavilions are used for community activities and family socials. There are also facilities for specific recreational activities, such as golf courses, small boat harbors, and swimming pools. As lot sizes become smaller and yard space diminishes and as urban areas expand, there will be an increased need to provide recreational facilities. Es- pecially in urban areas, open space will have to be provided and protected. The recreational program of the County emphasizes active team sports for older children and adults. It has not sufficiently reached all segments of the population, especially the very young, the elderly, and people in rural areas. The lack of transportation often makes it difficult for certain segments of the population, especially the elderly and young children, to participate in pro- grams as well as to take advantage of recreational facilities. During six weeks of the summer, Summer Fun Programs are held at many of the County parks. Children between grades 1 and 9 can participate in various activities which gen- erally take place during the mornings. The increasing number of employed women will create a need for additional pre-school care and further programs of supervised recreation for children. A limited cultural and social program is offered senior citizens in some com- munities. Activities include arts, crafts, games and educational classes. As the number of retired persons increases, additional activities and a broader program will be needed. The County coordinates various community social and cultural activities and arranges for special programs highlighting various festivals throughout the year. Instructional courses, such as swimming skills, life saving techniques and hula dancing are occasionally offered. The Department of Education and the University of Hawaii system offer adult education courses for enrichment. They also sponsor lecture and film series in communities throughout the County. Various volunteer citizens' groups organize and encourage art exhibits, drama, dance, music and other cultural performances. Many of the cultural and educational programs are available only in the more densely populated areas. The need to expand these programs as well as other recreational opportunities for people in low density rural areas will continue. The examination and analysis of recreation throughout the County of Ha- waii have led to the following goals, policies, and standards. GOALS • Provide a wide variety of recreational opportunities for the residents of the County. • Maintain the natural beauty of recreation areas. • Provide a diversity of environments for active and passive pursuits. POLICIES • The County of Hawaii shall improve existing public facilities for optimum usage. Facilities shall incorporate features for the convenience of all age groups and for the handicapped, and the elderly. • Recreational facilities in the County shall reflect the natural, historic, and cultural character of the area. The use of land adjoining recreation areas shall be compatible. • Facilities for compatible multiple uses shall be provided. Innovative ideas for improving recreational facilities should be implemented. Neighborhood parks should be considered for the development of nur- sery schools. • The County shall provide a broad recreational program for all age groups, with special considerations for the handicapped, the elderly, and young children. • With other agencies, both governmental and private, the County shall coordinate both recreational programs and facilities. Such a combined effort would offer a wider range of recreational opportunities than are now available. Innovative ideas for improving existing opportunities should be implemented. Local citizen leadership and participation in recreation planning, maintenance and programming should be en- couraged. • Personnel requirements for County recreational programs shall be flexi- ble so as to enrich programs by utilizing persons of special skills and talents. • The County of Hawaii shall adopt an on-going program of identification, designation, and acquisition of areas of recreational importance, such as land with sandy beaches and other prime areas for shoreline recreation. 1 r L� t 1 • Public access to the shoreline shall be provided in accordance with the adopted program of the County of Hawaii. • A system of trails to places of scenic, historic, natural or recreational in- terest should be established. • Marine and terrestrial natural areas for the preservation of unique Ha- waiian wildlife, especially rare or endangered species,', should be identi- fied and evaluated. • Conduct an on-going educational program to gain the cooperation of all people in maintaining the quality of recreation areas. • Establish and maintain a recreation information dissemination system for the public's use. • In accordance with Act 140, Session Laws of Hawaii 1970, the County shall adopt an ordinance requiring subdivisions to provide land area for park and recreational use or pay a fee in lieu thereof. STANDARDS Neighborhood Parks: Provides open space in urbanizing areas for the general aesthetic enjoy- ment of the outdoors, play areas for young children, and a social gathering place for the neighborhood. Up to 4 acres, within the center of the neighborhood and preferably ad- jacent to a school. Minimum facilities include: restrooms; drinking water; sheltered area for crafts and other passive activities; office; parkkeeper's storage; walking paths (bike and skating paths); play area and equipment for young chil- dren; and an adequate and defined parking area. Larger neighborhood centers between 4 and 8 acres provide additional facilities for active team sports: courts for basketball, volleyball, and tennis; softball and football fields; night lights; and adequate parking. Community Centers: Major center for spectator sports and for cultural and social activities. Size depends on facilities proposed and accessory uses. Facilities include: multipurpose building; auditorium; gym; facilities for spectator sports; swimming facility; and adequate and defined parking. Parks For General Use: Centered around a major natural asset, such as a sandy beach, a prime forest, or a volcanic feature. Designed to accommodate users from throughout the County. Beach parks provide opportunities for swimming, fishing, boating, nature study, and other pastimes. Every section of the island should be adequately served. Facilities depend on size and intensity of use but should include: restrooms with showers and changing area; picnic area with tables and cooking facilities; a defined tent camping area when allowed; drinking water; defined and adequate parking; pavilions of various sizes; and storage for groundskeeper and lifeguard equipment. Wilderness areas are remote from population centers and have limited ac- cess by jeep, hiking, biking, or horseback. Facilities include: trails and un- improved roads; designated hunting and fishing areas; designated conserva- tion areas for nature study and other passive activities; wilderness camp sites with simple shelters where needed; outhouse facilities; and drinking water. Historic sites should be included in parks whenever feasible. The following is an analysis of recreation in each district. It is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action which are set forth are to be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards of the element. PUNA Profile The present neighborhood parks in the Puna district are adequate to serve the needs of the residents. Optimum use, however, has not been achieved. Rec- reation programs are centered around team sports for young people, and social and cultural activities are limited. Cool and rainy weather requires that there be extensive covered and indoor recreational areas in neighborhood parks. County neighborhood parks are located at Keaau, Mountain View, and Kurtis- town. School playfields are used at Keaau, Mountain View, Pahoa and Volcano. Drainage is often a problem on the playfields. There are gymnasiums at Pahoa, Keaau and Mountain View, and both covered and outdoor basketball courts at Mountain View. Keaau also has a tennis court. School activities take precedence over public use of joint facilities, gyms and restrooms being available only with permission. The lack of lighting in parks and on tennis and basketball courts prevents night use. Many of the parks in the Puna district are heavily used by Hilo residents. The proximity of Puna makes it easy for people in Hilo to travel to these areas on weekends and holidays for picnicking, camping and fishing. These County- wide recreational areas include three beach parks and three parks which are rural or mountain types. The County's Isaac Hale Park is a beach area which offers picnicking, camping, fishing and swimming when the ocean is calm. The present size and facilities are inadequate and cars often occupy area which could be used for rec- reation. Almost 2,000 people visited this 1.2 -acre park over the Labor Day week- end in 1970. Harry K. Brown Park (22.8 acres) and Kaimu Beach Park (6.4 acres) are County recreational areas in Kalapana used for picnicking, camping, and fishing. Although the ocean is generally too rough for swimming, small tidepools in Harry K. Brown Park provide swimming for small children. An artificial marine water pool has been constructed near the beach for swimming, but it has not been maintained and is gradually filling with wind-blown sand. The highway separating the park from the shoreline is a safety hazard and limits the use of recreation area along the coast. Kaimu Beach is enjoyed for its scenic quality, picnicking, and fishing. Both parks are very popular and attracted over 5,000 people during the 1970 Labor Day weekend. Facilities, however, are inadequate for heavy use. MacKenzie State Park (6.8 acres) is an ocean -oriented and forest park located between Pohoiki and Opihikao at the edge of the Malama-ki Forest Reserve. Fishing, picnicking and camping are recreational activities of this park. Within the park is a well-preserved segment of the ancient Hawaiian King's Trail. Adjacent to Honolulu Landing is the County's undeveloped Nanawale Park site, consisting of 78.3 acres. Near the Kapoho-Pohoiki junction, the Lava Tree State Park (17.1 acres) features tree molds and large volcanic earth cracks and has an easy walking trail, picnic facilities, and restrooms. The park is landscaped, well maintained, and has adequate facilities and area for present use. Additional area adjacent to the present park has been reserved. The County's Glenwood Park (1.1 acres), located along the Volcano High- way, adequately serves travelers as a picnic and rest stop. Within the Puna district are 60,000 acres of the total area of Hawaii Vol- canoes National Park. The facilities of the park for passive and active recreation are readily accessible. Courses Of Action • A multipurpose community center and park should be established in Pahoa. • A swimming pool should be provided in Pahoa in cooperation with the Department of Education, the plantation, and local community groups. • As population increases and need arises, neighborhood parks in large subdivisions between Keaau and Pahoa shall be provided and improved. • Punaluu Springs (Queen's Bath) should be developed as a park to include Waiaka and Waikupaha Ponds. • Implement the County of Hawaii Park Development Plan for the Kala- pana-Kaimu area. Preserve and restore Kaimu Black Sand Beach. In cooperation with the U.S. Corps of Engineers implement the construc- tion of a submerged breakwater and beach replenishment to preserve and restore Kaimu Black Sand Beach. • Recommend establishing a wilderness camp and park reserve on State- owned land east of Kaimu. • Recommend the establishment of beach reserves at Kehena Beach and Opihikao (west of Opihikao junction). • Recommend that the State increase the area of MacKenzie Park. • Develop the Pohoiki recreation area and improve its launching ramp. Improve Isaac Hale Park. Provide trail access to Keahialaka Spring and Pond and Mahinaakaka Heiau. • Develop the Kapoho Tidepools as a marine park. • Establish a small scenic park overlooking Kapoho and provide minimum facilities. • Recreation along the coastal area between Hilo and Kapoho should be developed and include areas at Papai, Haena (Keaau), Kaloli Point, Keonepoko Nui, Honolulu Landing, and Nanawale. • Small scenic parks should be established along the Puna Road to provide viewpoints of the rift zone and Kauileau, Keekee and the 1955 flows. SOUTH HILO Profile The city of Hilo is the major urban center in the County and as such has a diversity of recreational facilities. Within the city there are several neighborhood parks. Four of them are less than three acres in size and six are between 3 and 7.5 acres and have playfields. Nine school yards provide additional playfields. These parks are not used to their maximum. In many of the parks there are drain- age problems. The lack of lights does not allow evening use of playfields. Poor maintenance of playground equipment, poor landscaping, and the lack of benches and adequate shelters have restricted the use of some parks. Some resi- dential areas do not have easy access to neighborhood parks, and newer com- munities lack recreational areas. Hilo also has nine gymnasiums: two are school facilities and seven are County facilities. Two of the County gymnasiums are jointly administered, one with the Department of Education and the other with the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands. Outside of urban Hilo, there is a County neighborhood park in Kaiwiki; a school playfield and gymnasium in Hakalau; an old school building, gym- nasium, and playfield in Honomu; and a County gym and school playfield in Papaikou. Public use of facilities jointly administered by the County and the Department of Education is generally limited to after school hours. Regional recreational facilities located in the city of Hilo serve South Hilo and neighboring districts. There are two swimming pools, one owned by the County and the other jointly administered by the County and the Department of Education and available for public use on weekends. Hoolulu Park is the major regional recreational center and consists of 36.6 acres. There is a gymnasium with a seating capacity of 2,800 which is used for pageants, musical entertainment, and sports events. Although adequate for sports, the acoustics and seating are poor for entertainment. The Hilo Armory is smaller but serves a function similar to the gymnasium in Hoolulu Park. Al- though these facilities serve as auditoriums, they are inadequate for that pur- pose. They are not sufficient for large cultural and social events. A large stadium for sports events, tennis courts, a stable, and a race track are also located in the park. Parking is inadequate for large events. Steep cliffs make the coastal waters of the South Hilo district inaccessible except at the mouths of a few large gulches and along the coast of the city. Most beach areas have little depth due to coastal roads or residential lots. Parking is often a problem and vehicles occupy valuable recreation area. There are three developed beaches with about 3,000 linear feet of shoreline in Hilo. One has a small sand beach with shallow water and is especially good for children. These beaches are heavily used and during the 1970 Labor Day weekend had a count of 3,000 people. There are over 75,000 users annually at Onekahakaha Beach. There is a 2 -mile stretch of coastline from Leleiwi Beach Park through Lihikai (Onekahakaha) which can be developed for recreation. The Reed's Bay area and Kuhio Bay (Baker's Beach) have sand beaches with potential for more intensive recreational use. The County has three waterfront parks: Liliuokalani Gardens -Coconut Is- land (24 acres), Bayfront-Mooheau Park (18.6 acres), and Reed's Bay Beach Park (3.8 acres). Near the mouth of the Wailoa River the State has a 66 -acre park with a lake maintained as a public fishing area. These parks provide scenic landscaped open space and are used for picnicking and fishing. Large pavilions at Wailoa River State Park are frequently used for community meetings and banquets. Mooheau Park has a bandstand which is used by the County Band for monthly concerts as well as for other community gatherings. Noise from the nearby highways, however, often interferes with the use of the bandstand. North of the city of Hilo are two beach parks located at the mouth of gulches. Honolii Park (2.77 acres) is used primarily by surfers. Kolekole Beach Park at Wailea is used mainly for picnicking with limited swimming in the stream. The County's 4.9 -acre park at Kaumana Caves and the State's Wailuku River State Recreation (10+ acres) in Hilo and Akaka Falls (65.4 acres) in Hono- mu have outstanding natural features. The State maintains a scenic viewpoint at Alealea Point and the County has one at Onomea Lookout Point. The two forest reserves in South Hilo offer limited wilderness recreation, primarily hunting and camping. The Waiakea Arboretum is used as a demon- stration area for visitors. There are two facilities for small boats in Hilo. One is located at the mouth of the Wailoa River and is used by fishing craft and other power boats. There is a launching ramp. The other is a moorage with minimal facilities in Reed's Bay which is used by sailboats. 1 Ll LLI 1 Ir� �l An 18 -hole municipal golf course with an area of 144.6 acres is located in the Waiakea Homesteads area. Parking is inadequate and the clubhouse and restrooms are often overcrowded. The Lyman House is the district's only museum. It is privately owned and additional facilities are being built. Courses Of Action • Clem Akina Park, Gilbert Carvalho Park, Wainaku Camp 2 Field, and Ainako Park should be developed as neighborhood recreation centers with improved drainage and landscaping, a sitting area for passive rec- reation, and play sculpture and equipment. • Improve Kalakaua Park to encourage passive use by providing sheltered sitting areas and landscaping. A drinking fountain and restroom are needed. • Develop Lincoln Park as a major tennis facility with a playground and sitting area for family use. • Shaded areas with benches are needed in Keikiland, Villa Franca. Im- prove access from street. • Develop Waiakea Uka Gym and Field as a hostel, especially for students from other districts. • Develop a viewpoint park at the summit of Halai Hill with limited park- ing below. • A strip park along both sides of the Wailuku River in the central business district of Hilo should be maintained. Major viewpoints with pedestrian walkways and benches should be provided. • Neighborhood recreational areas should be provided in areas such as Piihonua, upper Ponahawai and Haihai, Panaewa and upper Waiakea, and Pepeekeo. • Developing urban commercial areas should have small landscaped parks for passive recreation. • Increase the depth of coastal recreation areas. Park areas should be con- nected with trails to increase public access. • Develop the coastal area between Leleiwi and Lihikai for recreation. • Develop Reed's Bay for more intensive water -oriented recreation. • Additional small boat moorage facilities should be developed. • Develop Kuhio Bay and the Baker's Beach area as a public recreational facility. • Any construction within or in close proximity to Liliuokalani Gardens and Coconut Island shall be in keeping with the aesthetic qualities of the area. Expand the park to the coastal area next to Suisan with em- phasis on landscaping. • Encourage the implementation of the "Environmental and Urban Design Proposals, East Hawaii Project, City of Hilo," for the open space Kaiko'o and Bayfront areas. This includes the deepending of Waiolama Canal and the proposed Waiolama Park, the elimination of Bayfront Drive and the widening and realigning of Kamehameha Avenue, the restoration of the black sand beach along Hilo Bay, and the establishment of bo- tanical gardens. • Trails should be provided. • Provide a large auditorium which can be used for a convention center and major cultural events. • Encourage the development of an adequate small boat harbor. • Acquire additional lands to the southeast of Mahikai Island (Scout Is- land) to improve the access to and provide back-up space for that swim- ming area. NORTH HILO Profile Recreational facilities in the North Hilo district are generally limited. The population of the area is small and scattered and transportation is a major prob- lem. The communities of Ookala and Papaaloa have tennis courts, a gym and playfields provided by the plantation. The old school building at Ookala is used by the Head Start program and an old school at Ninole is available but is little used. In Laupahoehoe, community groups use the Court House as a meeting place. The Laupahoehoe School complex, with a 6 -acre playfield, a gym, and two tennis courts, is also used by the community. Two major district parks are located at the mouth of the larger gulches. Waikaumalo Park at Honohina is 17.1 acres in size and offers swimming and picnicking. Laupahoehoe Peninsula Beach Park has an area of 22.5 acres and is being developed to serve as a regional recreation area. Facilities include a play - field, a newly constructed boat ramp, and a large pavilion. Camping, picnicking and fishing are featured activities in this scenic location. The water, however, is unsafe for swimming and parking is generally inadequate and undefined. Within the district are the Hilo Forest Reserve (54,020 acres) and the Mano- waialee Forest Reserve (1,410 acres). Neither have facilities and are not much used for recreation. Courses Of Action • Provide a swimming facility in the Laupahoehoe area. • Develop John M. Ross School in Honohina for cultural or educational use. • Improve parking and provide smaller pavilions at Laupahoehoe Penin- sula Beach Park. • Develop a mauka recreational area. HAMAKUA Profile With the combined recreational facilities made available by the plantations, the schools, and the County, the communities of the Hamakua district are ade- quately served. If private facilities are discontinued or not maintained, however, public ones will be needed. The plantations provide neighborhood playground and playfield facilities in Haina, Paauhau, and Paauilo. Hain.a has a lighted softball field with bleachers which has been used for State tournaments. Paau- hau has a playfield, community hall and tennis courts, and Paauilo has a lighted playfield and gym. The Paauilo community also uses the 5 -acre school playfield. There is a 6 -acre recreation center and a dilapidated community hall on the former school grounds in Kukuihaele which is administered. by the County. On an old school lot in Ahualoa there is a small undeveloped County park. In Honokaa, the school grounds serve as a regional recreation center which is jointly administered by the County and the Department of Education. Facilities include a 4.5 -acre playfield, a swimming pool, and a gym. South Kohala resi- dents also use these facilities. Through the cooperative effort of community groups, the Hamakua Youth Center was recently organized in Honokaa. A rodeo arena and a 9 -hole golf course (19 acres) are privately owned facilities in Honokaa. Two mountain State parks provide facilities for hiking, picnicking, camp- ing and hunting. Cabins are available for overnight use. Mauna Kea State Park is 1,000 acres in size and is located in the saddle between Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. From this park there is a hiking trail to the summit of Mauna Kea. During the winter months the summit of Mauna Kea provides opportunities for skiing and other snow sports. Kalopa State Recreation Area (40 acres) is a new park in a forested area five miles southeast of Honokaa. The State Division of Fish and Game administers four game management areas with a total area of about 290,000 acres. These provide an extensive area for hunting. There are also three forest reserves within this district which can be used for hunting, hiking, nature study, and wilderness camping. No facilities are provided and access to the forest reserves is limited. The County maintains a scenic lookout area above Waipio Valley which has a shelter and facilities for picnicking. There is a hiking trail into Waimanu, the next valley. Courses Of Action • Close coordination between private and public recreation agencies is encouraged. • The County should assist the Hamakua Youth Center as needed. • The recreational development of Waipio and Waimanu Valleys as natural and wilderness areas should be encouraged. Encourage the State to pro- vide small recreation sites on the edge of Waipio Valley. • Encourage the development of a general park in the Kaao-Ahualoa sec- tion of the Hamakua Forest Reserve, as recommended by the Hamakua community. • As the need arises, develop the former school lot in Ahualoa as a neigh- borhood park. • Encourage the development of a recreation area on the Waipio side of Honokaa School for community playground use. • A scenic park shall be developed on the Kohala side of Hiilawe Falls after the completion of the scenic highway. NORTH KOHALA Profile Scattered settlement in the North Kohala district makes it difficult for residents to get to recreation areas. Local parks consist of two school grounds and one County park. Halaula Elementary School has a 5 -acre playfield and playground used by children in the area. Kohala High School has a gym, play- ground and 4.5 -acre playfield. The gym is used by the community for gatherings. Kamehameha Park in Kapaau is the major local park and has an area of 8.4 acres. Facilities include a grandstand, lighted playfield, and tennis courts. The park, however, is not large enough to accommodate people at major events. Along the windward coast of the district, the County's Keokea Beach Park at Niulii, with an area of 7.1 acres, is the only developed beach area. Swimming here, however, is limited. Within the park are two pavilions, one large and the other small. This and other beach areas along the windward coast are covered with bagasse. On the leeward side of the district are two County beach parks. Kapaa Beach Park has a total area of 28.3 acres, but only a small portion has been developed. Mahukona Beach Park has a total area of less than three acres and is located close to the harbor, which is popular for fishing and swimming. The harbor has a launching ramp maintained by the Division of Harbors but lacks docking and mooring facilities for small boats. Parking is inadequate at these beach parks. The Pololu Valley lookout at Niulii has limited parking but no other facili- ties. The valley itself is an area of scenic beauty. An access trail from the lookout descends into the valley. Courses Of Action • Encourage the development of additional community facilities, which should include a gymnasium, a youth center, and a swimming facility. • Encourage the development of Pololu Valley as a recreation area with a minimum of man-made elements. • Use of the total area of Kapaa Beach Park should be encouraged. • Encourage the State to implement plans for the development of the Lapa- kahi complex as a historic park, and establish a marine park. • Recommend the expansion of small boat harbor facilities at Mahukona Harbor and multi -use recreation area on adjacent lands. • Encourage the development of the Upolu Point area for recreation, in- cluding access to fishing areas. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Neighborhood recreation areas in the South Kohala district are limited. The Waimea Elementary and Intermediate School has a playground and a gym gen- erally used only during school days. The County's Waimea Park (6.4 acres) is the district's recreation center with a playfield and facilities for spectators, tennis courts, picnic tables, restrooms, and an attractive playground for young children. This park is often a rest and picnic stop for travelers. Parking, how- ever, is undefined and restroom facilities are inadequate. The County also has a 2.8 -acre undeveloped park site in Waimea. A community center and a youth center in Waimea are owned by Parker Ranch and administered by local community organizations. Parker Ranch also has rodeo facilities. The increase of population which is expected in the future in the district of South Kohala may require as much as 65 acres of community recreation area. The island's major white sand beaches stretch along the coast of South Ko- hala. Hapuna Beach State Park and the County's Samuel M. Spencer Beach Park are the major developed areas. The planned highway connection between Kawaihae and Kailua will make the beaches of South Kohala more accessible. Hapuna is 65 acres in size and is the major water -oriented recreation area in the County. Spencer Park near Kawaihae Harbor has an area of 13.4 acres and a sandy coastline of approximately 1,200 feet. The water is shallow and is especially used by family groups. Both Hapuna and Spencer Parks receive intensive use and are overcrowded on weekends and holidays. Facilities and parking are inadequate. Plans exist to locate the improved and expanded Kawai- hae Small Boat Harbor north of the beach park. The present small boat harbor has catwalks for 33 boats and mooring for 12. The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel Golf Course has 18 holes and is privately owned but open to the public. Course Of Action • Encourage the implementation of the Hapuna Beach State Park plan. • Implement the Spencer Park development plan. Improve picnic facilities and encourage the construction of small pavilions at Spencer Park. • Reserve and develop additional beach parks in South Kohala. • Encourage the establishment of neighborhood park reserves in the dis- trict. 11 • Ensure public use of and access to beach areas in South Kohala. • The development of Puukohola and Mailekini Heiaus as a historic park within a recreation complex should be encouraged. • Recommend the development of the petroglyph fields at Puako as his- toric parks. • Recommend the State to implement plans for small boat harbor facilities at Kawaihae. NORTH KONA Profile The existing recreational areas and facilities in the North Kona district are generally inadequate. The almost 5,000 residents have two County parks, both in Kailua. Hale Halawai (3.2 acres) provides a meeting place for the community and also serves as a rest stop and picnic area. Acoustics are poor and parking is inadequate. The distance of Hale Halawai from mauka areas is a problem for many residents in the district. The small Kailua Public Park (0.7 acre) is used by Kailua residents for tennis and basketball. It is too small for active team sports and has inadequate parking. The only playfield available in the district is the one -acre school yard at Holualoa, which is used for organized sports. Holualoa School also serves as a community center and meeting place for muka residents. Using the ratio of 2.5 acres of neighborhood recreation. area for every 1,000 people, the district of North Kona should now have at least 12 acres of area for community recreation. As the population increases in the future, as much as 73 acres maybe required to adequately serve the neighborhood recrea- tional needs of the district. The County has two beach parks in North Kona. White Sand Beach (Dis- appearing Sands) is located along Alii Drive south of Kailua and disappears seasonally. Kahaluu Beach Park (5.4 acres) is the only developed beach park in the district and receives intensive use. The park also has a unique and readily accessible coral garden with an abundance of marine life. It is usually over- crowded and has inadequate facilities. There are three small boat harbors in the district: Kailua Bay, Keauhou and Honokohau. Honokohau is under construction and will have a capacity of 400 small boats upon completion. The Kailua Bay anchorage provides limited docking facilities and offshore anchorage for small boats and commercial charter and tour boats. The wharf is used as a promenade, a fishing area, and is the center of the Annual Billfish Tournament. Parking and comfort facilities are inadequate. The nearby small sand beach is used for swimming. Keauhou Boat Harbor is a small marina and has a launching ramp as does Honokohau. Facili- ties are inadequate. There is a 200 -acre 18 -hole golf course at Keauhou which is privately owned. The Honuaula Forest Reserve on the upper western slopes of Hualalai is used for limited wilderness recreation. No facilities are available and access roads are poor. Courses Of Action • Encourage the development of neighborhood recreational facilities with easy access for residents. • Encourage the development of the recreation area at Holualoa School. • Encourage the development of Alii Drive as a pedestrian mall with open space areas for passive recreation. • Improve facilities at White Sand Beach and expand Kahaluu Beach Park. • Protect the marine life at Kahaluu Bay. • Recommend the development of the old Kona Airport or Honokohau as a major regional park. The final site selection should be dependent on a study of the sites. • Establish public access to and the development of shoreline regions along the North Kona Coast so as to provide recreational opportunities in areas such as Keawaiki, Kiholo Bay, Kaupulehu, Kukio and Kapapa Bays, Kua Bay, Kahoiawa, Makalawena, Mahaiula, and Honokohau. • Protect Opaeula, Kaloko, and Honokohau (Aimakapa) Ponds as natural areas. • Review the possibility of restoring the sand beach in Kailua. • Improve facilities at Kailua Bay wharf and Keauhou Small Boat Harbor. • Encourage the development of historic trails. SOUTH KONA Profile In all of South Kona there is one neighborhood recreation center, the County's Greenwell Park (6.8 acres) in Captain Cook. Facilities include tennis and basketball courts and a lighted playfield. Multipurpose facilities will be jointly administered by the County and local community organizations. The schoolyard of Konawaena School in Kealakekua provides additional but limited facilities and playfield area. The playfield area is inadequate to serve both school and community needs. Communities in North Kona which do not have recreation areas use the field. School yards at Hookena and Honaunau Schools are available to communities. Honaunau School has a small playfield used by community organizations and teams from as far away as Milolii. The playground and restrooms are available only during school hours. Hookena School has lighted basketball and volleyball courts and a small playfield. These are occasionally used by community teams. For the present population of South Kona, at least 10 acres of land are needed to adequately meet neighborhood recreation needs. In the future, as much as 33 acres may be required. There are four developed beach parks and two beach park reserves in the district. All but the City of Refuge National Historic Park at Honaunau Bay are County parks. The County beach parks are small and have limited facilities. Milolii Beach Park (1.2 acres), on the old school grounds, has very limited fa- cilities for camping, picnicking, fishing, and swimming. At the southeast shore of Kealakekua Bay near the Hikiau Heiau State Monument (2 acres) is located Napoopoo Beach Park (3.2 acres). Hookena Beach Park (0.7 acre) is about 60 feet wide and 600 feet long and has outstanding scenic qualities. The City of Refuge National Historic Park consists of 182 acres and provides opportunities for fishing, swimming, and picnicking. There are also interpretive trails to significant historic sites. Tidepools are easily accessible and the off- shore waters are excellent for snorkeling and diving. An undeveloped beach reserve is Napoopoo Park site (5.6 acres) on the southern shore of Kealakekua Bay. The South Kona Forest Reserve consists of 23,322 acres and offers limited wilderness recreation accessible by a few trails. Courses Of Action • Adequate neighborhood recreational facilities should be developed in existing and urbanizing communities. • In cooperation with the Department of Education, further recreational facilities should be established at Konawaena, Honaunau, and Hookena Schools. • Encourage the development of a district recreation center with the co- operation of public and private agencies concerned with recreation. • Encourage the development of the coastal area for public recreational use. • Encourage the establishment of a major historic park at Kealakekua Bay and protect historic sites and scenic aspects of the area. • Encourage the development of beach park reserves as natural areas and the improvement of present beach parks. • Recommend the further development of Honaunau Bay as a historic park with recreational opportunities. • Develop a regional public golf course. • Recommend that Honomalino Bay become a beach reserve. • Implement plan for the development of Palemano Point and Hookena. KA' U Profile Waiohinu, Naalehu and Pahala have neighborhood parks and school yards which provide community recreation areas. A limited recreation program has not encouraged optimum use of the space and facilities of the neighborhood parks. There are gyms, tennis courts, and community centers used for meetings at Naalehu and Pahala. In addition, there is a swimming pool in Pahala. Several neighborhood park sites have been reserved in subdivisions in the Kahuku area. These sites are undeveloped as the population is small and scattered. There is a lack of beaches with safe swimming areas in the district. There are two developed beach parks in Ka'u: Whittington Beach Park (0.8 acre) in Honuapo Bay and Punaluu Beach Park (6.6 acres). Swimming at Whittington Beach Park is hazardous due to rough seas. The area is scenic and used for pic- nicking, camping, and as a rest stop for travelers. The black sand beach at Punaluu is an easily accessible swimming area which is heavily used. It is often crowded and has inadequate parking. The small County park is located in a lava area not fronted by the sand beach and swimming area. South Point (Ka Lae) offers unique scenic landscape, historic sites, and good fishing. The County's Kamaoa park site, consisting of 28.8 acres, is un- developed. Manuka State Botanical Park has adequate facilities for picnics, camping, and hiking. It is also used as a rest stop for travelers. The Kilauea State Recrea- tion Area near the national park boundary in Volcano rents two well-equipped cabins. Designed for national use, the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park consists of 201,007 acres and features geologic phenomena and wildlife. Facilities for pic- nicking and camping as well as good hiking trails are located throughout the park. There are also forest reserves in the district, but they have poor access and lack facilities. The scenic 18 -hole Volcano Golf Course is privately owned and open to the public. Courses Of Action • Encourage the development of a swimming facility and instructional program in Naalehu. • Parks in subdivisions in the Kahuku area shall be developed commen- surate with population growth. • Encourage the establishment of the Punaluu-Ninole Springs region as a recreation area. • The South Point area should be developed as a recreational complex with opportunities for camping, picnicking, fishing, nature study, and hiking. The Kamaoa park site could be utilized as a camping park. • Recommend the development of Kaaluala Bay as a remote camping - beach park. • Encourage the State Division of Forestry to develop wilderness recrea- tion uses of the Kapua-Manuka Forest Reserve. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Transportation is the systems and modes of conveyance of people and goods from place to place. It can be considered the major structural element of an area. The different elements of the transportation system need to be planned as an integrated and comprehensive process which relates to the overall land use plan. The coordinated planning of transportation facilities requires an under- standing of the characteristics of the modes of conveyance and the patterns and densities of the area which they are intended to serve. The purpose of transportation planning is to provide faster, safer, more efficient and more pleasant travel, as limited by the financial ability of the area to pay for it. As transportation systems are expensive to construct and maintain, great care and foresight are needed in developing plans for them. New systems should be designed without the defects of past systems and to relieve older and substandard systems as much as possible. Modern transportation planning emphasizes the total transportation system rather than isolated facilities. It considers all modes of transport which are eco- nomical in an area, as well as all types of improvements, including traffic en- gineering improvements. Hawaii County is faced with an increasing demand for the development of new transportation facilities and systems. Numerous transportation projects have been recently completed, are underway, or are in the planning stage. Much of the current construction, however, is either expansion or improvement of existing systems or facilities. A sizable portion of the new construction which is planned or underway is but an incremental part of a long-range program. In recent years, the County of Hawaii has seen the construction of major highways, the expansion of harbor facilities, the development of an unique air- port in the midst of barren lava, and the expansion of the Hilo Airport, which is the second gateway to the State. To achieve the goals, policies, and standards set forth in this section, the different elements of a transportation system should be planned together and in conjunction with the overall land use plan of the County. To be effective, transportation planning as a "team task" requires the coordinated efforts of trained persons from a number of fields. Aside from these professionals, how- ever, citizen participation and awareness and understanding are also vitally important. GOALS • Provide a transportation system whereby people and goods can move efficiently, safely, comfortably and economically. • Make available a variety of modes of transportation which best meets the needs of the County. POLICIES • A framework of transportation facilities which will promote and influ- ence desired land use shall be established by concerned agencies. • The agencies concerned with transportation systems should provide for present traffic and future demands. • The improvement of transportation service shall be encouraged. STANDARD • Transportation systems shall meet the requirements of the State Depart- ment of Transportation and the County of Hawaii. The following sections on Highways and Streets and Transportation Termi- nals are sub -elements of the overall transportation element. The goals, policies, and standards set forth in these sections shall complement those established in the overall element. THOROUGHFARES Sc STREETS INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The mobility of today's population is expected to increase. Population growth and increased car ownership will continue and will require additional measures for improving transportation. The proposed ferry system will also bring more cars into the island. Thoroughfares and streets as well as other elements of the transportation system provide the connecting links between destination points. In planning vehicular transportation, the various systems take into con- sideration activities or land uses that will continue to generate traffic. New major highways are expected to create new and productive land uses in ap- propriate locations. Thoroughfares and streets must be planned with other trans- portation elements, as all contribute to the total movement of people and goods. Roadway systems in Hawaii County are financed through Federal, State and County programs. Current projects are for the improvement and expansion of existing systems or the incremental construction of a long-range project. The County of Hawaii has 1,233 miles of public roads. This includes 373 miles of State highways and 860 miles of County roads. The majority of these systems do not meet present standards and require improvements. Of the 860 miles of County roads, 217 miles, or 25%, are unpaved. There are also drainage and flooding problems along many highways and streets, as well as traffic con- gestion in many areas. The major highway system of the island is the Hawaii Belt Highway. This corridor has aspects of natural beauty which have often been overlooked. To alleviate the problem of distance between east and west Hawaii, a super high- way between these two areas is expected to be built. In addition to the public road systems, there are numerous private roads. Through the careful examination and analysis of past and present situa- tions, the following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to guide the or- derly development of the County's highways and streets. GOALS • Provide a system of thoroughfares and streets for the safe, efficient and comfortable movement of people and goods between and within the vari- ous sections of the County. • Provide an integrated State and County system so that new major routes will complement and encourage proposed land uses. POLICIES • The programmed improvement of existing thoroughfares and streets shall be encouraged. • There shall be coordinated planning of Federal, State and County street systems to meet program goals of the other elements such as historic, recreational, environmental quality. • Private and public parking requirements and needs shall be incorporated as part of the street system. • The County shall encourage the State Department of Transportation to establish special scenic routes within and between communities. • Transportation and drainage systems shall be integrated in all medium and high density urban areas. • Support development of an efficient transit route between east and west Courses Of Action Hawaii. • Primary arterial rights-of-way providing access to the district should be increased to 120 feet where they pass through relatively undeveloped ' STANDARDS lands. • Primary route: Includes major highways and primary arterials which • The present Puna Coast Road, eventually to connect with the Chain of move vehicles in large volumes and at higher speeds from one geo- Craters Road, should have a 300 -foot right-of-way and be developed as ' graphic area to another; highest traffic volume corridor. a scenic parkway along the coast. Alignment should basically follow Major highways: the existing road from the Kalapana end of the Chain of Craters Road Minimum right-of-way: 300 feet. to the proposed extension of the Saddle Road in the vicinity of the Hilo Primary arterial: Airport. Minimum right-of-way: 120 feet. • A new 120 -foot road alignment to connect the junction of the Kapoho- • Minor Arterial: A street of considerable continuity which is primarily a Pohoiki Roads with the Pohoiki area should be constructed. This align - traffic artery for intercommunication between or through large areas; ment will eliminate a series of bad curves in the present road. interconnect with and augment primary system. • Major collector roads with 80 -foot rights-of-way should run from: Minimum right-of-way: 80 feet. Opihikao to the Puna Road. 1 fl • Collector Street: Any street supplementary to the arterial street system which is a means of intercommunication between this system and smaller areas; used to some extent for through traffic and to some extent for access to abutting properties; collect and distribute traffic between neighborhood and arterial system. Minimum right-of-way: 60 feet. • Local minor streets: The principal purpose of a local street is to provide access to property abutting the public right-of-way; lowest level of mobility. Minimum right-of-way: 50 feet. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake with reference to highways and streets. The brief analysis of each district is in- tended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goals, policies, and standards set forth for this element. PUNA Profile Primary routes within the Puna district are the Volcano Road (Hawaii 11 and 144), which provides access to Hilo and serves the upper Puna region; the Puna Road (Hawaii 13), serving lower Puna from Keaau to Kalapana-Kaimu; the Kapoho Road (Hawaii 132), from Pahoa to Kapoho; and the Puna Coast Road (Hawaii 137), linking Kapoho and Kalapana-Kaimu. The latter road is basically a one -lane cinder road while the rest are all-weather, surfaced roads. The majority of the roads throughout the district are inadequate by present standards with the exception of the Volcano Road between Hilo and Keaau which was recently completed and is the only 4 -lane divided highway on the island. Many sectors of the roads in this district lack proper drainage or have sharp curves and grades with poor sighting distance. In several communities, build- ings directly abut or encroach on to rights-of-way. Most private roads in large subdivisions are cinder -surfaced and deficient in layout and construction. Limited attention has been given to proper base con- struction and drainage. There is also a network of private plantation roads throughout the area. Volcano Road to the coast parkway along the Puna -South Hilo bound- ary. Volcano Road to the Saddle Road above Hilo along the existing Ku- lani Road. Upper portion of the National Park to a point approximately 2 miles west of Kalapana. SOUTH HILO Profile The Hawaii Belt Highway is the primary traffic artery serving the district outside of the city of Hilo. Portions of the old Mamalahoa Highway serve scat- tered residential areas such as Pepeekeo and Honomu. Several narrow roadways cross -connecting the Belt Highway and the old Mamalahoa Highway serve upper homestead areas. There is also an intricate system of private plantation roads. The city of Hilo is a terminal point for the island -circling Belt Highway. Augmenting this primary highway system is the trans -island Saddle Road. The Saddle Road route within the city follows major thoroughfares' which are con- gested, narrow; and/or winding. Hilo's internal circulation system provides arterial and collector streets to handle traffic moving from one part of the city to another. However, except for Komohana Street below the mauka residential sections, the majority of the traf- fic flow in the city of Hilo is forced through the downtown area because of the lack of arterial connections. High traffic volume is also generated around the Hilo High and Hilo Intermediate Schools complex during peak traffic hours. The Keaukaha area is served by a single vulnerable road that is totally inade- quate for the proposed high density uses in the area. The majority of the roads throughout the district are inadequate by present standards. Many sectors of the roads have sharp curves and grades with poor sighting distance. There are many streets with a maximum 40 -foot right-of- way which is inadequate, and many more that drain poorly and lack curbs and gutters or even roadside drainage ditches. In many instances, there is no major surface drainage system to handle the increased runoff brought about as new lands are opened for construction development. Courses Of Action • Portions of the old Mamalahoa Highway, especially those serving Pe- peekeo and Honomu, should be increased to 60 -foot rights-of-way to facilitate widening and to provide a secondary north -south route along the Hamakua coast. • Major east -west collector roads between the old Mamalahoa Highway and the Belt Highway and those serving upper homestead areas should be increased to 60 -foot rights-of-way and improved to all-weather stand- ards. • The section of Kanoelehua Avenue from the intersection of Kawili Street to the intersection of the Bayfront Highway extension should have limited access control with major intersections at Kawili Street, Kekuanaoa Avenue, Piilani Street, and Kuawa Street. • A marginal street should be developed on the west side of Kanoelehua Avenue between Lanikaula and Piilani Streets to provide access to abut- ting properties. • A 120 -foot realignment of the Saddle Road from the Forest Reserve boundary on the south side of Kaumana Drive and along the north side of Puainako Street, intersecting the present Puainako alignment at Ki- noole Street and continuing to the intersection of Kanoelehua Avenue should be constructed. Limited access control is recommended with intersections at the major cross arterials serving the various areas of the city. Approximately 3Y2 miles east of the Kanoelehua intersection on the Saddle Road, a major arterial with an 80 -foot right-of-way acts as a continuation of Ponahawai Street. • Widen Kilauea Avenue to an 80 -foot right-of-way from Waianuenue Avenue to Haihai Street. • An 80 -foot circumferential route should be constructed from the inter- section of Stainback Highway and Volcano Road, through the Panaewa agricultural area, into the airport industrial area, turning into the Ka- wili Street extension of the Kanoelehua Industrial Park, aligning with Iwalani Street and terminating at the Stainback Highway above the Volcano Road. • A Saddle Road extension east of Kanoelehua should be the main route from the new proposed airport terminal for direct access to the business district. An 80' arterial loop connecting from Kekuanaoa should furnish an alternate airport route with direct access to the new airport terminal. • Ainako, a 60 -foot alignment, should extend across Ka.umana Drive to meet the Mohouli extension to provide one of the major mauka cross - city connections. • Widen Akolea Road to an 80 -foot alignment to provide the uppermost cross -city connection from Piihonua to Kaumana and the upper reaches of Ainaola Drive. • Kawailani, a 60 -foot alignment, should be extended from its upper termi- nal point across the realigned Saddle Road to Kaumana, thus providing an additional cross-town route. NORTH HILO Profile The primary traffic circulation system through the district is the Hawaii Belt Highway (Highway 19). A secondary system which is also parallel to the shoreline is the existing Mamalahoa Highway which was the major link between Hilo and Honokaa before the Belt Highway to Honokaa was completed in 1960. The major highway through this district has many sharp curves and grades with poor sighting distance. Several of the bridges along this highway are narrow. Landslides also occur along certain portions of this system during heavy rainfall. In addition to the roads paralleling the seacoast, many mauka-makai roads connect the lowlands to the upper homestead and agricultural belt. These roads are maintained by the County or the sugar companies. Courses Of Action • Improve mauka-makai homestead roads. • Improve certain portions, specifically the 3 gulches, of the Hawaii Belt Highway. • Realignment of Hawaii Belt Highway at Kapehu Camp. • Create a new access to Laupahoehoe School south of the existing road which is presently inadequate. • Consider improving the Belt Highway at the three major gulches. HAMAKUA Profile The Hawaii Belt Highway is the primary traffic artery connecting Hama- kua to the Hilo and Kohala districts. Realignment and widening of the secondary road through Honokaa and its continuation to Waipio Valley is almost half completed. The pattern of circula- tion in Honokaa is overly dependent upon Mamane Street. There is a lack of parallel loop circulation routes and most of the local traffic is on Mamane Street or sub -streets which branch off of the main street. Mamane Street, the main street in Honokaa, is the only one that carries traffic across the town. This one street system results in undue congestion and delay in times of emergency. However, because of the sloping topography and the water courses dividing Honokaa into separate areas, it is difficult to develop loop circulation systems without constructing a number of bridges. In addition to the roads mentioned, there are several homestead roads mauka of the Belt Highway serving the Paauilo, Pohakea, Kaapahu, Kalopa, Kaao and Ahualoa Homestead lands. These roads, however, are narrow, un- paved or poorly maintained. There is also a network of private plantation roads. Courses Of Action • Provide for an industrial traffic connection leading from the sugar mill to the new highway alignment, separating this traffic from local traffic movement on Mamane Street. • Construct a scenic highway from the Waipio Valley lookout extending mauka to connect to Mudlane Highway at the entrance of Waimea. • Improve substandard roads. • Close off Pakalana Street through Honokaa School. • Provide a cross-town connection to Plumeria Street by extending Kamani Street. • Provide a mauka-makai connection from the Kamani Street extension to Mamane Street on the Hilo side of the elderly housing. • Eliminate the Milo Street extension on the Waipio side of Pakalana. 1 11 t i NORTH KOHALA Profile There are two roads leading into North Kohala, the Kohala Mountain Road and the recently completed Kawaihae-Mahukona Road. The mountain route to Kohala has sharp vertical and horizontal curves and grades with poor sighting distance. The urban areas of this district are scattered along the main road between Hawi and Niulii, a distance of nearly 7 miles. There is also an intricate system of plantation roads. Courses Of Action • Improve mountain route to Kohala. • Improve road from Hawi to Niulii. • Improve other substandard roads. SOUTH KOHALA Profile The primary highway which runs through the town of Waimea is the Ma- malahoa Highway. Sections of Mamalahoa Highway from Waimea to Kona are hazardous with sharp curves and grades with poor sighting distance. A 12 -mile highway along the shore between Kawaihae and Mahukona was completed re- cently and provides another access to North Kohala. The road leading to Kawai- hae Harbor, which is heavily used by large trucks, is narrow and lacks adequate maintenance. The only access road to Puako is also inadequate. There are also a number of minor streets within the district. Courses Of Action • Improve substandard roads. • Complete development of the highway from Kawaihae to Kailua. • Construct a Waimea by-pass road from Mudlane Highway to Mamalahoa Highway on the Kona side of the village. • Construct a new Waimea to Kawaihae road from Mamalahoa Highway to the Kawaihae-Kona highway. KONA Profile The major traffic arteries serving the Kona districts are the Hawaii Belt Highway connecting Kona with South Kohala and Ka'u, the Kuakini Highway connecting Kailua with the mauka Keauhou area, and Alii Drive serving the shoreline areas between Kailua and Keauhou. The latter of these systems is the only access to areas along the shoreline between Kailua and Keauhou. Access to the Kailua Bay area from the Belt Highway is via Palani Road. The Kealake- kua Bay, Honaunau Bay, Hookena Bay and Milolii areas are accessible via roads from the Belt Highway. Drainage and flooding problems occur in certain portions of some of these roadways. Plans for a shoreline corridor connecting Kailua and Kawaihae are under- way and will be aligned to connect with the present Kailua to Ke-ahole Airport Road. There is also a network of private subdivision roads with steep grades and poor sighting distance. Courses Of Action • Realign portion of Kuakini Highway from intersection of Palani Road and Kailua-Kawaihae Road to approximately % mile on the Palani side of Kona Sea View Lots. • Convert Kuakini Highway to limited access status. • Realign Alii Drive from proposed Kuakini Highway to Keauhou. • Continue the coastal highway from Ke-ahole Airport to South Kohala. • Construct a new scenic road over the Hualalai Saddle. • Construct a scenic drive from Keauhou above the Kealakekua cliffs to Napoopoo. • Provide vertical connectors from Alii Drive to Kuakini Highway. • Improve present Kona-Ka'u road. • Incorporate the Kailua Mall circulation plan. KA'U Profile The primary highway leading through the Ka'u district is the Mamalahoa Highway. Certain portions of this highway system are narrow with sharp vertical and horizontal curves and poor sighting distance. Flooding also occurs in certain areas. This district also has an intricate system of plantation and subdivision roads. The majority of the private roads in the large subdivisions are cinder - surfaced and/or oil -treated and lack adequate maintenance. Courses Of Action • Improve hazardous sections of the major highway, realigning where necessary. • Install culverts and construct drainage channels and other related im- provements. • Improve substandard subdivision roads. TRANSPORTATION TERMINALS: AIRPORTS & HARBORS INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The principal concerns of planning for transportation terminals are loca- tion, provision of adequate transportation connections to terminals, financing and programming of improvements and services through Capital Improvement Projects, and the planning and zoning of adjacent land uses. Although the State Department of Transportation is directly involved in the actual design of terminals and supporting facilities, the General Plan should state where to locate these facilities. Major transportation terminals in the County of Hawaii consist of harbors and airports. There are two deep water harbors on the island, one at Hilo and another at Kawaihae. The harbor terminals, however, lack adequate docking facilities. Water pollution is also evident in the vicinity of the harbors. It is antici- pated that both deep water harbors will expand substantially. Air terminals which service inter -island transportation are located in Hilo, Waimea and Ke-ahole. The terminal at Hilo is also an overseas facility and is the gateway to the island and the second gateway to the State. This air terminal, however, is located adjacent to heavily populated areas. Hilo's Airport is ex- pected to continue to service overseas transportation, while facilities at Ke-ahole and Waimea will continue to service inter -island air traffic. The airstrip at Upolu Point in North Kohala is used as a general aviation field. Except for small private landing strips which chiefly serve the sugar plantations, there are no airfields in Puna, Ka'u or South Kona. As population becomes more mobile and as resident and visitor populations increase, there will be a greater demand for new and expanded transportation facilities. The following goals, policies, and standard are set forth to guide the orderly development of the County's transportation terminals and related facilities. GOAL • Provide transportation terminals and related facilities for the safe, effi- cient and comfortable movement of people and goods. POLICIES • The County shall encourage the programmed improvement of existing terminals, including adequate provisions for control of pollution. • The State Department of Transportation should establish a framework of transportation terminals and related facilities which will promote and influence desired land use. • Transportation terminals should be developed in conjunction with the different elements of the overall transportation system. STANDARD • Requirements of the State Department of Transportation. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake with reference to transportation terminals. The brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goal, policies, and standard set forth for this element. PUNA Profile There are several small private aircraft landing strips which are directly re- lated to the agricultural industries of the area. These landing strips are basically used by "crop -dusting" single engine aircraft. Although there are no developed harbor sites in the district, Pohoiki has been mentioned as a potential small boat harbor. Course Of Action • Provide for general aviation and small boat harbor facilities as the need arises. SOUTH HILO Profile The island's major harbor and airport are located in Hilo. The present harbor has a 35 -foot draft and wharfage facilities. The wharf, however, has limited loading or back-up space. There also is limited land area for the expansion of harbor -oriented industrial uses. General Lyman Field, the gateway to the island, serves inter -island and overseas air traffic. The present facilities, however, are inadequate. The two inter -island airlines basically service the areas of North and South Hilo, Puna, Ka'u and sometimes Hamakua. New airport terminal and runway plans are being readied for implementation. The proximity of the harbor to the airport makes it possible to install a fuel transmission line from wharf storage tanks. Courses Of Action • Under the guidance of the Federal government, the State Department of Health should enforce and strengthen present pollution regulations. • The County shall encourage the implementation of air terminal and run- way plans. • The State Department of Transportation should improve facilities at Kuhio Wharf to meet increased shipping activities. • Future land uses immediately adjoining the General Lyman Field Air- port should have an adequate open space buffer. • Encourage development of a small boat harbor for the area. NORTH HILO Profile A small boat ramp is located within the Laupahoehoe Point Beach Park. HAMAKUA Profile There are no air or harbor terminals in Hamakua. Course Of Action • Construct small boat ramp. NORTH KOHALA Retain Upolu airfield for general aviation use. There are no other terminal facilities in the district. SOUTH KOHALA Profile There is a deep water port and small boat harbor at Kawaihae, both of which are being further developed. There is insufficient parallel docking space at the present facility. An inter -island air terminal which services the residents of North and South Kohala and Hamakua is located in Waimea. This airport is too small for the landing of larger inter -island aircraft without load restrictions. Courses Of Action • The State Department of Transportation should continue the use of the Waimea-Kohala airport as an inter -island facility serving North and South Kohala and Hamakua and should improve existing facilities to handle inter -island aircraft at maximum load capacity. • The State Department of Transportation should improve facilities at Ka- waihae to meet increased shipping activities. KONA Profile The Ke-ahole Airport, which began operations in July 1970, is the State's newest and most unique air terminal. Built in the midst of a barren lava field, the inter -island terminal has a polynesian motif. Industrial space is needed for airport support uses such as fuel storage facilities. These facilities are presently located at Kawaihae. Aside from the small boat harbors at Kailua, Keauhou, and Honokohau which is incomplete, there are no shipping terminals in the district. Courses Of Action • Land uses adjoining Ke-ahole Airport should be of a compatible nature. • Industrial acreage should be provided at Ke-ahole for support use. KA'U Profile There are presently no terminal facilities in Ka'u. Because of impending growth, however, there will be need for general aviation and small boat harbor facilities. Course Of Action • Provide for general aviation and small boat harbor facilities and launch- ing activities as the need arises. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The General Plan expresses the integrated and specified concerns and problems and alternative solutions and guidance regarding the use of County resources. The utilization of land has been and will continue to be one of the principal focal points of public concern and policy. The other study elements of the General Plan, which depict the various aspects of the County, directly involve land in varying degrees. The land use element provides the primary basis for direct control and guidance of publicly and privately owned resources. The land use element sets forth goals, policies, and standards to guide location, density, and building in- tensities of particular areas. Area plans designate detailed land use patterns and are the most appropriate and convenient references for the County Adminis- tration and the County Council in their consideration of routine land use, zoning, subdivision and development matters. They are also a source of information to the public as to the anticipated use of private and public properties and the future form and nature of their communities. The land use element is intended to be used as a policy guide in order to secure coordinated growth and development of all sectors of the County. It seeks to accommodate growth without congestion; to designate and preserve the lands needed for residential use, commercial and visitor services, industry, agriculture, and open space; and to coordinate these uses with the County's service and cir- culation systems. A land use inventory was conducted by the County Planning Department in 1968-69 to achieve a better understanding of the physical status of the current land use patterns in Hawaii County. As a result of the intensive parcel -by -parcel inventory, many land problems became evident. According to findings, the total area of the island of Hawaii is approximately 2% million acres or 4,038 square miles: 4,037 square miles of land and one square mile of inland water. All of these lands are divided into approximately 102,000 parcels or lots. Previous General Plan The previous General Plan, although well made, consisted. of three separate documents which had different criteria for classifying land uses. All districts, with the exception of Ka'u, were general planned. The documents which had been adopted as the official General Plan for the County included: "A Plan for the Metropolitan Area of Hilo," by Belt, Collins & Associates, Ltd. "A Plan for Kona," by Harland Bartholomew and Associates. "The Kohala-Hamakua Region General Plan," by Robert I. Bush and Andrew Gerakas. Subsequent amendments to the preceding General Plan documents. Several other documents used in local planning are often confused with the General Plan, particularly the Zoning Ordinance, official zoning map, and subdivision regulations. These are specific and detailed pieces of legislation which are intended to carry out the proposals of the General Plan. The previous General Plan documents relied heavily on the use of maps that were specific and rigid, thus creating a lack of policy statements in trying to achieve the di- rection of all activities and elements concerning the County. Because these maps were in detailed form, they were often confused with the zone maps. The area of each General Plan category as of August 1969 was as follows: Residential: 2% of the total general planned area which consisted of slightly over 39,000 acres for single-family use and 1,000 acres for multiple resi- dential use. r -- Resort: Approximately 2,000 acres. Commercial: 1,300 acres. Industrial: 2,000+ acres. Public and Quasi -public Facilities: 17,500 acres. Agriculture: Approximately 891,700 acres or 35% of the overall general planned area. Open Space: About 575,000 acres or 33% of the total general planned land. Unclassified (including unplanned areas): Approximately 38% of the total land area on the island; includes the entire Ka'u district. State Land Use Hawaii was the first of the fifty states to have a State-wide General Plan and State Land Use Law which was prepared by the State Planning Office, now the Department of Planning and Economic Development, in response to the State Planning Act of 1957. Some of the actions leading to the passage of the Land Use Law resulted from concerns and discussions predating World War II. In the post -World War II period, there was a growing awareness of the need for gov- ernment action in controlling land uses because of the very limited area of the islands. It was also found that development of land for urban uses in many cases tended to occur in areas where it was uneconomical for public agencies to provide proper and adequate service facilities, and there was a consequent lag in the provision of such facilities; and that development of land for urban uses in many cases occurred on land having a higher capacity for contributing to the basic economy of the State, namely agriculture, than the uses which were de- veloped thereon. Through the passage of the Land Use Law, the State Land Use Commission was established. It called for the classification of all lands in the State and authorized the adoption of rules of practice and procedures and regulations for land use within the various land use districts. The four land use districts created by the State Land Use Commission pro- vide the basic legal framework of land uses in the State of Hawaii and help implement the long-range land use objectives of the State and the Counties. The Urban District is generally defined as lands in urban use with sufficient re- serve to accommodate foreseeable growth. In the County of Hawaii this district is made up of about 30,000 acres. Rural Districts are defined as lands primarily comprised of small farms mixed with low density residential lots which have a minimum lot size of one-half acre under the State Land Use Law. Of the four districts, this is the smallest, having about 1,000 acres of the island's total land area. The Agricultural District includes lands with a high capacity for inten- sive cultivation as well as those with low capacity. The minimum lot size in this district under the State Land Use Law is one acre. The Agricultural District has the second greatest land area with approximately 1,172,000 acres or slightly over 45% of the total land area of the island. Conservation Districts are primarily those lands in the existing forest and water reserve zones. This district has the largest land area with about 1,290,000 acres or 52% of the total land area of the island. Land uses within the Urban Districts are administered exclusively by the Counties in which they are located. In the Agricultural and Rural Districts the State Land Use Commission establishes use regulations and the counties are responsible for their administration. The counties, however, may adopt more stringent controls than those imposed by the State within these two districts. Although over 50% of the island's land is in the Conservation District, the County has no jurisdiction in these areas. In this district, land uses are administered by the State Department of Land and Natural Resources. i� County Zoning The Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance for the County of Hawaii is the legal instrument which regulates the use of land, thus helping to effectuate planning goals. The Zoning Ordinance implements the General Plan and is a document dealing with existing conditions and shorter range needs than with the projec- tion for future growth. Although it is recognized that zoning and the General Plan have separate and distinct purposes, neither one would be able to truly achieve its objective and purpose without the other. Besides the General Plan, several other factors contribute to the redistribu- tion of the zoning districts. These are the State Land Use Regulations, existing land use distribution, existing public facilities, and public concern and changing needs of the community. The tabulation of areas by County zoning as of August 1969 indicated the following: Single-family residential: Slightly over 16,000 acres; 9,000 acres or 55% vacant. Multiple residential (including duplex): 642 acres; 360 acres or 55% vacant. Resort: 677 acres; 398 acres or 60% vacant. Commercial: 828 acres; 268 acres or 32% vacant. Industrial: 2,680 acres; 1,094 acres or 40% vacant. Residential -Agriculture: 1,325 acres; 1,080 acres or 82% vacant. Agricultural: Approximately 1,056,400 acres. Open: 229,000 acres. Unplanned: About 1,187,000 acres. Existing Actual Land Use And Acreage Distribution The following is a summary of the existing land use distribution in approxi- mate area for the island of Hawaii. This section indicates the specific use of a parcel. Residential: 13,800 acres. Includes all residential uses, including board- ing houses and dormitories. Manufacturing, manufacturing services, and warehousing: 1,650 acres. In- cludes areas used for the manufacturing of durable and non -durable goods, as well as for construction. services and industrial utilities. Commercial: 380 acres. Includes uses in the retail and wholesale trades. Services: 29,900 acres. Includes areas used for consumer, professional, governmental (including military installations), business, and health and welfare services. Social and cultural: 900 acres. Includes areas used for the personal develop- ment of an individual or individuals, such as educational institutions, cul- tural centers, and religious institutions. Recreation: 64,700 acres. Includes areas used for public and private recrea- tion. Agricultural: 683,000 acres. Includes all areas used for agricultural pur- poses. Transportation: 12,300 acres. Includes all areas used for transportation purposes. Unused Open Space: 1,694,400 acres. Includes developable, subdivided, and unsubdivided vacant lands and areas, such as forest reserves, rivers, and steep land. Through the careful analysis and examination of past and present situations, the following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to physically plan the lands in the County in the best interest of the island's residents. GOALS • Designate and allocate land uses in appropriate proportions and in keep- ing with the social, cultural, and physical environments of the County. • Protect and encourage the intensive utilization of the County's limited prime agricultural lands. • Protect and preserve forest, water, natural and scientific reserves and open areas. POLICIES • Zone urban -type uses in areas with ease of access to community services and employment centers and with adequate public utilities and facilities. • Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and utilization of urban areas which are serviced by basic community facilities and utilities. • Allocate appropriate requested zoning in accordance with the existing or projected needs of neighborhood, community, region and County. • Establish a "land zoning bank" from which land use zoning may be al- located to specified urban centers and districts. • Conduct a review and re-evaluation of the tax structure to assure com- patibility with land use goals and policies. • Incorporate innovations such as the "zone of mix" into the Zoning Ordi- nance in order to achieve a housing mix and to permit the more efficient development of lands which have topographic and/or drainage problems. • Incorporate the concept of a "floating zone" for future industrial and retreat resort areas. This concept would allow flexibility in locating future needed developments in districts which cannot be pinpointed at this time, especially in the more rural and/or remote areas. STANDARDS • The designated land uses will be delineated on the General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Map. The boundaries indicated are long-range guides to general location and will be subject to: a) existing zoning; b) State Land Use District; and c) zone guide map and interpretation. Similarly, the acreages allocated represent alternatives for the various levels of economic activity and supporting functions, such as resort, residential, commercial and industrial activities. Land required for com- munity and governmental services and programs as well as new towns and resort centers may be accommodated within the allocated acreages. • Zoning requests shall be reviewed with respect to General Plan designa- tion, district goals, State Land Use District, compatibility with adjacent zoned uses, availability of public services and utilities, access, and public need. • Zoning may be recommended on an incremental basis depending upon construction schedule, development of supporting services and facilities, and other pertinent factors bearing upon the performance of the peti- tioner. • Zoning may be reallocated as to location within districts according to need with or without change in total. zoned acreage. • Zoning of areas for industrial and retreat resort uses under the "floating zone" concept shall be required to meet all pertinent elements of the General Plan. LAND USE CONCEPTS Proposed Land Use Pattern A well-balanced land use pattern capable of meeting the future needs of the County is an essential part of the General Plan. There are no universal standards for determining the amounts of land needed in the future for each land use or activity located within an area. Estimates can be made, however, of the future land use acreage allocation for each use. The land use pattern is a broad, flexible design intended to guide the direction and quality of future developments in a coordinated and rational man- ner. The General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Map indicates the general location of various land uses in relation to each other. The "floating zone" concept for industrial and retreat resort areas will en- able their locating in areas so as to take advantage of new concepts and trends, economic influences, and other situations which may occur. Compliance and compatibility with other pertinent elements of the Plan and with the objectives and standards of the industrial and retreat resort land use classifications shall be required. Land uses are designated generally on the map in reference to the following categories: Urban Centers High Density: Commercial, multiple residential and related services (general and office commercial; multiple residential -87 to 43.6 units per acre). Medium Density: Village and neighborhood commercial and residen- tial and related functions (3 -story commercial; multiple residential - 35 to 11.6 units per acre; single-family residential -5.8 units per acre). Low Density: Residential and ancillary community and public uses (single-family residential—no more than 4 units per acre). Industrial Area: Manufacturing and processing; wholesaling; large storage and transportation facilities; power plants; and government baseyards. Resort Area: Hotels and supporting services. Agriculture Area Intensive: Sugar; orchard; diversified agriculture; and floriculture. High: Fertile soil. Low: Less fertile soil. Extensive: Pasturage and range lands. Orchard: Those agricultural lands which though rocky in character and content support productive macadamia nuts, papaya, citrus and other similar agricultural products. Public Lands: Federal, State, University and County -owned lands. Open Parks and historic sites. Conservation Area: Forest and water reserves; natural and scientific preserves; open; etc. Urban centers which include high, medium and low density urban develop- ments provide physical, social, governmental and economic concentrations so that the total activities of the community can be more readily and easily con- ducted. In the County of Hawaii several of these centers have political and social antecedents, while others have been influenced by economic practices. Some of the County's more recent and possible future centers arise from the development of resort areas. The future improvement and development objectives are directed toward making urban centers more efficient, livable, and safe. Urban growth should be encouraged in terms of renewing older areas or as extensions of existing ones. The creation of new urban centers should be initiated only when it is in the public interest and they must be accompanied by commitments for the current development of basic community and public facilities and services. The General Plan Land Use Allocation Map shall also designate alternate areas for urban expansion. A "floating zone" concept may be effected for in- dustrial and retreat resort uses. The location of urban uses should be evaluated from the standpoint of how each use services existing and future land uses of the surrounding area. The direction and form of growth in accord with future demand will be influenced by many factors. The methodology used to develop the land use pattern reflects estimates of future population based on economic and employment evaluations, existing land uses and zoned areas, determination of community facility needs, and transportation demands for the entire island. The topography and other physical features of each area were also analyzed, and other particular economic, social, and physical characteristics were noted. The following table illustrates the Proposed Urban Land Use Pattern Acre- age Allocation by districts. The high, medium, and low density urban allocations are derived from the residential and commercial allocations in the table. It is proposed that the General Plan Land Use Pattern Acreage Allocation be re- viewed at ten-year intervals. This review would re-examine the elements of the General Plan, and as certain substantial changes or trends occur, new levels of community needs would be estimated and the land use pattern re-established. Proposed Urban Land Use Pattern Acreage' County Total Districts Residential Commercial Industrial Resort Urban Acreage Puna 4,860 486 306 160 5,812 South Hilo 17,320 1,732 8,074 525 27,651 North Hilo 520 52 36 10 618 Hamakua 2,920 292 176 20 3,408 North Kohala 1,520 152 226 70 1,968 South Kohala 7,480. 748 665 510 9,403 North Kona 8,400 840 4,579 741 14,560 South Kona 3,840 384 230 160 4,614 Ka'u 4,160 416 290 163 5,029 TOTAL 51,020 5,102 14,582 2,359 73,063 'Net acres The following is a list of urban centers, industrial areas and resort areas of the County by district. Industrial Urban Centers Areas Resort Areas Puna Keaau Keaau Kalapana (Intermedia Pahoa Pahoa Kapoho (Minor) Kalapana (Minor) Pohoiki ('Minor) 1 EXAMPLE- GENERAL XAMPLE- GENERAL PLAN LAND USE PATTERN ALLOCATION MAP ., a e faw �: `. f F" t' •' to a M fw �^ f L - ti M wi .r t,• ii �3 va i qA LEGEND MEDIUM DENSITY ALTERNATE MEDIUM DENSITY LOW DENSITY MOM ALTERNATE LOW DENSITY INTENSIVE AGRICULTURE EXTENSIVE AGRICULTURE I I I INDUSTRIAL ALTERNATE INDUSTRIAL ® RESORT ALTERNATE RESORT PUBLIC OPEN LEGEND MEDIUM DENSITY ALTERNATE MEDIUM DENSITY LOW DENSITY MOM ALTERNATE LOW DENSITY INTENSIVE AGRICULTURE EXTENSIVE AGRICULTURE I I I Zoning Guide Map In the implementation of the General Plan land use pattern concerning the allocation of acreage for zoning, the Planning Department shall prepare zoning guide maps which delineate specific uses in conformance to the designated uses in the land use pattern. Taking into consideration all elements of the General Plan, the zoning guide maps shall also indicate alternative or ap- propriate sites. These zoning guide maps shall be adopted by the Planning Commission on a biennial basis. During the preparation period of the zoning guide maps, zoning changes may be granted, as long as they conform to the General Plan. Kapoho (Minor) Papai (Minor) Kurtistown (Minor) Mt. View (Minor) Volcano Minor South Hilo Cit of Hilo Cit of Hilo Watakea P entnsula Reeds Bay (Intermediate) Papaikou (Minor) Papaikou Honomu Minor Pe eekeo Wailoa Pond Minor Pepeekeo (Minor) Keaukaha (Minor) Puueo (Minor) North Hilo Lau ahoehoe p L u hoehoe a s P a ahoehoe(Retreat) L u p Papaaloa Ookala Hamakua Honokaa Haina Hamakua-Kohala Mountain Reserve( Forest ReserveRetreat ) Paauilo Minor Honokaa Paauilo Kalopa (Retreat) North Kohala Hawi (Minor) Halaula Mahukona (Minor) Halaula (Minor) Hawi Kohala Mountains (Retreat) Kapaau (Minor) South Kohala Kawaihae Kawaihae Anaehoomalu (Major) Puako Mauka Waikoloa Kawaihae-Hapuna (Major) p ( J ) Waikoloa Waimea Puako-Honokaope Bay (Major) Waimea Waimea (Minor) Kawaihae Harbor Minor North Kona Kailua Kainaliu-Honalo Holualoa Makai (Minor) Holualoa-Along Kailua Kailua (Major) Alii Drive (Minor) Holualoa-Along Kainaliu- Keauhou-Kahaluu (Major) Kuakini Highway Honalo (Minor) Holualoa Mauka Ke-ahole Honokohau-Kaloko (Minor) (Intermediate) Keopu (Minor) Kaupulehu (Retreat) South Kona Captain Cook Kealakekua- Honaunau-Keei Captain Cook (Intermediate) Kealakekua Keei Mauka (Minor) Kealia (Retreat) Honaunau (Minor) Ka'u Naalehu Honuapo Honuapo (Minor) Pahala Naalehu Ninole-Punaluu (Minor) Waiohinu (Minor) Pahala Volcano (Retreat) Waiahukini (Retreat) Zoning Guide Map In the implementation of the General Plan land use pattern concerning the allocation of acreage for zoning, the Planning Department shall prepare zoning guide maps which delineate specific uses in conformance to the designated uses in the land use pattern. Taking into consideration all elements of the General Plan, the zoning guide maps shall also indicate alternative or ap- propriate sites. These zoning guide maps shall be adopted by the Planning Commission on a biennial basis. During the preparation period of the zoning guide maps, zoning changes may be granted, as long as they conform to the General Plan. Land Zoning Bank The General Plan incorporates a "Land Zoning Bank" which will be im- plemented by zoning. Of the estimated total urban acreage for the County, 80% will be allocated throughout the districts in a "district bank" and the re- maining20% will be retained in a Count zone bank. The district bank totals Y will be further allocated to the urban centers industrial and resort areas. These allocations s rve a uide and hould not be construed to be the approximate e sa s g absolute desired size. Acreage allocation may be shifted within a district from r ler one area to another if the need becomes greater or accelerated within the initial allocation period. Similarly, land use may be reallocated within a district without any change in the total allocated acreage for a given land use if no appreciable development or change is evidenced or indicated within the initial allocation period. In the event that the allocated acreage is absorbed within the districts, additional allocation may be made from the 20% County "Land Zoning Bank". The following table illustrates the Proposed Zoning Acreage Allocation for all districts. The allocated residential areas are to include those areas set aside within the resort complexes. Proposed Zoning Acreage Allocation (In Acres)' ® RESORT Residential Commercial Industrial Resort County Allocation 20,415 2,040 9,095 1,064 Land Zoning Bank (5,095) (511) (550) (186) Puna 1,945 194 122 64 South Hilo 6,930 693 4,785 265 North Hilo 210 21 14 4 Hamakua 1,170 117 70 8 North Kohala 610 61 139 28 South Kohala 2,990 299 318 228 North Kona 3,360 336 3,439 336 South Kona 1,535 153 92 64 Kau 1,665 166 116 67 'Net acres Zone Of Mix The concept of "zone of mix" shall be incorporated in the Zoning Ordinance for the purpose of achieving a housing mix as well as to permit the more efficient development of residential lands which have topographic and/or drainage prob- lems. Although the zone of mix allows a mixture of housing types within an area, the density shall not exceed that which is designated for the area. In an area which allows a zone of mix, a certain percentage of the density will be allocated for multiple residential and the remainder will be single-family residential units. The clustering of housing in the zone of mix concept may be a means of minimizing grading, preserving the natural appearance of topography, and mak- ing optimum use of the terrain for residential structures and recreational and open spaces. AGRICULTURE INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Agriculture has played an important role in the development of the island of Hawaii and is the economic mainstay of the County. Excluding undeveloped EXAMPLE— ZONE GUIDE MAP u� 3 .�a w u,. s c r- �3 �•: 4:) 3 "� t a EM COMMERCIAL ® RESORT ® INDUSTRIAL ' PUBLIC BEACH PARK :+.21L EM COMMERCIAL ® RESORT ® INDUSTRIAL ' PUBLIC BEACH PARK INTENSIVE AGRICULTURE LEGEND Q RS -7,500 ® RS -10,000 + ' DOUBLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL, MULTI -FAMILY RESIDENTIAL INTENSIVE AGRICULTURE EXTENSIVE AGRICULTURE ZONE OF MIX EXAMPLE: Zoning = RS —10 Area = 10 acres Allowable no. of units = 43 units Ratio = 60 % Single - Family unit /40% Multiple unit 26 Single - Family unit / 17 Multiple unit SITE ROAD USABLE I r OPEN EXISTING LAND USE LEGEND '/ter CIVIC CENTER ® SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE CULTURAL FACILITIES L� II DUPLEX O HISTORICAL SITES L`+J FOUR -PLEX DRAINAGE (FLOOD PLAIN, CHANNELS) 1:71 FIVE-PLEX OPEN EXISTING LAND USE PUBLIC FACILITIES CIVIC CENTER ® FIRE STATION CULTURAL FACILITIES O LIBRARY OR MUSEUM O HISTORICAL SITES PUBLIC UTILITIES a SAFETY DRAINAGE (FLOOD PLAIN, CHANNELS) ® WATER (SOURCE) ® SEWER (TREATMENT PLANTS) 0 LJ Q LI LJ EXISTING NETWORK Q OPEN EXISTING LAND USE M PUBLIC FACILITIES CIVIC CENTER ® FIRE STATION CULTURAL FACILITIES O LIBRARY OR MUSEUM O HISTORICAL SITES PUBLIC UTILITIES a SAFETY DRAINAGE (FLOOD PLAIN, CHANNELS) ® WATER (SOURCE) ® SEWER (TREATMENT PLANTS) TRANSPORTATION AIR TERMINALS • WHARF MAJOR NETWORK (PROPOSED) EXISTING NETWORK M or unused land areas, the agricultural industry is the major user of land. Its influence, however, goes beyond dominance over land. Agriculture has in several ways affected the lives of almost every resident in the County of Hawaii. Towns were created to satisfy the needs of agriculture. With few exceptions, settlements on Hawaii were developed in response to the labor demands of various agricultural endeavors. Many of the villages which exist today were created by sugar plantations as residential areas for workers and 'their families. Communities in Kona were formed as the result of coffee farming. As the de- mand for agricultural labor decreased in these communities, so did population. Although it is a major economic sector, agriculture faces competition from other industries. This competition, especially from the visitor industry, is be- coming increasingly intense, and basic economic resources, such as land, labor, and capital, are becoming more difficult for agricultural enterprises to obtain. The economic growth of agriculture has been overshadowed by the greater gains made by other sectors of the economy. The agricultural industry is con- sidered not only beneficial in terms of economic gain but also in terms of its stabilizing effects on the economy. Other benefits of agriculture include that of having a self-sustaining agricultural market, the amenity values of agricultural lands in terms of open space, and the preservation of desired lifestyles. Agriculture, not including related processing or ancillary services, is a $95 million business in the County of Hawaii. The island produces more than one- third of the State's agricultural output, including almost all of the papaya and macadamia nuts, over one-third of the sugar, half of the beef, and varying per- centages of other commodities. The largest agricultural enterprise is sugar, which is currently being cultivated by ten large plantations and numerous independent growers. Land area used for cattle raising and grazing, found in many parts of the island, comprises the greatest portion of agricultural lands. A variety of other commodities is grown, such as papaya, flowers, and coffee. About 683,000 acres of land, or 27 per cent of the total acreage of the County, are being used by agriculture. Urban uses account for less than 1 per cent of the total land area. During the past ten years, the number of farms decreased from 3,600 to 2,750. Acreage also decreased, though not as rapidly as the number of farms. This indicates that the acreage per farm has grown. Production and sales generated during this same period rose substantially. Major agricultural endeavors have remained fairly static during the last ten years in terms of additional acreage. Through the use of more efficient methods, production per acre has risen. There are several factors which point towards a continued growth of agri- culture on the island of Hawaii. The sugar industry here has not faced extreme pressures from urbanization as on Oahu. In the past decade the industry has be- come more stable and is expected to remain so in the next two decades. Much of the growth in other forms of agriculture have taken place in this County. The most rapidly expanding crops are macadamia nuts, flowers, and papaya, all of which are export items. There are, however, several barriers which must be overcome to further the expansion of agriculture. Basic resources for agriculture which include land, labor, capital, water, education, and other services are being competed for with other economic sectors. Of critical importance is the land situation. The State of Hawaii Land Use Law was developed to protect prime agricultural land by directing urban uses into non-productive areas. Although the law has been generally effective, other aspects of the law, such as taxation practices, have varying degrees of follow- through. The State Agricultural Plan states that "the usual taxation -zoning ap- proach has several serious short -comings and controlling urbanization through social overhead expenditures appears ineffective." Another aspect of the land situation is the ownership pattern. Major agricultural lands are owned by a few major holders, including the State. Leasing policies have created some dif- ficulties. Equally important in agriculture is the labor -housing situation. During the last decade Hawaii County experienced a large increase in the visitor industry which absorbed the existing labor supply. Although agricultural wages are one of the highest in the world, farm labor does not command wages comparable to other industries, such as construction. As a result, agriculture was faced with workers moving into urban occupations. Related to this is the problem of housing. As the economy expanded in certain areas, the in -migration of workers ab- sorbed the existing housing inventory. New home costs rose more rapidly than wages, making the problem of housing even greater. Hence, many expanding agricultural businesses found it increasingly difficult to attract workers. Water availability has always been important for agriculture. Currently there is one irrigation project. It is at Lalamilo and is funded by the State De- partment of Land and Natural Resources. The County depends largely upon the State for water development projects because of the County's small revenue base and the heavy capital requirement necessary for water resource develop- ment. Research projects which directly aid local producers of commodities are extremely important for the continuation of the industry. There is a great need for problem -solving research in virtually all aspects of farming, from growing to marketing. There are diseases, for instance, which can cripple an industry over- night. Mechanization has to be developed for the growing and harvesting of crops. Markets and marketing methods have to be searched out. In an effort to plan for agriculture, the State recently completed an agricul- tural development plan. This plan, completed in 1970, indicated that there are many opportunities for the expansion of this industry. It is recognized, how- ever, that if agriculture is to be maintained and expanded, government assis- tance is required. Although many of the recommendations contained herein are directed to State agencies, the County can play an important role to protect and enhance the further development of this industry. The following goals and policies are set forth for agricultural land use and are to be consistent with and supportive of the overall land use element. GOAL • Protect and maintain agriculture lands on the island of Hawaii. POLICIES • Agricultural lands shall continue to receive preferential treatment. Zon- ing shall protect and maintain prime agricultural lands from urban en- croachment. New approaches to preserve prime agricultural land shall be studied with the appropriate State agencies, such as the Land Use Commission and the Department of Taxation. • Through the County's Capital Improvement Program basic resources and amenities, such as water and roads, shall be developed in order to assist agricultural endeavors. • The County shall assist other State agencies, such as the University of Hawaii, College of Tropical Agriculture, Department of Planning and Economic Development, and Department of Agriculture, on programs which aid agriculture. I 7 1 t • Agricultural land shall be used as one form of open space or as green belt. The districts of the County of Hawaii have been analyzed in reference to agricultural land use in order to bring into focus the relationship of the districts to the County as a whole. Courses of action for each district are to be under- taken in compliance with the goals and policies set forth for the County in this element. PUNA Profile The major agricultural businesses in Puna are sugar, macadamia nuts, flowers, papaya, and truck farming. Sugar is grown by the Puna Sugar Com- pany and independent growers. In 1968 Puna Sugar Company harvested 3,673 acres. Independent sugar planters during the same year harvested 2,250 acres. Sugar is found in the Keaau-Mt. View area and in lands surrounding Pahoa. There is a fairly sizable planting of macadamia nuts on the Hilo side of Keaau. Numerous small plantings are also scattered throughout the district. Flowers, chiefly anthuriums and orchids, are grown throughout the district. The major flower cultivation areas are Mt. View and Pahoa. The Kapoho area is the major papaya growing region in the State. The papaya industry, however, is facing a severe disease problem which prohibits the replanting of infested lands. Numerous truck farms are located in the Volcano area. Major crops are lettuce, flowers (cymbidiums), cabbage, and plums. Vegetables and a variety of fruits, primarily oranges and tangerines, are grown throughout the district. There are 191,806 acres zoned for agricultural use in Puna. Of these lands, 159,626 acres are vacant. Most of these vacant lands are undeveloped subdivi- sions which are the result of speculation. The existence of these lands drive up prices of agricultural lands. Lands actually utilized for agriculture number 51,613 acres. There were 89 agricultural structures, including greenhouses, equipment and storage buildings, and structures for livestock. Courses Of Action • The County shall work closely with the State and private interests in identifying additional lands suitable for growing papaya and other com- modities. • Water shall be provided in agricultural areas. SOUTH HILO Profile Sugar is the principal crop grown in South Hilo. The major area of sugar cultivation is found in the rural district outside of Hilo along the Belt Highway. The Mauna Kea and Pepeekeo Sugar Companies are the chief agricultural enterprises in this area. Because of proximity to the marketing area of Hilo, numerous population - related commodities are raised in South Hilo. Dairying, hog and poultry raising, vegetables, and other agricultural activities are found in the district. Hilo is also known for its flower cultivation. Anthuriums, chrysanthemums, orchids, landscaping plants, and other foliage are grown. , Cattle are grazed on the mauka fringe of Hilo city and in the Puu O'o area above the forest reserve. Farms in rural South Hilo are located along major transportation routes near villages. Within the city, agricultural centers are found in the Panaewa farm lots, upper Kaumana and Waiakea Uka areas. There are 70,631 acres of land zoned for agricultural use in South Hilo, most with a minimum lot size of 20 acres and above. Of the total lands zoned for such use, 36,582 acres are vacant. Courses Of Action • The County shall provide for agricultural areas within proximity to the city for products consumed locally. • Necessary capital shall be provided to agricultural areas. • Disallow further incompatible uses between agricultural and urban uses. • The County shall support the University in Hilo and aid in their devel- opment of programs which assist agriculture. NORTH HILO Profile Sugar cultivation dominates the agricultural scene in North Hilo. The Lau- pahoehoe Sugar Company has extensive acreage in sugar. In 1968, this sugar plantation harvested 4,028 acres. Independent farmers during that year har- vested 547 acres. Within the district there are small truck farms which raise vegetables, fruits, flowers, and macadamia nuts. Cattle are also raised on the higher slopes. North Hilo has 61,796 acres of land zoned for agricultural use, 3,908 acres of which are vacant. Almost all of this land is privately owned. There is potential for the expansion of diversified agriculture in the district. Course Of Action • Encourage sugar plantations and other large landowners in the district to make prime agricultural lands available for truck farming. HAMAKUA Profile As in most districts along the eastern coast, Hamakua's prime agricultural land is being used for sugar production. Three plantations, Paauhau Sugar, Hamakua Mill, and Honokaa Sugar, harvested over 10,000 acres of sugar cane in 1968. Independent farmers cultivated 632 acres. There is extensive ranching in the district, with approximately 40 ranches which have 20 or more head of cattle. Dairying and hog raising are also located in Hamakua. There are large plantings of macadamia nuts in connection with the pro- cessing plant at Haina. Some of the nuts are grown on grazing lands. Truck farming is also found in Hamakua. A sizable taro producing industry, consisting of 125 acres, is located in Waipio Valley. Lands in Hamakua zoned for agriculture amount to 163,581 acres, of which 2,908 acres are vacant. Course Of Action • Assist in the further development of diversified agriculture in the district. NORTH KOHALA Profile The North Kohala district's major industry is agriculture. There are 62,402 acres of agriculturally zoned lands in the district, of which 2,169 acres are vacant. Over 13,000 acres are utilized for the production of sugar, most of which is cultivated by the Kohala Sugar Company, with small amounts owned by inde- pendent growers. The Kohala Sugar Company plans to phase out sugar cultiva- tion by 1973. Other agricultural uses of land include some 47,000 acres of grazing lands, dairying, over 400 acres of macadamia nuts, and a few small truck farms. The termination of sugar operations could be regarded as a challenge to build a stronger diversified agricultural and economic base in North Kohala. The release of sugar lands would provide opportunities for alternative agricul- tural uses on a large scale. The possibility of producing feed grains has been investigated by the University of Hawaii's College of Tropical Agriculture. Also related to the cattle industry is the possibility of establishing feed lot facilities and slaughtering and packing operations. Much of the land in the area presently used for sugar has irrigation sys- tems. There is a labor force skilled in agricultural operations. Courses Of Action • The County shall assist the development of alternative agricultural uses of sugar lands and facilities affected by the termination of sugar opera- tions. • The County shall encourage and assist the expansion of the cattle indus- try and support facilities. • Macadamia nut and truck farming endeavors in North Kohala should be encouraged to expand. • The County shall encourage the growing of new crops such as corn, sorghum, and seed crops in North Kohala. SOUTH KOHALA Profile South Kohala's Waimea region contains the most extensive truck farming area in the County. Vegetables, such as celery, daikon (turnip), carrots, lettuce, cabbage, and broccoli, are grown here for local and Oahu consumption. Certain flowers and foliage are also grown in this region. Most of the lands in South Kohala are used for cattle ranching. Parker Ranch is the largest ranch in the area and owns most of the grazing lands. Of the 93,721 acres zoned for agriculture, 60,572 acres are vacant. Slightly over 10,000 acres of these vacant lands are State-owned. Land in the Waimea area has been identified as some of the most productive in the County. There is a need, however, for a more reliable water system in the area. During the past decade South Kohala has experienced a dramatic expansion of its economy which has been spurred by tourism. Urbanizing forces placed heavy pressures on the basic resources of agriculture, especially land, labor, and water. An additional problem is caused by the leasing policies for private and public lands which inhibits long-term investment for capital improvements. Courses Of Action • Through zoning the County shall protect prime agricultural lands from urbanization. • The County shall assist agriculture by providing water systems through the Capital Improvements Program. • The County shall consider the development of larger farms which rely more on mechanization and skilled laborers. KONA Profile Coffee and ranching are the major agricultural endeavors in Kona. There are several smaller crop plantings throughout the district. Macadamia is often used as an inter -crop in coffee fields. Numerous truck farms are found in Kona. Principal crops are bananas, avocados, cucumbers, and tomatoes. There are 171,493 acres of agriculturally zoned lands in the district, of which 116,004 acres are vacant. Although the climate of Kona is favorable for agriculture, soils and topo- graphy are relatively unfavorable, especially for mechanization. This has been one of the problems faced by the coffee industry. Work on mechanized har- vesting devices is being conducted by the University of Hawaii. Agriculture has developed in the area without irrigation, except in a few instances, because of terrain and porous soils. The cost of irrigation seems to be extremely high and more study is needed. The visitor industry has successfully attracted labor from agricultural in- dustries. The availability of labor, especially for coffee harvesting, is becoming increasingly scarce. Urbanization also encroaches on agricultural lands. The land ownership pattern in Kona is characterized by a few large land holders. Lease policies of some landowners can create an unfavorable climate for long-term investment. Courses Of Action • The County shall protect prime agricultural lands in Kona. • Studies to develop sources of irrigation water for agriculture shall be conducted. • The University shall be encouraged to accelerate research on agricultural products which are or could be of economic value to Kona. KA' U Profile Sugar is the major crop grown in Ka'u. Two plantations, Hawaiian Agri- culture and Hutchinson Sugar, both owned by C. Brewer, harvested some 6,500 acres of sugar cane in 1968. Independent farmers during the same year cul- tivated 512 acres. Ranching is found throughout the district. There are 10 large ranches with an inventory of 21,000 head of cattle. A fairly large orchard of macadamia nuts has been planted in Ka'u by C. Brewer. This company has also planted an 100 -acre citrus grove. Other crops, such as bananas, avocados, and tomatoes, are cultivated on a limited scale. There are 247,986 acres of land zoned for agriculture, 179,138 acres of which are vacant. There are some problems concerning water development in the area. Courses Of Action • Encourage C. Brewer to develop the agricultural potential of the area. • Assist in the development of water sources. COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Commercial development is basically comprised of industries in the retail trade and service categories. Commercial areas are generally those locations 1 t where goods and services are sold. Examples are shopping centers, central business districts, and community and neighborhood business areas. The extent of commercial development is influenced by the number of both resident and transient populations, incomes, mobility and lifestyles. This land use is also affected by the availability and costs of transportation, internal and external competition, and other factors. There are two distinct markets of commercial development on the island of Hawaii: the resident and the visitor markets. Adequate planning for com- mercial establishments in both markets is equally important. According to the Census of Business for 1963 and 1967, commercial es- tablishments increased both in number and in the amount of sales generated. In 1963, there were 564 retail and 292 service establishments, excluding hotels. By 1967, retail trade was conducted in 642 establishments, while services ac- counted for 346 businesses. Sales for commercial activities in 1967 was about $67 million, compared to $43 million in 1963. Retail trade accounts for 90% of the sales. Although sales rose substantially in almost every category of commercial activities, the actual number of establishments grew slightly. Commercial de- velopment related to the visitor industry experienced the largest increase. Commercial activity in the County is characterized by the existence of one large urban center, several small regional centers and many rural neighborhood shopping areas. The city of Hilo serves as the major commercial district, con- taining more than half of the County's commercial establishments. Regional cen- ters are found in other sections of the island in Waimea, Naalehu, Kealakekua, and Kailua. The majority of commercial establishments in the County are small in terms of employment. Of the commercial establishments in 1967, 54% employed three or less workers, 24% employed between 4 and 7, 16% employed 8 to 19, and the remaining 6% employed more than 20 workers. Evident in many of the existing commercial developments are the problems of facilities being in poor or dilapidated condition and the inadequacy of vehicular and pedestrian systems. Strip development of commercial facilities has occurred and commercial zoned lands have not been utilized for their in- tended purpose. Following an examination and analysis of present and past situations con- cerning commercial development, the following goals, policies, and standards have been set forth. GOAL • To provide for commercial developments that maximize convenience to users. POLICIES • In an effort to assist existing commercial developments, urban renewal, rehabilitation, and/or redevelopment programs shall be undertaken in cooperation with communities, businesses and governmental agencies. The key to the success of these kinds of programs is active and sus- tained participation from communities and businesses. • Commercial facilities shall be developed in areas adequately served by necessary services, such as water, utilities, sewers, and transportation systems. • Distribution of commercial areas shall be such as to best meet the de- mands of neighborhood, community and regional needs. • Existing strip development shall be converted to more appropriate uses when and where it is feasible. STANDARDS There are three basic types of shopping centers: • 1) Neighborhood Centers Provide: Convenience goods, e.g., foods, drugs, and personal services. Major Shops: Supermarket and/or drug store. Number of Shops: 5 to 15. Acreage: 5 to 10 acres. Approximate Market: 3,000 people. • 2) Community Centers Provide: Convenience goods, plus "soft line" items, such as clothing, and "hard line" items, such as hardware and small appliances. Major Shops: Variety or junior department store. Number of shops: 20 to 40. Acreage: 10 to 30. Approximate Market: 15,000 people. • 3) Regional Centers Provide: Full range of merchandise and services. Major Shops: Full size department store. Number of Shops: 40. Approximate Market: 50,000 people. The following analysis by district of commercial development is intended to bring into focus the relationship of each district to the County as a whole. The courses of action are to be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards of the overall element. PUNA Profile Commercial activity in the Puna district primarily consists of small rural enterprises which serve agricultural communities. Commercial activity is mainly located in the communities of Keaau and Pahoa, with lesser activity in Mountain View, Kurtistown, and Glenwood. The communities of Keaau and Pahoa are primarily plantation communi- ties. The extent of commercial development here consists of grocery and general merchandise stores, service stations, and miscellaneous retail shops and services. The majority of these are family -operated businesses which mainly serve resi- dents of the communities. Population is small in the remainder of the communities and commercial activity is minimal. Proximity to Hilo limits the demand for commercial activi- ties as Hilo is to a great extent the major shopping area for the residents of Puna. Courses Of Action • Centralization of commercial activities in Keaau and Pahoa shall be encouraged. • Rehabilitation of existing commercial development in appropriate loca- tions shall be encouraged. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises. SOUTH HILO Profile The island's major commercial center is located in the South Hilo district. The city of Hilo contains a central business district, two shopping center com- plexes, and several neighborhood commercial facilities. The rural communities, primarily plantation settlements, located along the coastal areas have limited commercial facilities. Commercial activity in Hilo is undergoing rapid change. A new shopping complex of approximately 177,000 square feet has been recently completed in the Kaiko'o area. This shopping complex adjoins ten acres of newly constructed commercial activities where several financial institutions, a supermarket, a large drug store, and an office building have been completed. Other shopping areas include the Hilo Shopping Center and the downtown central business district. Downtown Hilo, although experiencing the construc- tion of several new buildings, generally lacks adequate parking facilities and efficient traffic circulation. The physical condition of many buildings is also poor. Without renewal, rehabilitation, and/or redevelopment, the central busi- ness district may lose its competitive position. In addition, neighborhood shopping areas are located throughout the city. The largest of these is a supermarket -variety store complex in the Waiakea Homesteads area. Multi -ownership of contiguous properties and speculative practices on commercially zoned lands have created problems which make orderly develop- ment in any one area difficult. Incompatible land uses also create an undesirable climate for commercial development. Courses Of Action • Rehabilitation, renewal, and redevelopment of the central business dis- trict must be undertaken. Continual improvement of other existing commercial areas must also be assured. • Assistance to small businesses in obtaining loans and management .education classes and manpower training programs shall be encouraged. • Controls that discourage speculation shall be established. NORTH HILO Profile Commercial development is limited in the North Hilo district. There are several small rural communities in the district which are primarily plantation settlements. Miscellaneous stores and services are found in Honohina, Ninole, Papaaloa, Laupahoehoe, and Ookala. The majority of the commercial services are located in Laupahoehoe and Papaaloa. As the facilities in North Hilo provide limited services, the city of Hilo serves as the major shopping area for the residents of the district. Population in the district has been declining, thus limiting the market for commercial facilities. Courses Of Action • Centralization of commercial activities in the Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa area shall be encouraged. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises. HAMAKUA Profile The town of Honokaa provides commercial services for the Hamakua dis- trict. Honokaa is the second largest community on the island and has a high school, government offices, general hospital and numerous stores and services. The smaller communities of Kukuihaele, Paauhau, and Paauilo, basically plantation settlements, have limited commercial facilities. Most of the structures housing commercial activities are generally in poor or dilapidated condition and adequate parking facilities are lacking. Courses Of Action • Centralization of commercial activities in the Honokaa area shall be en- couraged. Urban renewal of the area shall be undertaken. Suitable com- mercially zoned lands shall be provided as the need arises. • The County shall encourage community beautification efforts. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises. NORTH KOHALA Profile Commercial activity in the North Kohala district is located to a limited degree in the village of Halaula with Kapaau and Hawi serving as the main commercial centers. The village of Waimea in the South Kohala district also serves the commercial needs of the residents of this district. Courses Of Action • The development of a commercial core shall be encouraged. • Continual improvement of facilities shall be undertaken. SOUTH KOHALA Profile Commercial activity in the South Kohala district is centered in the Waimea and Kawaihae areas. The Kawaihae area contains a few miscellaneous com- mercial facilities surrounding the Kawaihae port which is expected to be utilized as the initial gateway to the island by an inter -island ferry system. The Waimea area contains a number of commercial facilities. The major facility is the Parker Ranch Shopping Center. This shopping complex, com- pleted in 1968, includes a supermarket, variety store, banks, post office, and other services. There are 184 acres of land zoned for commercial use, most of which are located in the Waimea area. Of this total, 75 acres are presently undeveloped. The availability of transportation facilities in the area, which consists of a deep water port and an inter -island airport, and its central location in the northern portion of the island are factors which will cause Waimea's commer- cial activities to grow. The visitor industry is rapidly becoming a major economic force in the dis- trict. The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel complex located in the Kawaihae region, is the forerunner of a 2000 -unit resort -residential complex. Further south along the coast, in the Anaehoomalu Bay area, work has begun by Boise Cascade on a resort -residential complex. These complexes are to contain their own com- mercial areas. Courses Of Action • The establishment of Waimea as a regional commercial center for north- ern Hawaii shall be encouraged. • Controls to insure orderly development and minimize speculation of com- mercially zoned lands shall be established. KONA Profile Commercial activity in the Kona district is located in several village areas along the Mamalahoa Highway in the mauka area and in the coastal resort village of Kailua. The mauka commercial activities are geared primarily to serve the needs of residents, while Kailua chiefly provides services for visitors. Population is concentrated mainly along the Mamalahoa Highway. The ma- jor concentrations are found in the Kealakekua and Capt. Cook village areas. These areas are agriculturally oriented and commercial development consists largely of general stores, service stations, and supermarkets. Strip development occurs along the Mamalahoa Highway which connects the mauka village areas. Commercial activity in Kailua has paralleled the growth of the tourist industry in the area. Commercial facilities, consisting of small shopping com- plexes, retail shops, and restaurants, are located on Alii Drive and Kuakini Highway, mainly between Palani and Hualalai Roads. Vehicular and pedestrian systems are poor and there is a lack of adequate parking facilities. There are 170 acres of commercially zoned lands in Kona, most of which is in the Kailua area. About 68 acres of this total are undeveloped. Courses Of Action • Centralize commercial activities in existing urban centers. • Controls to prevent speculative practices on commercially zoned lands shall be established. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be provided as the need arises. • Implementation of programs to correct existing deficiencies shall be undertaken. KA' U Profile Commercial activity in the Ka'u district is concentrated in the communities of Pahala, Naalehu, and Waiohinu and in the area of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. Pahala is the largest of these communities. The town was built around a sugar mill, the major employer of the area, and contains a high school and hospital which serve the district. Commercial facilities, consisting mainly of convenience goods and services, are located in this community. Naalehu, although smaller in population than Pahala, contains a greater variety of commercial facilities. Governmental facilities in the community in- clude educational facilities for elementary and intermediate students and a police facility serving the district. Commercial development includes a shopping center complex. Waiohinu lies a few miles southwest of Naalehu. The major commercial facility here is a 14 -unit hotel with a few small commercial establishments within the community. There is one commercial facility, consisting of a restaurant and office, in the Hawaiian Ocean View Estates Subdivision. The Hawaii Volcanoes National Park in the Ka'u district contains com- mercial facilities connected with the Volcano House hotel complex and the Kilauea Military Camp. The city of Hilo serves as a regional commercial center for this district. Course Of Action • Centralization of commercial activity in the communities of Pahala and Naalehu and in the area of the Volcanoes National Park shall be en- couraged. INDUSTRIAL INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The industrial development district consists of enterprises and facilities which are not necessarily compatible with commercial areas. Businesses in- cluded in this district are generally more noxious than those in general com- mercial areas. The scope of industrial development includes manufacturing and process- ing, wholesaling, large storage and transportation facilities, power plants, and government baseyards. There are two distinct types of industrial development. One sector is service- oriented and is affected by population and the level of activity of other indus- tries. The other sector is mostly influenced by outside markets. The location of industrial developments is important for many reasons. In the case of service types of industrial development (non -basic), areas designated for industrial uses must be close enough to population and/or commercial areas for efficien- cies but still distant enough to avoid traffic and environmental problems. Presently, industrial developments in many communities are located adjacent to these areas and result in environmental problems such as noise, air and water pollution. Basic industrial development is usually found close to raw products. Both kinds of industries are affected by the availability of transportation facilities. Other factors equally important are the existence of public utilities; the cost of land, and internal and external circulation. Most of the County's industrial activity is related to agriculture. The major user of industrial lands is the processing of sugar and related industries. There are ten sugar plantations on the island, located in every district except South Kohala and Kona. Other agricultural industrial activities include the processing of coffee, macadamia nuts, meat products, tropical fruits, and vegetables. The processing of these export products is expected to expand. There is also a small lumber industry. Service-oriented industries, such as wholesaling, government facilities, printing, and bakeries, are located close to population centers. As South Hilo contains more than half of the island's population, the majority of such facilities are located within this district. There are 2,069 acres of industrially zoned lands in the County, 1,094 acres of which are vacant. The land use survey conducted by the Planning Department in 1969-1970 indicated that there are 1,649 acres used for manufacturing, manufacturing services, and wholesaling. These include lands zoned for agri- cultural, commercial, and other uses. The existence of non -conforming uses which are incompatible with industry creates an undesirable land use pattern. In fact, the physical appearance of many of the island's industrial areas needs improvement. The following goals, policies and standards are set forth to guide the devel- opment of industrial areas in the best interest of the County and its residents. The residents must be also made aware of the circumstances resulting from in- dustrial development. Citizen participation, awareness, and, most of all, citizen understanding are vital in the development of industrial areas, as in all phases of the planning process. GOALS • Designate and allocate industrial areas in appropriate proportions and in keeping with the social, cultural, and physical environments of the County. • Promote and encourage the rehabilitation of industrial areas which are serviced by basic community facilities and utilities. POLICIES • The County shall support the creation of industrial parks in appropriate locations as an alternative to strip development. • It shall be the policy of the County to achieve a broader diversification of local industries by providing opportunities for new industries and strengthening existing industries. • Through its zoning powers, the County shall locate industrial areas convenient to transportation facilities, and provide a variety of sizes of industrial sites, depending on the needs of the community. • The County shall attempt to improve the aesthetic quality of industrial sites and protect amenities of adjacent areas by requiring landscaping, open spaces, and buffer zones. • The concept of a "floating zone" to allow for the future development of industrial areas shall be incorporated. STANDARDS • Industrial development shall be located in areas adequately served by transportation, utilities, and other amenities. • Offstreet parking and loading facilities shall be provided. • Performance standards shall be used to determine qualification of in- dustries in various industrial zones. • Industrial development shall maintain or improve the quality of the present environment. • Industrial activities may be located close to raw materials. • Topography of industrial land shall be reasonably level. • Industrial development shall be conveniently located to its labor resource. • Buffer zones shall be established between industrial and adjacent non- compatible uses of land. • The direction of wind patterns and the absence of tradewinds shall be considered in locating industrial designations. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake with reference to industrial development. The brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of all the goals, policies, and standards set forth for this land use element. PUNA Profile The major industrial activity in,Puna is sugar processing. There is also a large macadamia nut processing plant, northeast of the sugar mill. Other in- dustrial activities include a kim chee factory, quarrying of lava materials, slaughter houses, bakeries, flower packaging, and several cottage industries. Low population base and proximity to Hilo limit service-oriented industrial activity in this district. There are 15 acres of land zoned for industrial use in Puna, all of which is used. Most of the industrial activity in Puna is linked with agriculture. Course Of Action 0 The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. SOUTH HILO Profile With almost 75% of the island's industrially zoned lands, South Hilo is the major industrial center on the island of Hawaii. The principal industrial areas are the Kanoelehua area, Hilo port and the surrounding area, and the sugar process- ing areas at Wainaku, Papaikou, Pepeekeo and Hakalau. Industrial activity in the rural areas is confined to sugar processing and related uses. Small pockets of population centers are located close to these plantations and these communities contain a few minor industrial services. Industrial development in the city of Hilo is primarily due to its available transportation facilities and its concentration of population. The harbor facility is the primary shipping point for the island's sugar industry. Numerous busi- nesses which service the sugar industry, such as industrial equipment manu- facturing, fertilizer plant, and machine shops, are located in the city. There is also industries involved with the processing and packaging of locally grown products. Several plants process tropical fruits into puree, juices, jams and jellies. Papaya grown in Puna is inspected, fumigated, and packaged in the city. There are two plants which mill locally grown timber and several furni- ture manufacturing plants. The major processors of livestock products on the island are located in South Hilo. Other industrial activities include quarrying, garment manufacturing, stor- age, wholesaling facilities and numerous other population service-oriented activities. Besides transportation facilities, major advantages of the city of Hilo in- clude the availability of labor, a full range of community facilities and the availability of utilities and land. There are 820 acres of industrially zoned lands in the city which are vacant. Industrial activities in both service and non - service categories is expected to expand in the city of Hilo. Courses Of Action • Through its zoning powers, the County shall encourage the centraliza- tion of industrial activities in the Kanoelehua Industrial area. Noxious industries shall be located away from residential and related areas. • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. NORTH HILO Profile The sugar mills at Ookala and Papaaloa owned by the Laupahoehoe Sugar Company and their related facilities comprise the bulk of industrial activities in North Hilo. Limited industrial facilities such as warehousing are also located in Laupahoehoe. North Hilo has 40 acres of land zoned for industrial use, 8 acres at Papaaloa and 32 acres at Ookala. All of this land is in use. Course Of Action • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. HAMAKUA Profile Sugar processing is the major industrial activity in Hamakua. There are three factories, Hamakua Mill at Paauilo, Paauhau Sugar Company at Paauhau, and Honokaa Sugar Company at Haina. The Paauilo and Haina mills are owned by T.H. Davies & Company, while Paauhau Sugar belongs to C. Brewer. Haina is also the site of one of the island's two macadamia nut processing i Fi u 11' plants. This facility is owned by T.H. Davies. Industrial activity in macadamia nut processing is expected to expand. There are numerous other industrial developments in Hamakua, most of which are small and family -operated. These industries include dairying, mis- cellaneous food processing, sawmills and wood carving, and other service- oriented endeavors. The bulk of industrial activity is in the Honokaa-Haina area. Other significant areas are Paauhau and Paauilo. There are 15 acres of land which are zoned industrial in the vicinity of Honokaa, all of which are in use. In terms of level topography there is a limited amount of suitable lands for industrial use. The Zoning Ordinance, however, allows agriculture -related industrial facilities to be built in agricultural zones. Courses Of Action • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activity. • The County shall encourage the rehabilitation of existing service-oriented industrial activities. NORTH KOHALA Profile Industrial activity in North Kohala consists of sugar processing and its related activities. The sugar processing plant which is located in Halaula is situated on 52 acres of industrially zoned land. There are no other lands zoned for industrial use in the district. In addition to sugar, there is a sizable cottage industry which produces preserved vegetables for export. Course Of Action • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. SOUTH KOHALA Profile There are two general areas where most of the industrial activity in South Kohala takes place: Waimea Village and Kawaihae Harbor. Many of the indus- trial activities in Waimea are linked with agriculture and include a vacuum cooling plant, the preserving of vegetables and warehousing, and dairying. These industrial activities, however, are scattered throughout the Waimea area. The Kawaihae Harbor is being developed into a major port facility for west Hawaii. Industrial use of the area consists of storage facilities and a nearby wood slicing plant. The road leading to Kawaihae Harbor, which is heavily used by large transport trucks, is narrow and lacks adequate maintenance. Several service-oriented industrial activities are located in this district. Among these activities are government baseyards and utility installations. There . are 195 acres of industrially zoned lands, mostly in the Kawaihae Harbor area. Although 144 acres are vacant, industrial activity in this district is expected to increase substantially. Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the development of a regional industrial park at Kawaihae and centralize limited industrial activities in Waimea. • Industrial development should be in harmony with surrounding uses. • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. KONA Profile Most of Kona's industrial development is located in the mauka area and is related to agriculture. Because of its topographic condition, however, level land necessary for industrial development is limited in the mauka area. The major activity is coffee milling and roasting. Many of these coffee processing facilities are in poor condition. Other activities connected to agriculture include slaughter houses and agricultural ancillary services. There are industries which are related to construction located in Kona. One firm supplies the construction industry with crushed rocks and concrete products. Warehousing, lumber storage yards, garages, and other service activities are found throughout the district. Present population and industries in the district are scattered and strip development occurs along the major highway. There also exist industrial ac- tivities which are incompatible with the surrounding area. North Kona has 241 acres of industrially zoned lands, mostly in the Kailua and Holualoa areas. Of these, 108 acres, primarily in Kailua, are vacant. There is no industrial zoning in South Kona. There is a private industrial park just outside of Kailua Village. The first increment of this park has been completed and is being utilized. Proposals for additional acreage for industrial use have been announced in this general vicinity. A factor affecting industrial sites in Kona is the recent relocation of the airport at Ke-ahole Point. The lands surrounding this facility are undeveloped. Courses Of Action • Through its zoning powers, the County shall encourage the centraliza- tion of industrial development in suitable areas in North and South Kona. • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. • Industrial acreage should be provided at Ke-ahole for support facilities for the airport. KA'U Profile There are two plantations in Ka'u, Hawaiian Agricultural Company in Pahala and Hutchinson Sugar Company in Honuapo. The factories of these two companies and their related facilities constitute the majority of the industrial development in Ka'u. There are miscellaneous activities, such as County base - yards, public utilities stations, and fish and meat processing. The distance from port facilities in Hilo creates a problem for the movement of goods to and from this district. There are 51 acres of land zoned for industrial use in this district, 32 of which are in the Pahala area and the remainder in Honuapo. In Pahala there are 22 acres of vacant industrial lands. Course Of Action • The County shall identify sites suitable for future industrial activities. MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The multiple residential district is part of the County's overall land use structure and provides for residential structures containing two or more dwelling units. Multiple residential living is becoming a way of life for many people. Such units provide housing for persons who have no desire or need to own a single- family residence, persons who find it financially difficult to own a single-family residence, persons with changing employment, and others. This trend will con- tinue in the future due to rapid urban growth, mobile populations and the rising costs of land and improvements. Multiple residential living has not been well accepted in the past, mainly because of the unimaginative and stereotyped design of buildings, social atti- tudes and the desire for single-family ownership. The costs of land and construc- tion, however, have greatly risen, thus making it difficult for many people to afford a home. The County will be faced with a great demand for multiple residential development. A carefully worked out land use plan and development standards will be essential in assuring that any development will be an asset to the County. As a result of the need for housing, numerous multiple residential structures have been constructed, are being constructed, or are in the planning stage. As of July 1969, the County had a total of 1,099 multiple residential units. Of this number, 549 are apartment units and 550 are duplex units. These units are situated on fourteen acres of land, resulting in a density of 38 units per acre. Throughout the County, there are 642 acres of land zoned for multiple residential use. This includes 194 acres zoned for duplex or double family use. In addition, commercially zoned lands also permit multiple residential develop- ment. Of the total acreage, 360 acres, or 56 percent, are still not developed. Of the 282 acres in use, however, only 12 acres are actually used for multiple resi- dential use. The remaining areas are used for single-family residential and other uses, some of which do not conform to the intent of the multiple residential zone. Since July 1969, 431 additional units have been constructed. An additional 224 units are presently under construction and another 1,350 units are in the planning stage. Some of the problems of multiple residential developments include the volume of traffic that the higher density use generates; the incompatible uses in surrounding areas; the lack of basic improvements, namely, sewers, water and adequate access; the existence of non -conforming uses within zoned areas; the lack of development in appropriately zoned areas; and the rising costs of land and construction. As the demand for multiple residential development increases, it will have to be assured that subsequent developments are of such standards that they will be assets to the County. The goals, policies, and standards which follow are the result of the exami- nation and analysis of past and present situations. GOAL • To provide for multiple residential developments that maximize con- venience for its occupants. POLICIES • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the demand for multiple residential dwellings increases. These areas shall be allocated with re- spect to places of employment, shopping facilities, educational, recrea- tional and cultural facilities, and public facilities and utilities. • The County shall incorporate reasonable flexibility in applicable codes and ordinances to achieve a diversity of socio-economic housing mix. • The rehabilitation and/or utilization of multiple residential areas shall be encouraged. • To assure the use of multiple residential zoned areas and to curb specula- tion and resale of undeveloped lots only, the County shall impose in- cremental and conditional zoning which shall be based on performance requirements. STANDARDS • Height: Three stories—variance on an additional story may be allowed. Seven stories. Ten stories. • Densities 1,000 square feet of land area per unit: Ground cover ratio —20% of total land area. Parking —35% of total land area. Open space —45% of total land area. 1,250 square feet of land area per unit: Ground cover ratio —24% of total land area. Parking —28% of total land area. Open space —48% of total land area. 1,500 square feet of land area per unit. Ground cover ratio —20% of total land area. Parking —30% of total land area. Open space —50% of total land area. • Areas shall be located in such a manner that traffic generated by high density development will not be required to travel through areas of lesser density en route to principal community facilities. • Areas shall be protected from incompatible uses by transition zones. • Provide adequate access to arterial streets, shopping facilities, schools, employment centers, and other services. • Development shall not be permitted in natural hazard areas unless proper on-site improvements are provided. • Located in areas where public utilities can be economically provided at a level adequate to meet the demand for the concentrated service. • Recreational area and/or facilities shall be considered in multiple resi- dential development. The following is an analysis by district of multiple residential development. It is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. Courses of action are to be in compliance with and supportive of the goals, standards, and policies of the overall element. PUNA Profile The Puna district has no area zoned for multiple residential use although there are areas zoned for commercial use which also permit multiple residential development. Throughout the district there exist 10 duplex units which serve as plantation housing. With the demand for housing, there will be a need for multiple residential development. Course Of Action • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development increases. SOUTH HILO Profile As of July 1969, the South Hilo district contained 494 multiple residential units and 368 duplex units. These duplex units are mainly a mixture of planta- t u Ll r� tion housing and the housing projects at Lanakila and in the Lokahi Street area. With the completion of three developments, an additional 62 units have been added to this inventory. Another 77 units are presently under construction and an additional 465 units are in the planning stage. Throughout the district, there are 228 acres zoned for multiple residential use, which includes 115 acres zoned for duplex residential use. Of this total, 51 acres are not developed. Areas zoned in duplex use are located at Lanakila, Villa Franca, Lokahi Street in the Waiakea Homesteads area, and the Waiakea Houselots area ad- jacent to the Hilo Shopping Center. Areas zoned for apartment use are central- ized in three locations: Puueo, the Hilo College area, and the area bordered by Ululani, Kapiolani, Waianuenue and Hualalai Streets. In addition to the areas specifically zoned for multiple residential use, areas zoned for resort and commercial zones also allow multiple residential development. Of the 113 acres zoned for apartment use, only 8 acres are developed for the intended purpose of the zone. The remaining areas are either vacant or fairly built-up with single-family residential dwellings. Many of the zoned areas lack the basic amenities to support the higher density use. Examples of this include the absence of a sewer system in the apartment zoned area below Hilo College and the inadequate roadway system within the Puueo and Kapiolani- Ululani Streets area. Courses Of Action • Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and re -allocation of lands in appropriate locations shall be undertaken. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development increases. NORTH HILO Profile The North Hilo district has no area zoned for multiple residential use al- though existing commercial zoned areas permit the higher density residential use. Throughout the district there are 50 duplex units which serve as plantation housing units. Courses Of Action • Although the North Hilo district is not projected to witness any extensive need for multiple residential development, appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated should the need arise. • Rehabilitation of existing facilities shall be encouraged. HAMAKUA Profile The land. use inventory conducted in mid -1969 reveals that there is only one apartment building containing ten units in the Hamakua district. This apart- ment is located in Honokaa and has since been expanded with an addition of four units. Also existing in the district are 52 duplex units which serve as planta- tion housing units. Except for the duplex zoned area in Paauilo and the existing commercial zones which permit multiple residential development, the district has no area zoned for high density residential use. Housing plans of the sugar companies in the district propose to relocate employee housing in and around Honokaa. This will ease the problem of avail- ability of housing. Course Of Action • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development increases. NORTH KOHALA Profile The North Kohala district has no area zoned for multiple residential use although commercial zoned areas permit high density residential development. With people living in this district but working in the South Kohala resort area, there may be some activity in multiple residential development. Course Of Action • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development increases. SOUTH KOHALA Profile The South Kohala district has about 350 acres of multi -residential land with the vast majority being located in the Waikoloa-Anaehoomalu sector. There are in the overall district 35 acres of this zoned land in various types of use, the remainder being vacant. Within the district there are 23 multiple residential units. Although activity in the construction of these types of units is currently limited, the district is projected to increase in population, which will generate a demand for multiple residential development. Courses Of Action • Basic amenities shall be provided to those areas zoned for high density use. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises. KONA Profile Construction activities of multiple residential units in the Kona district are proceeding at a rapid rate. At the time of the land use survey conducted by the Planning Department in mid -1969, there were 39 apartment and 20 duplex units. Since then, an additional 361 units were added to the inventory. An additional 147 units are under construction and another 875 units are in the planning stage. The majority of multiple residential construction is concentrated in the Kailua and Keauhou areas. The Kona district has 312 acres zoned for multiple residential use in addi- tion to commercial zoned areas which permit high density residential develop- ment. Of the total, 247 acres are presently undeveloped. Of the 65 acres in use, only 4 acres, or 6.5%, are developed for the intended use of the zone. The ma- jority of the remaining areas have single-family residential dwellings. Many of the areas zoned for high density residential use lack the basic amenities, such as sewer, water and adequate roadway systems, which limit development for the intended use. Courses Of Action • Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and re -allocation of lands in ap- propriate locations shall be undertaken. • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development increases. a KA'U Profile There are three acres zoned for multiple residential use within the district. This zoned acreage is located in Pahala. A 24 -unit housing project is planned for this area. There is a 6 -unit apartment complex located within the commercial zone in the town of Naalehu. In the district are also 20 duplex units which serve as plantation housing. The Ka'u district is expected to experience further activity in multiple resi- dential construction. Course Of Action • Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential development arises. OPEN SPACE INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS A vital part of the environment, open space is that land which is basically not used for buildings or structures and is characterized by scenic beauty, exist- ing openness, and natural conditions. It is the counterpart of development. Re- tained in its state of use, open space would maintain and/or enhance the con- servation of needed or desired natural, scenic, or historical resources which might otherwise be permanently lost. It would also enhance the present or po- tential value of abutting or surrounding urban development. Open space is used to maintain and/or provide forestry pursuits, water sup- ply, fish and marine protection, wildlife and endemic plant preservation, rec- reational pursuits and visual and scenic amenities. Open space also demarcates potential natural hazard areas. Just as the use of open space is affected by development, so is the character and quality of development influenced by what is done with open space. Three basic functions are served by open space. Positive human needs, such as active and passive recreation amenities, can be met. The natural re- source base, such as air, water, soil and plants, can be protected and enhanced. Economic development decisions, e.g., tourism, real estate values, and develop- ment patterns, can be affected. The planning of open space is an integral part of any comprehensive plan- ning consideration. Other elements of the General Plan affect or are affected by this element; together these elements and their interrelationships form an overall picture of the County of Hawaii. For each resident of the County of Hawaii, there are approximately 20 acres of land which are zoned as open. In addition to open zoned lands, areas zoned as agriculture are also generally uncluttered with structures. Such lands can also impart a sense of openness. Open space on the island of Hawaii consists of lands zoned as open by the County as well as those in the State Land Use Conservation District. The County zoning permits no structures except those related to recreational pursuits. Various categories of open space areas have been designated according to use or amenities. Restricted watershed areas are strictly regulated in order to protect the island's essential water resources. Some of these are in close prox- imity and easy accessibility to development and without protection could be contaminated. All watershed areas are in forest reserves under the joint juris- diction of the Forestry Division and the Division of Water and Land Develop- ment. Potential natural hazard areas are designated as open space for the welfare and safety of the public. These include areas which are highly susceptible to flooding, erosion, volcanic activity and tsunami inundation. Because of location, make-up and various characteristics, there are lands designated as General Use Conservation. Designation and use of this district is completely administered by the State's Department of Land and Natural Re- sources under a set of guidelines called Regulation No. 4. Permitted uses range from resorts and restaurants to trailer parks and ranches and tend to attract urban uses and development. These lands account for 1.2 million acres or more than half of the island's area. Natural areas can be protected by the open space designation. These sup- port endemic plant and animal life, many of which are endangered, and include areas of geologic, oceanographic, climatological, and ecological interest. Natural areas can provide opportunities for scientific research in many fields. The existing scientific research industry which depends on these natural areas can be further developed. The following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to insure the pro- tection and wise use of open space in the County of Hawaii. GOALS • Provide and protect open space for the social, environmental, and eco- nomic well-being of the County of Hawaii and its residents. • Protect natural areas. POLICIES • Open space in the County of Hawaii shall reflect and be in keeping with the goals, policies, and standards set forth in the other elements of the General Plan. • Open space in urban areas shall be established and provided through zoning and subdivision regulations. • Identify, evaluate and designate natural areas. • Scientific research in natural areas and the protection of such areas, especially those suggested by the Governor's Committee on Preserva- tion of Scientific Areas and the Federal Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, shall be encouraged. • Zoning, subdivision and other applicable ordinances of the County of Hawaii shall provide for and protect open space areas. STANDARD • Open Space designations shall include: Forest Reserves Watershed areas Potential natural hazard areas Natural areas and reserves Open space recreation areas Scenic vistas and viewplanes General Use Conservation zones with compatible uses Scientific areas, including habitats of endemic species PUBLIC LANDS INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS The utilization of land resources in Hawaii is greatly influenced by th policies and practices of a relatively small number of major landowners. Ar proximately 42 per cent of the total land area in the State of Hawaii is govern ment-owned. Federal lands constitute 8 per cent of these government-owned lands while State lands, including those of the Department of Hawaiian Homes Lands, comprise the remaining 34 per cent. Of the 58 per cent in private owner- ship, approximately three-fourths is controlled by fifty "large landowners." The development and utilization of these lands to date as designated in the General Plan and subsequently zoned for specified uses do not necessarily respond to normal market influences. The degree to which private and public lands of the County can be put to their respective designated and zoned uses will determine the effectiveness of the General Plan. The historical pattern of land ownership in specific situations may adversely affect the realization of stated objectives and goals. About 42 per cent of the County's 2.5 million acres is State-owned, with district proportions ranging from a low of 16 per cent in South Kona to a high of 76 per cent in North Hilo. State lands include a variety of uses, both existing and proposed, from commercial, industrial, residential and resort uses in South Hilo to wilderness areas and mountain tops in Hamakua and Ka'u. County - owned lands amount to less than 1 per cent of the total land area of the island. Federal lands in the County of Hawaii include the Volcanoes National Park and the City of Refuge at Honaunau, both of which are established programs of the National Park Service of the U.S. Department of Interior. The table below shows the percentage of State-owned lands in each of the nine districts. 'Hawaiian Homes Dept.— 2,000 Ac. 2Hawaiian Homes Dept. -11,428 Ac. SHawaiian Homes Dept. -52,760 Ac. +Hawaiian Homes Dept. -10,933 Ac. 5Hawaiian Homes Dept. -32,200 Ac. 6Hawaiian Homes Dept. -10,972 Ac. The use of publicly owned lands needs to be more judiciously administered. There is a lack of development in designated and zoned areas which, although not confined solely to public lands, is still a government controlled example of the problems facing the County. There is at present no master plan for the vast public lands, namely, those which are designated Conservation, over which the County has no administrative jurisdiction. The County acquires land for public uses, such as parks and rights-of-way. There are indications that the County's land acquisition program will be ac- celerated. Presently there is no one County agency whose function is to expedite land acquisition processes. Various County departments are involved, depend - ing on the nature of acquisition. There is also a need for an agency to keep abreast of and initiate various programs on public land. The University of Hawaii being a body corporate under the State Constitu- tion holds a unique position on land ownership unlike other State or County agencies which utilize public lands. The University, under the Constitution, obtains in fee title the land granted it by Executive Order and can thus sub- divide, lease or sell its lands provided it is in the interest of public education. GOALS • To utilize publicly owned lands in the best public interest. • To acquire necessary lands for public use to implement policies and programs contained in the General Plan. POLICIES • It shall be the policy of the County of Hawaii to create a position of public land agent to keep the County abreast of intended actions on government lands and to coordinate the County's land acquisition program. Encourage uses of public lands which will satisfy specific such as housing, recreation, open space and education. Encourage the creation of State programs the County General Plan. State and County Capital Improvement Programs should be coordinated. A sub -classification, University use, may be designated permitting the primary institutional and numerous supportive and accessory uses re- quired for establishing and/or expanding a public university. Its desig- nation shall be shown on the Allocation map. STANDARDS • Public lands shall number of people. Public lands with unique maintained for public use. INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS Resort developments are created to satisfy the needs and desires of both visitors and residents. Such areas have basic amenities and attributes which attract the development of visitor accommodations and related facilities. The visitor industry is emerging as a major economic force of the County of Hawaii and has had a tremendous effect on the lives of many residents. This industry greatly contributed to the economy of the island when the County was in a depressed state. The greatest impact of the visitor industry has been the creation of additional employment and income opportunities for residents. The success of a resort area depends upon factors such as level of service in relation to cost, the attitude and courtesy of resort employees, and even such intangibles as the "Aloha Spirit." The "Aloha Spirit" is a picture -in -mind, most often identified with empathy, tolerance, graciousness, friendliness, under- standing and giving. Another factor of major importance is the recreational facilities available to visitors. Almost every major successful resort area has a harmonious combination of certain characteristics, such as climate, scenery and/or man-made facilities. In most instances, the natural factors have been the basis for the development of an area and the man-made facilities were designed to enhance the area. In other cases, the man-made features make the most of undistinguished natural characteristics. A resort development, if uncontrolled, can place a burden on the island's economy and people and on the development as well. The island of Hawaii faced difficulties when resort development began before the County was prepared for such rapid growth. Some of the past developments have lacked long-range planning which produces resort development that is beneficial to the island. A resort area should be large enough to provide a concentration of hotel and recreational facilities which will keep the visitor interested and entertained. It should not be so large, however, as to destroy either the sense of scale, intimacy and leisureliness associated with the area or the way of life on an island such as this. Numerous hotel expansion and other resort development programs are near- ing completion, underway, or in the planning stages. Much of the current con- struction, however, is either expansion or renovation of facilities for existing hotels. A sizable portion of the new construction planned or underway is only an incremental part of the larger long-range plans of various private develop- ments. The island has certain natural advantages, such as climate, topography and scenic qualities, which form a setting for resort development that is superior to many competitive areas. Certain areas proposed for resort development, however, are subject to the hazards of volcanic activity and tsunami inundation. The visitor number during the period between 1960 and 1969 increased from 91,000 to 358,000. Direct scheduled flights from the continental United States to Hilo have brought about an increasing visitor influx. The planned inter -island ferry system will play an important role in the visitor industry as the establishment of this transportation system is expected to increase inter- island visitation. The number of visitor accommodations has also increased at a tremendous rate. The visitor plant inventory shows that in 1960 there were 16 hotels with 860 units. Today this has increased to 37 hotels with 3,438 units. An additional 1,055 units are presently under construction and will increase the total inventory to 4,493 units. As of August 1969, there were 677 acres zoned for resort use, of which 357 acres were still undeveloped. Lands which are prematurely zoned in large resort areas are often left idle since they usually lack the basic improvements necessary for development. Many of the lands in prime resort areas are held in a multitude of small ownerships. Lands are also held in speculation, raising land prices in resort areas. Of the 320 resort zoned acres in use, 73 acres were being used for resort and related purposes. The remainder of those resort areas presently used were occupied by non -conforming structures. Should the 677 acres zoned for resort use be utilized fully for the zoned purpose, there could be nearly 32,000 hotel units on the island. It is realized that development of the zone will not achieve the maximum capacity, but the potential is stated to illustrate that lands desig- nated for resort use are not lacking. Hotels are also permitted in general com- mercial zones. In the same vein, commercial and other resort -oriented establish- ments are allowed in resort areas. Although resort developments have traditionally been along beachfronts, it is anticipated that developments such as mountain and retreat resort complexes will be constructed. The three distinct existing resort centers on the island, Hilo, Kona and Kawaihae, are coastal areas. In addition to the existing hotel com- plexes in the Kailua-Kona, Kawaihae and Hilo areas, an intensive resort de- velopment is underway at Keauhou, Kona. However, the location of resort de- velopments along the coastline, usually fronting the most desirable and attractive recreational beach areas, often deprives the general public of enjoying the shoreline. Most resort plans are designed to attract the destination area type of visitor who usually stays for an average of from five to seven days. Sufficient activities and interests within the immediate resort area are provided for the visitor in the design of these complexes. Although the island can well absorb the current increase in resort activity, how satisfactorily development occurs will depend to a large extent on the County, whose responsibility it is to guide and provide the leadership for the future, the developers and the people of the County. Although the County is faced with differences of opinion concerning resort development, by achieving the goals, policies, and standards set forth below, these can perhaps be alleviated. Developers and residents must be made aware of the circumstances resulting from resort development. Citizen participation, awareness, and, most of all, citizen understanding are vital in resort develop- ment, as in all phases of the planning process. GOALS • To guide the orderly development of :the visitor industry. • To provide for resort development that maximizes conveniences to its users. • To ensure that resort developments maintain the social, economic, and physical environments of Hawaii and its people. POLICIES • To assure the orderly use of resort zoned areas and to curb speculation and resale of undeveloped lots, the County shall impose incremental and conditional zoning which would be based on performance require- ments. This is to assure that a certain percentage of buildings will be constructed. • Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and utilization of resort areas which are serviced by basic facilities and utilities. • Zoning of resort areas shall be granted when the proposed development is consistent with and incorporates the stated goals, policies, and stan- dards of the General Plan. • The County shall encourage the establishment of a system within the State Capital Improvement Program to help develop visitor destination areas in better relationship to the total County and the State. • The County shall designate and allocate resort areas in appropriate pro- portions and in keeping with the social, economic, and physical environ- ments of the County. • The County shall encourage the visitor industry to provide resort facilities which provide an educational experience of Hawaii as well as recrea- tional activities. • The County shall re-evaluate existing undeveloped resort zoned areas and reallocate zoned lands in appropriate locations. • The concept of a "floating zone" shall be adopted to allow for the future development of retreat resort areas. STANDARDS The following established standards shall guide the development of resort areas. 1 Ll 1 1 P� 1 i L • Major Resort Area A major resort area is a self-contained resort destination area which pro- vides basic and support facilities for the needs of the entire development. Such facilities shall include sewer, water, roads, employee housing and recreational facilities, etc.: Maximum visitor units: 3,000 rooms. Resort acreage: 90 acres. Active and passive recreation areas: 50 acres. Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per hotel room. A maximum of 640 acres for residential use when other zoned lands are not available in close proximity for support use. Employee holding shall be provided at a maximum ratio of one employee unit to every two hotel units built. The required ratio shall be determined by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area. • Intermediate Resort Area An intermediate resort area is a self-contained resort destination area which provides basic and support facilities for the needs of the entire development on a smaller scale than a.major resort area. Such facilities shall include sewer, water, roads, employee housing and recreational facilities, etc.: Maximum visitor units: 1,500 rooms. Resort acreage: 45 acres. Active and passive recreation area: 25 acres. Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per hotel room. A maximum of 320 acres for residential use when other zoned lands are not available in close proximity for support use. Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio of one employee unit to every two hotel units built. The required ratio shall be determined by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area. • Minor Resort A minor resort area shall not exceed the density of an intermediate resort area and is generally an area with many small property owners or an isolated resort development without sufficient land area to develop into a self-contained destination area. Provide active and passive recreation area commensurate with the scale of development. Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area shall be based' on 50 square feet of floor per hotel room. Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio of one employee unit to every two hotel units built. The required ratio shall be determined by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area. f Retreat Resort Area A retreat resort area is generally an area which provides the user with rest, quiet, and isolation for an environmental experience. It shall have sewer, water, roads, employee housing, and recreational facilities, etc.: Maximum visitor units: 100 rooms. Resort acreage: 15 acres or less. Provide active and passive recreation area commensurate with scale of development. Accessory uses within hotel or resort zoned area shall be based on 50 square feet of floor area per hotel room. Employee housing shall be provided at a maximum ratio of one employee unit to every two hotel units built. The required ratio shall be determined by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake in reference to resort development. The brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards set forth in the overall resort land use element. PUNA Profile The Puna district offers no visitor or overnight accommodations. Except for a number of scenic attractions along the Puna coastline, the visitor industry has had very little effect on the district. A resort complex is proposed in the Kalapana-Kaimu area, and other resort developments are planned for the Opihikao, Pohoiki, and Kapoho areas. One of the advantages of these areas is the climate, which is characterized by warm, sunny days. These areas, however, are subject to volcanic activities and/or tsunami inundation and also lack most of the basic improvements necessary for development. The principal visitor attractions in the region are the volcanoes and the Black Sand Beach at Kalapana. Courses Of Action • Primary emphasis on resort development should be in the Kalapana- Kaimu area. The area will be serviced with a water system. The sewer system should be provided by the developer until such time as a public sewer system is available. • Other isolated developments may be allowed at Pohoiki and Kapoho when said area is serviced with adequate basic facilities. • Resort development shall complement the character of the area and be consistent with the General Plan. SOUTH HILO Profile The city of Hilo in the South Hilo district is the major gateway for Big Island visitors. Direct scheduled jet flights from the mainland to Hilo Airport have stimulated an increase in the visitor influx. The visitor plant inventory indicates that in 1960 there were 376 hotel units. Today, this amount has been increased to 1,247 units. The majority of the units, 1,004 or 80%, are located in the Waiakea Peninsula resort area. In 1960, there were two hotels with a total of 120 units in this area. The Waiakea Peninsula was greatly enhanced by the completion of Banyan Drive in 1969, which eased access to the area and provided walkways between the hotels. Ex- cept for a few lots, the area is almost completely built-up. Resort development has tended to move inland toward the vicinity of the Waiakea Pond. A 377 -unit hotel with 11 four -room cabanas is currently under construction adjacent to the pond in the Kaiko'o Renewal Project. C. Brewer and Co., Ltd., also has plans for resort development adjacent to the pond. Two other areas within the Hilo city limits have resort zoning, one in the Puueo area and the other in the Keaukaha area. These resort areas, however, are fairly built-up with non -conforming uses. A 15 -story condominium with 88 units is near completion in the Puueo area. Portions of the Keaukaha resort zone area lack sewer systems and the water system is inadequate for higher den- sities. The Hilo area has 210 acres zoned for resort use. Of the total, 101 acres, or 50 percent, are vacant. Within the 109 acres in use, 25 acres are developed for its intended resort use. If the 210 acres zoned for resort use were fully utilized, there could be nearly 12,200 hotel units in the district. Courses Of Action • Re-evaluate some of the areas currently zoned for resort use. • Improve roadways and sewer and water systems in all areas where high density resort uses are allowed. NORTH HILO Profile Potential major resort development in the North Hilo district is unlikely. The visitor industry plays no significant role in the area, as areas of interest to visitors are limited because of inadequate access. Courses Of Action • Encourage development of small-scale visitor related facilities near points of interest. • Encourage more active use of the mauka Forest Reserve areas. HAMAKUA Profile The Hamakua district offers limited overnight accommodations. There is a total of 36 hotel rooms which are mainly used by local businessmen and con- struction workers. The visitor industry has played no significant role in this area. There also are no conceivable shoreline areas where resort complexes can be developed to any substantial degree. Waipio Valley is a major visitor attrac- tion of the district. Its beauty lies in its naturalness and the general absence of man-made elements. Courses Of Action • Encourage the development of small family -operated hotels. • Encourage small-scale retreat resort development. • Encourage resort development which enhances rather than detracts from the natural beauty of the area. NORTH KOHALA Profile The district of North Kohala has limited overnight accommodations. Its two hotels, with a total of 35 units, are generally used by local businessmen and construction workers. In addition to being an agricultural community, there are people who live in this district and commute to the resort area of South Kohala for work. The district does have potential for the development of small resorts, which would primarily cater to visitors seeking quiet and rest. There are also areas of historical significance in North Kohala. Areas of interest to visitors, however, are limited due to inadequate access. Courses Of Action • Possible development of small resort facilities at Mahukona. • Encourage the development of small family -type hotels. • Encourage small-scale retreat resort development. SOUTH KOHALA Profile South Kohala's coastline, dotted with beaches and coves, is envisioned as a major resort area. This area is endowed with natural amenities which are con- ducive to resort development. In 1965 Mauna Kea Beach Hotel opened with 154 units and in 1969 an additional 102 units were constructed. The development of this resort complex has stimulated interest for resort developments by other concerns, i.e., Boise Cascade and Signal Oil. While the proposed areas have attractive scenic char- acteristics for resort development, their remoteness requires major highway construction and the provision of other necessary improvements such as water and sewer systems. One of the major problems arising from isolated developments such as these is that employees have to travel great distances to work since there is no housing provided in close proximity to places of employment. The beach area for recreational use is limited, and not all beaches have public access provided to them. The visitor plant inventory indicates a total of 315 units within three hotels: Mauna Kea Beach Hotel, Waimea Village Inn and Kamuela Inn. The South Kohala district has about 200 acres zoned for resort use. Pres- ently only about 10 acres is actually occupied by resort structures. Courses Of Action • Adequate access, sewer and water systems, and other basic amenities shall be provided in all areas where high density uses are allowed. • Resort developments shall provide public access to beach areas. NORTH KONA Profile The North Kona Coast has long been, in the estimation of many people, the prime area for resort developments. It is referred to as having the ideal cli- mate, shoreline characteristics, historical and other elements of beauty and in- terest. The coast offers the visitor a unique change of scene and an opportunity for complete relaxation. The major visitor destination area is Kailua. This area, however, has limited recreational facilities. There is also no division for pedestrian and vehicular traffic circulation. An intensive resort development is underway at Keauhou, with a 318 -unit hotel recently opened for occupancy. Other areas under consideration for resort developments are located at Kealakehe and the Kaloko-Honokohau areas. The current visitor plant inventory shows that there are 1,695 hotel units in the North Kona area, an increase of approximately 1,375 over the past decade. The hotels are primarily located along the coast from Kailua to Keauhou with a few located in the mauka areas. Land prices for resort areas, especially along the shoreline between Kailua and Keauhou, are high. Alii Drive is the only access to these resort areas as there are no vertical connectors to Kuakini High- way between Lunapule Road and Kamehameha III Road. There is no sewer system and the water system is inadequate outside of Kailua and Keauhou along Alii Drive. 1 F 1 t Li Two large hotels, one in Kailua and the other at Keauhou, are presently under construction and will have a combined total of 678 units. These will bring the total hotel inventory in the district to 2,373 units. The North Kona area has 361 acres zoned for resort use, of which 221 acres, or slightly over 60 per cent, are vacant. Only about 35 acres of the total area zoned for resort are in the intended use. Several of the resort areas are built up with non -conforming uses. There is strip resort zoning along Alii Drive and many of the lots affected are held in a multitude of small ownerships. Should all 361 acres zoned for resort be used, there could be more than 16,000 hotel units in the designated area. The development of the maximum potential of North Kona as an important resort destination area, however, will require major improvements to correct existing deficiencies. Courses Of Action • Implement the Kailua Mall Plan. • Discourage strip development along Alii Drive. • Re-evaluate some of the areas currently zoned for resort use. • Implement drainage master plan prepared by R. M. Towill Corporation for this General Plan. • Improve and provide adequate roadways, sewer and water systems, and other basic amenities in all areas where high density uses are allowed. SOUTH KONA Profile The South Kona district has limited visitor accommodations. There is one hotel with 49 units which is primarily used by island residents. The South Kona district does have the natural amenities conducive for resort development. New and rapidly expanding interests have been stirred for resort developments in the South Kona area, especially in the Honaunau and Kealakekua Bay areas. These proposed resort areas, however, have no adequate roadways, sewer and water systems, and other basic improvements necessary for resort development. Courses Of Action • Developments shall blend in with the character of the area. • Require developers to provide basic improvements necessary for de- velopment. • Encourage the development of small family -operated hotels. • Implement plans formulated in the West Hawaii Corridor Study KA'U Profile The Ka'u district, which is the southernmost point on the island, has no major resort development. The visitor plant inventory indicates that there are two small hotels in the Naalehu-Waiohinu area used primarily by island business- men. The 37 -unit Volcano House is located at the Puna end of this district within the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park area. C. Brewer and Co., Ltd., has announced plans for resort developments along the Ka'u coast. The plan emphasizes resort centers at three major areas, Ninole-Punaluu, Honuapo, and Waiahukini. These proposed areas presently lack the basic improvements necessary for development. The population base of the district is also inadequate to serve the proposed developments. Three hotel sites, consisting of 690 units, are proposed for the Ninole- Punaluu area. The first of these will be located at Ninole Cove, the second at Punaluu Beach, and the third has been designated for Kapukini which is be- tween the above areas. The second area proposed for resort development is Waiahukini. A 38 -unit hotel is planned. This area is proposed as the fishing headquarters for the Ka'u area. The third resort area is Honuapo, between Naalehu and Punaluu. The most significant feature of this area is a large fish pond surrounded by coconut trees. A 200 -unit hotel and a golf course are proposed for this area. As the Ka'u district's major source of income and employment, whether in the agricultural or visitor industry, C. Brewer and Co., Ltd., holds the key to the future.of this area. Courses Of Action • Require developers to provide the basic improvements necessary for development. • Development shall complement the area. SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS As part of the overall land use structure of the County, the single-family residential district provides areas for low-density residential uses. The location of single-family residential lands is important in that they should be in close proximity to centers of employment, shopping and other conveniences, and should have the basic improvements and amenities necessary for development. As has been the case in the past, uncontrolled single-family residential development will place a burden on the County and its people. Before the Sub- division and Comprehensive Zoning Ordinances were adopted in 1966 and 1967-68 respectively, thousands of non -conforming residential lots were created within isolated areas where the basic improvements and amenities for develop- ment were lacking. Developers simply sold lands without providing improve- ments to the area. This type of speculative practice of land sales has created many problems. Housing in Hawaii County has traditionally been characterized by single- family residential units. Residential units of this sort account for 91% of the total housing inventory of the island. In July 1969, the County of Hawaii had 17,580 single-family residential units. Since then, 693 additional units have been built and 119 units have been demolished. The net increase of single-family units over the past year has thus been 574, bringing the total inventory to 18,150 single-family units. With the anticipated increase in population and the re- placement of substandard units, however, more residential units will be needed. Rehabilitation, renewal, or redevelopment will be required in many of the older single-family residential neighborhoods. In certain residential areas poor site planning has produced a crowded feeling. The County has a total of 16,136 acres allocated for single-family residential use at varying densities. About 43%, or 7,072 acres, is presently used. Several areas, however, are occupied by incompatible non -conforming uses, unbuildable because of topographic conditions, located in hazardous areas, or lack the basic improvements necessary for development. The following is the breakdown of single-family residential zoned lands based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 1,476 9 10,000 5,834 36 15,000 7,529 47 20,000 1,299 8 The prices of these single-family residential zoned lands differ substantially depending on location. For example, single-family residential zoned lands along beachfronts are usually more expensive than the mauka residential zoned areas. There will be greater pressure for the allocation of more single-family residential lands as the County has an influx of people and as more people desire to own their homes, thereby experiencing the pride of possession that accom- panies home ownership. However, it will take more than the development of a land use plan to achieve this as well as the goals and standards set forth in this section. Social, economic, and physical ramifications must be taken into con- sideration. Public planning and regulation alone cannot accomplish this; the cooperation and coordination of all segments of the County's population are required. Citizen participation, awareness, and understanding are vitally im- portant. How satisfactorily development occurs will depend to a large extent on the County and its people. Through careful examination and analysis of the present situation, the fol- lowing goals, policies, and standards are set forth to guide the orderly develop- ment of single-family residential areas in the interest of the residents of the County of Hawaii. GOALS • To maximize choices of single-family residential lots and/or housing for residents of the County. • To ensure compatible uses within and adjacent to single-family residential zoned areas. • To rehabilitate and/or rebuild deteriorating single-family residential areas. POLICIES • To assure the orderly use of single-family residential zoned areas and to curb speculation and resale of undeveloped lots, the County shall impose incremental and conditional zoning which would be based on per- formance requirements. This is to assure that a certain percentage of buildings will be constructed. • The County shall encourage more innovative uses of land with respect to geologic and topographic conditions through the use of residential cluster and planned unit developments. The clustering of residential units in sloping areas is a means of minimizing grading and drainage problems, preserving the natural appearance of the topography, pre- venting strip development, and making optimum uses of the terrain for buildings and open spaces. • The County shall aid and encourage the State in providing fee simple and leasehold single-family residential lots to the residents through the State Housing Program. • The County shall incorporate reasonable flexibility in codes and ordi- nances to achieve a diversity of socio-economic housing mix and to permit aesthetic balance between single-family residential structures and open spaces. • The County shall re-evaluate existing undeveloped single-family resi- dential zoned areas and reallocate zoned lands in appropriate locations. • The County shall designate and allocate single-family residential zoned lands at varying densities for future use in accordance with the stated goals, policies, and standards. STANDARDS • Density of 2-5 units per acre. • There shall be a transitional area between single-family residential areas and incompatible uses. • A properly zoned single-family residential area shall be conveniently located with reference to shopping and other public and private services and shall be provided within easy and convenient access to employment centers. • Major traffic routes shall not be located through single-family residential areas. • Areas shall have basic improvements and amenities necessary for im- mediate use. • Areas shall be limited to low-density and medium density residential uses. The following is an analysis by district with courses of action to undertake in reference to single-family residential development. The brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole. The courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards set forth in the overall single-family resi- dential land use element. PUNA Profile The Puna district has 3,188 acres zoned for single-family residential use, of which 2,493 acres, or 78%, are still undeveloped. The following is the break- down of zoned areas based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 30 1 10,000 1,779 56 15,000 173 5 20,000 1,206 38 The land use inventory completed in mid -1969 indicated that there were 1,767 single-family residential units in the area. Since then, 83 units have been built and 2 units have been demolished. The net increase of 81 units brings the overall inventory to 1,850 units. The district has thousands of non -conforming residential lots which lack the basic improvements necessary for development and/or are held in speculation. Strip residential development exists along the highways. In recent years, the sugar company has been providing single-family resi- dential subdivisions for its employees as part of its relocation program. Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the sugar company to make available on the private market its undeveloped residential zoned lands in Keaau and Pahoa. • Encourage and aid the agricultural industry in continuing to provide employee housing. R 1 SOUTH HILO Profile The South Hilo district has 9,317 acres of single-family residential zoned lands, of which approximately 8,500 acres are located within the city limits of Hilo. Fifty-three per cent, or 5,007 acres, of the total zoned area is undeveloped. Many of the undeveloped areas lack the basic improvements necessary for development, are held in speculation, or are committed to other uses. Drainage and flooding problems exist in many of the areas zoned for residential use. The following is the breakdown of residential zoned lands based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 766 8 10,000 2,750 30 15,000 5,708 61 20,000 93 1 - The land use inventory completed in mid -1969 indicated that there were 8,282 single-family residential units in the district. Approximately 5,500 units were located within the city limits of Hilo. Since then, 262 additional units have been built, while 27 units have been demolished. This brings the present in- ventory to 8,517 units. In certain areas residential lands are too large for the zoning district but too small to subdivide or permit additional units to be built. Many of the lots have narrow frontage and long depth with inadequate width for resubdividing. In addition to private developers, government has played an important role in single-family residential housing. In addition to past developments, the State recently made available a 136 -unit housing development in the Mohouli area for low and moderate income families. The State also made available 77 residential lots in the Waiakea Homesteads area for those in the so-called "gap group. " Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the use of undeveloped zoned lands makai of Komohana Street. • Improve substandard residential roadways through the County's Capital Improvement Program or by Improvement District. NORTH HILO Profile The North Hilo district has 235 acres zoned for 'single-family residential use. Fifty-five acres are still undeveloped. Some of this area is undeveloped be- cause of unfavorable topographic conditions and the lack of basic improvements necessary for development. Single-family residential zoned lands are also lo- cated adjacent to sugar processing plants. The following is the breakdown of zoned areas based on density. Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 10,000 119 51 15,000 116 49 As of July 1969, there were 540 single-family residential units within the district. Since then, 4 additional units have been built and 43 units have been demolished. The large majority of demolished units were plantation -owned homes in the Ninole and Honohina areas. The sugar companies' plans call for the relocation of housing into the Lau- pahoehoe area as well as to Pepeekeo in the South Hilo district. Many of the residential zoned lands within the Laupahoehoe, Papaaloa, and Ookala areas are owned by the sugar companies, thus limiting the supply of residential land that is available for the private market. Other land owners with larger lots are reluctant to sell, subdivide their lots, or surrender their accustomed rural way of life. Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the sugar company to make available on the private market its undeveloped residential zoned lands in Laupahoehoe. • Due to geologic and topographic conditions, the County shall encourage more innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster and planned unit developments. • Urban areas shall continue to be Ninole and Ookala as well as Laupa- hoehoe. HAMAKUA Profile The Hamakua district has 537 acres allocated for single-family residential use, 134 acres of which are undeveloped. Residential zoned lands are located adjacent to the sugar processing plant, and certain areas have drainage prob- lems. Incompatible non -conforming uses also exist within the zoned areas. The following is the breakdown of single-family residential zoned lands based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 111 21 10,000 281 52 15,000 145 27 In July 1969 the district had 1,448 single-family units. Since then, 15 addi- tional units have been built to replace .15 units which were demolished. The plans of the sugar companies in the area are to concentrate its em- ployee population in the Honokaa area. The sugar companies are pursuing resi- dential subdivisions for employees either for relocation purposes or new homes. The present plantation subdivisions and those in the planning stage will be for the replacement of existing plantation homes which are to be demolished. These will not, therefore, relieve the housing problems in the area for residents who do not work for the sugar companies and are not eligible for these homesites. Excluding these plantation subdivisions, only a limited supply of single-family residential lands is available for the private market. Land owners with large residential lots display no desire to sell, subdivide their lots, or surrender their accustomed rural way of life. Course Of Action • The County shall aid and encourage the sugar companies to continue to make available on the private market its undeveloped single-family residential lands in Honokaa for employee housing and the private market. NORTH KOHALA Profile The North Kohala district has 496 acres allocated for single-family resi- dential use at a density of 15,000 square feet of land area per unit. Of the total area zoned, 147 acres are undeveloped. Many of the undeveloped residential zoned areas are unsuitable for residential development because of unfavorable topographic conditions. Strip residential development also exists along the roadways. The land use inventory indicated that there were 946 single-family units as of July 1969. Since then, 18 units have been built. These were basically re- placements for 16 units that were demolished during the same period. The sugar company in the area is the major landowner of existing resi- dential zoned areas. They have been providing subdivided lots for their em- ployees for relocation purposes. Residential lands for persons not connected with the sugar company are limited. Landowners with large residential zoned lands have not displayed any desire to subdivide their lots. Courses Of Action • The County shall encourage the concentration of residential structures to avoid strip residential development. • The County shall aid and encourage industry to make available residen- tial lands in the area for employee housing and the private market. SOUTH KOHALA Profile During the past decade the South Kohala district had the highest growth rate in the County. Anticipating the success of large developments in the area, this growth is expected to continue. As of August 1969, the district had 567 acres of single-family residential zoned lands, primarily located in the Waimea area. Two hundred seventeen acres of the total zoned area are undeveloped. The following is a breakdown of lands zoned for single-family residential use based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 157 28 10,000 391 69 15,000 19 3 In December 1969, 2,384 acres of agricultural lands were rezoned for sin- gle-family residential use at a density of 10,000 square feet of land area per unit in the Waikoloa area. Boise Cascade plans to subdivide this area into 5,800 houselots. The land use inventory in mid -1969 indicated that the South Kohala district had 841 single-family units. Since then, 50 additional units have been built, bringing the current single-family inventory to 891 units. This district also has a number of non -conforming residential lots in the Puukapu area which lack the basic improvements necessary for development. Several areas already zoned for single-family residential use are not being developed because of speculation or the lack of basic improvements. Course Of Action • Encourage the development of State lands for houselots. KONA Profile The Kona district, which includes both North and South Kona, has 1,261 acres zoned for single-family residential use. Fifty-nine per cent, or 749 acres, is still undeveloped. Some of the undeveloped residential lands are unsuitable for development due to unfavorable topographic conditions. Speculative prac- tices of land sales, inadequate roadways, and the lack of basic facilities are other reasons for residential zoned lands not being developed. The following is the breakdown of single-family residential zoned lands based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 291 23 10,000 413 33 15,000 557 44 The total inventory of single-family units as of July 1969 was 2,730. During the past year, 235 additional units have been built, while 14 have been de- molished. This brings the total inventory of single-family units to 2,951 units. Because of topographic conditions, there are drainage and flooding prob- lems in certain residential areas. Incompatible non -conforming uses exist with- in residential zoned areas and there are also residential areas located adjacent to industrial zoned lands. Courses Of Action • Improve roadways and other basic facilities necessary to encourage de- velopment of lands suitable for residential use. • The County shall encourage the concentration of residential structures to avoid strip residential development. • Due to geologic and topographic conditions, the County shall encourage the use of more innovative types of housing development, such as zones of mix and cluster and planned unit developments. KA' U Profile The district of Ka'u has 535 acres allocated for single-family residential use, primarily located in the towns of Naalehu and Pahala. Two hundred sixty-two acres, or 49%, of the total zoned lands are undeveloped. The following is the breakdown of zoned lands based on density: Land Area (Sq. Ft.) Percentage Per Unit Acreage of Total 7,500 119 22 10,000 101 19 15,000 315 59 As of July 1969, the Ka'u district had a total of 1,026 single-family units. During the past year, 26 additional units have been built and 2 units have been demolished, bringing the total inventory to 1,050 single-family units. The two sugar companies located in Naalehu and Pahala are actively pur- suing subdivisions to provide fee simple residential lands to their employees. These subdivisions are primarily provided for relocation purposes. Since many of the single-family residential zoned lands are held in plantation ownership, only a limited supply are available on the private market. Other landowners with large residential lots, however, usually have no intention of subdividing their lands. The district also has non -conforming residential subidivisions which lack the basic improvements necessary for development. Course Of Action • The County shall aid and encourage the sugar companies to make avail- able its undeveloped single-family zoned lands at Pahala and Naalehu for employee housing and for the private market. r AMENDMENT TO GENERAL PLAN Any law or ordinance to the contrary notwithstanding, the General Plan adopted for the County of Hawaii to guide its overall physical development shall be amended as follows: SECTION 1. (Initiated by Planning Director) The Planning Director may at any time initiate amendments to the General Plan's goals, policies, standards; to zoning acreage allocations; and to land use pattern maps when conditions or premises upon which the General Plan are based may have changed. The Planning Director shall give notice of the proposed amendment to the Planning Commission, Council and the general public stating the initiation date and estimated time for completion. The Planning ' Director upon completion of his review shall submit his proposal to the Commission for its review and consideration. The Commission shall process the proposed amendment in accordance with the provisions of the Administrative Procedures Act and County Charter. No later than ' sixty (60) days after the final public hearing on the proposed amend- ment, the Commission shall submit its comments and recommendations to the Council. ' SECTION 2. (Proposals by the general public, i.e., groups, individuals) Proposals from the general public to amend the General Plan goals, policies, standards, may be filed with the Planning Director at any time. ' A. Goals, Policies, Standards A petition to amend the General Plan's goals, policies and standards shall contain the following: 1. A statement of the nature of the petitioner's interest. 2. A draft of the substance of the proposed amendment. 3. A specific statement of the reasons for granting the proposed change supported by a written documented analysis of the existing ' General Plan using all the pertinent elements upon which the General Plan is based. B. After receipt of a petition and its supporting data the Planning Director will have 180 days in which to study the proposal and will either 1) reject the proposal stating his reasons; 2) defer the proposal for up to one year; or 3) initiate the proposed amendment with his recommendations and submit it to the Planning Commission for review. i I. The Planning Commission, upon receiving the proposed amend- ment shall have 60 days to study the proposal and to hold a public hearing. 2. No later than 60 days after the date of the final public hearing on the proposed amendment, the Planning Commission shall forward the proposed amendment together with its recommendations to the County Council. SECTION 3. Proposals from the general public to amend the Land Use Pattern and/or Zoning Acreage Allocations as set forth in the General Plan may be filed with the Planning Director at any time. A. LAND USE PATTERN and/or ZONING ACREAGE ALLOCATION A petition to amend the Land Use Pattern shall show: 1. The land which use is sought to be changed is compatible with the Land Use Pattern of the desired use classification. 2. The land area which use is sought to be changed is less than 100 acres. Petitions involving 100 acres or more shall be processed in accordance with Section 2. 3. The petition shall contain the following: a. A statement of the nature of the petitioner's interest. b. A draft of the substance of the proposed amendment. c. A specific statement of the reasons for grating the proposed change supported by a written, documented analysis of the dis- trict involved using all the pertinent elements upon which the General Plan is based. 4. After receipt of a petition and supporting data to amend the Land Use Pattern and/or the Zoning Acreage Allocation, the Planning Director will have up to 120 days in which to study the proposal and will either 1) reject the proposal stating his reasons; 2) defer the proposal for up to 1 year; or 3) initiate the proposed amend- ment with his recommendations to the Planning Commission for their review. 5. After receipt of such a proposed amendment the Planning Com- mission shall have 60 days to study the proposal and hold a public hearing. 6. No later than 60 days after the date of the final public hearing on the proposed amendment the Planning Commission shall forward the proposed amendment with its recommendatigns to the County Council. CHIEF EXECUTIVE Shunichi Kimura, Mayor COUNTY COUNCIL Herbert Matayoshi, Chairman Dante Carpenter Frank De Luz, Jr. Richard Edwards Sherwood Greenwell Ikuo Hisaoka James Souza Josephine Yadao Robert Yamada PLANNING DEPARTMENT Raymond H. Suefuji, Director Philip I. Yoshimura, Deputy Director PLANNING COMMISSION O.W. Efurd, Jr., Chairman Mauricio Valera, Jr., Vice-chairman Clara Kahumoku Masayuki Kai Shigeij i Kawasaki Roy Nagata Anthony Veriato Edward Watt Tadayoshi Yasutake BOARD OF APPEALS William Bonk, Chairman Kuniyoshi Arakaki, Vice-chairman Walter Kimura A. William Morriss, III Hiroshi Shimabukuro ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Department of Planning Sidney M. Fuke Mary F. Hara Norman K. Hayashi Yaeko Kobata Glenn T. Miyao Kaoru Nagai Mae Y. Nakayama Harold E..Oba Masayoshi Onuma Ilima A. Piianaia Frances Saiki Manabu Shimabuku Dorothy H. Thompson Donald S. Tong Lei A. Tsuji Roy T. Uchida Wendell Kimura, Corporation Counsel Stanley Nakamae, Director, Department of Finance Megumi Kon, Deputy Managing Director, Office of the Mayor Robert Fukuda, Director, Department of Parks and Recreation Ronald Okamura, Department of Parks and Recreation Edward Harada, Director, Department of Public Works Richard Matsuda, Department of Public Works Harold Sugiyama, Department of Public Works Norman Matsui, Department of Public Works John Farias, Director, Department of Research and Development Paul Kobata, Department of Research and Development Myron Isherwood, Administrator, Civil Defense Agency Julius Wery, Chief, Department of Fire Ernest Fergestrom, Chief, Department of Police Akira Fujimoto, Manager, Department of Water Supply William Sewake, Department of Water Supply Ernest Robello, U.S. Soil Conservation Service Lionel Medeiros, Center for Governmental Development, University of Hawaii Robert Van Dorpe Paul Tajima William Bonk, Anthropological Research International Virginia Loo, Anthropological Research International Dr. Kenneth Emory, Bishop Museum Sunn, Low, Tom and Hara, Inc. R.M. Towill Corporation North Hilo Community Council Hamakua District Development Council Waimea-Kawaihae Community Association North Kohala Community Association Kona Citizens Planning Group Naalehu Community Association Pahala Community Association Hawaiian Ocean View Community Association Pahoa Community Association Downtown Improvement Association Keaukaha-Panaewa Community Association Lehua Jaycees i NORTH HILO DISTRICT H,� / e l VTM1O0 � 1 �lOil� 't �^ � ✓ Kai 4 OEOLOWCAL FEATURES J 1\ ilk _ LnNOe on 201 —E on w[n s� ��I. POTENT at TeI.wIA INVNWTroN an[Y ••�i �� (,� � , I PUBLIC S CULTURAL FACILITIES, PUBLIC UTILITIES S SAFETY AND TRANSPORTATION \ a�� •L ■ .1— e[c[N [•n ,[nNINA, NortT U_ FACILITIES wNARF C 3ENERALF PLAN Mwnrtr a[T[SIAL [Yr•e � � �� s...' m c. ^x'xV. ,e xxxeCeW'xcv cw�x. wxT —.-R T ... T --- SOUTH HILO DISTRICT ♦ 1 .00 -SIS..., 1� r1z 1 f ♦ J lz IIIc 114. I:. ,� r PUBLIC B CULTURAL FACILITIES. PUBLIC oo UTILITIES B SAFETY ianr,�D TRANSPORTATIONcnool • [ I. ' •� �L \.� .� h' n[evnau no[alT.lT on ♦ —mss— ��/{/ IS Nlo.•[me oR M e[uu w[a[ OUN TTIo of \' I fir` " •i•' • warn iwn[. RsunVOlRs. sanlNos <CouNTVI PLAN / / , I " 1 GEOLOGICAL OCERAL FEATURES Ib [ . I�Eni — -NN-1 ;d. a. ,.�....._, `` • l l �Jl la 1 ' ->e [— 10 — A.°N�n� - [:n[.. o :...'."«�R.:1 .�,�_-�✓ 1�> L====� .e.[nil. .neo w[.n..R[.. _ ..A.10. _ eni ry i Rr An. Rn —_—_— .....a.... ,K ...." ....I. NORTH KONA DISTRICT o en[ AL EXHIBIT "D" GEOLOGICAL FEATURES PUBLIC a CULTURAL FACILITIES, PUBLIC A—A. UTILITIES B SAFETY AND TRANSPORTATION —A. 0 .11. —11L .—T—ITI IgLAxial Al--T —R—A- .0—T.L -11"A"Y OR Mu9EUM ORDINANCE N III —.R iaxga, wefcRVGRa, evRlxPe I.—T11 LIlE. AP T' NORTH AND SOUTH KOHALA DISTRICT -1 Y -=ate V ' I•XI II'I II Er a WOJ 3` a F i o 2 2z • \L e F a isIs w•m Q _ _ 11. I f J I ry Q F lw Y�■� Y YS u J W d u i °s i 34 • a u �_. E rug U ■ • • a a o'1�N p�! • W O ILy� and V 7} o a� e � • 1� �� z i� � m l � I mvoo ,.�.. PUBLIC d CULTURAL FACILITIES, PUBLIC UTILITIES d SAFETY AND TRANSPORTATION V_ A ELEMENTARY I INTERMEDIATE 0 HIGH SCHOOL ■ CIVIC CENTER / M FIRE STATION . ♦ POLICE STATION ORDINANCENo RD NO of REFEA ORDINANCE CE N 317 LIBRARY F4CILITIES MAP HISTORICAL 91TE9 COUNTY OF HAWAII GENERAL PLAN 0 WATER TANKS, RESERVOIRS, SPRINGS (COUNTY) _ oArs or .rrnovAL Pacaresn ....... a,un GEOLOGICAL FEATURES CIRCULATION rnar.wso • ooPrvry er HawAll r czlarlNa nnrwoY[ rwerosee ® LANDS OF 20% SLOPE OR OVER PRIMARY ARTERIAL SECONDARY ARTERIAL FAULT ZONES - COLLECTOR STREET A'Oq _Llw_,._.-L POTENTIAL TSUNAMI INUNDATION AM[NPE.. ANP THE -E or HAWAII ac is m re[r SOUTH KONA DISTRICT Z 2E M. zo W, F- Z W CY W w 2 Ul w Z W 0 Z W F- oxmwaojj 1 w UD a X < 1 U 0 T F 4 x 0 z 0) w x 0 Z2 z 0 m Z.w w w 0 W z t o< o Z 0 1 g I w Wz z wo Do V d 40 Z 2E M. zo W, F- Z W CY W w 2 Ul w Z W 0 Z W F- oxmwaojj 1 w UD a X < 1 U 0 T F 4 x 0 z 0) w x 0 Z2 z 0 m Z.w w w 0 W z t o< I M LOW DENS(TY 111 BNDUWMIAL INTENSIVE AGFUCULTURAL EXTENSIVE AGRICIA—TURAL. ORCHARDS RESORT OPEN AREA CONSERVATION AL-,I-EF.Rry E URBAN EYP,�IIISva N �I�M '10, IOAP -AN ..... . ..... . ...... PUNA IMSTRic,r